Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

US20180300448A1 - System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number - Google Patents

System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20180300448A1
US20180300448A1 US16/014,903 US201816014903A US2018300448A1 US 20180300448 A1 US20180300448 A1 US 20180300448A1 US 201816014903 A US201816014903 A US 201816014903A US 2018300448 A1 US2018300448 A1 US 2018300448A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
chromosome
chromosome segments
log
fetal
genetic
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US16/014,903
Inventor
Matthew Rabinowitz
Milena Banjevic
Zachary Demko
David Johnson
Dusan Kijacic
Dimitri Petrov
Joshua Sweetkind-Singer
Jing Xu
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Natera Inc
Original Assignee
Natera Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US11/496,982 external-priority patent/US20070027636A1/en
Priority claimed from US11/603,406 external-priority patent/US8532930B2/en
Priority claimed from US11/634,550 external-priority patent/US20070178501A1/en
Priority claimed from US12/076,348 external-priority patent/US8515679B2/en
Application filed by Natera Inc filed Critical Natera Inc
Priority to US16/014,903 priority Critical patent/US20180300448A1/en
Assigned to GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC. reassignment GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: PETROV, DMITRI, SWEETKIND-SINGER, JOSHUA, KIJACIK, DUSAN, BANJEVIC, MILENA, XU, JING, JOHNSON, DAVID SCOTT, RABINOWITZ, MATTHEW, DEMKO, ZACHARY PAUL
Assigned to NATERA, INC. reassignment NATERA, INC. CHANGE OF NAME (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: GENE SECURITY NETWORK INC.
Publication of US20180300448A1 publication Critical patent/US20180300448A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • G06F19/16
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6806Preparing nucleic acids for analysis, e.g. for polymerase chain reaction [PCR] assay
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6844Nucleic acid amplification reactions
    • C12Q1/6853Nucleic acid amplification reactions using modified primers or templates
    • C12Q1/6855Ligating adaptors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6869Methods for sequencing
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6869Methods for sequencing
    • C12Q1/6874Methods for sequencing involving nucleic acid arrays, e.g. sequencing by hybridisation
    • G06F19/18
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q50/00Information and communication technology [ICT] specially adapted for implementation of business processes of specific business sectors, e.g. utilities or tourism
    • G06Q50/10Services
    • G06Q50/22Social work or social welfare, e.g. community support activities or counselling services
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16BBIOINFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR GENETIC OR PROTEIN-RELATED DATA PROCESSING IN COMPUTATIONAL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
    • G16B15/00ICT specially adapted for analysing two-dimensional or three-dimensional molecular structures, e.g. structural or functional relations or structure alignment
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16BBIOINFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR GENETIC OR PROTEIN-RELATED DATA PROCESSING IN COMPUTATIONAL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
    • G16B20/00ICT specially adapted for functional genomics or proteomics, e.g. genotype-phenotype associations
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16BBIOINFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR GENETIC OR PROTEIN-RELATED DATA PROCESSING IN COMPUTATIONAL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
    • G16B20/00ICT specially adapted for functional genomics or proteomics, e.g. genotype-phenotype associations
    • G16B20/10Ploidy or copy number detection
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16BBIOINFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR GENETIC OR PROTEIN-RELATED DATA PROCESSING IN COMPUTATIONAL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
    • G16B20/00ICT specially adapted for functional genomics or proteomics, e.g. genotype-phenotype associations
    • G16B20/20Allele or variant detection, e.g. single nucleotide polymorphism [SNP] detection
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16BBIOINFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR GENETIC OR PROTEIN-RELATED DATA PROCESSING IN COMPUTATIONAL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
    • G16B20/00ICT specially adapted for functional genomics or proteomics, e.g. genotype-phenotype associations
    • G16B20/40Population genetics; Linkage disequilibrium
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16BBIOINFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR GENETIC OR PROTEIN-RELATED DATA PROCESSING IN COMPUTATIONAL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
    • G16B40/00ICT specially adapted for biostatistics; ICT specially adapted for bioinformatics-related machine learning or data mining, e.g. knowledge discovery or pattern finding
    • G16B40/10Signal processing, e.g. from mass spectrometry [MS] or from PCR
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16HHEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H70/00ICT specially adapted for the handling or processing of medical references
    • G16H70/60ICT specially adapted for the handling or processing of medical references relating to pathologies
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2525/00Reactions involving modified oligonucleotides, nucleic acids, or nucleotides
    • C12Q2525/10Modifications characterised by
    • C12Q2525/155Modifications characterised by incorporating/generating a new priming site
    • G06F19/24
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16BBIOINFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR GENETIC OR PROTEIN-RELATED DATA PROCESSING IN COMPUTATIONAL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
    • G16B40/00ICT specially adapted for biostatistics; ICT specially adapted for bioinformatics-related machine learning or data mining, e.g. knowledge discovery or pattern finding

Definitions

  • the invention relates generally to the field of acquiring, manipulating and using genetic data for medically predictive purposes, and specifically to a system in which imperfectly measured genetic data of a target individual are made more accurate by using known genetic data of genetically related individuals, thereby allowing more effective identification of genetic variations, specifically aneuploidy and disease linked genes, that could result in various phenotypic outcomes.
  • PGD Planar Biharmonic Deformation
  • chromosomal abnormalities such as aneuploidy and balanced translocations
  • the other main focus of PGD is for genetic disease screening, with the primary outcome being a healthy baby not afflicted with a genetically heritable disease for which one or both parents are carriers.
  • the likelihood of the desired outcome is enhanced by excluding genetically suboptimal embryos from transfer and implantation in the mother.
  • the process of PGD during IVF currently involves extracting a single cell from the roughly eight cells of an early-stage embryo for analysis. Isolation of single cells from human embryos, while highly technical, is now routine in IVF clinics. Both polar bodies and blastomeres have been isolated with success. The most common technique is to remove single blastomeres from day 3 embryos (6 or 8 cell stage). Embryos are transferred to a special cell culture medium (standard culture medium lacking calcium and magnesium), and a hole is introduced into the zona pellucida using an acidic solution, laser, or mechanical techniques. The technician then uses a biopsy pipette to remove a single blastomere with a visible nucleus. Features of the DNA of the single (or occasionally multiple) blastomere are measured using a variety of techniques. Since only a single copy of the DNA is available from one cell, direct measurements of the DNA are highly error-prone, or noisy. There is a great need for a technique that can correct, or make more accurate, these noisy genetic measurements.
  • chromosomes normal humans have two sets of 23 chromosomes in every diploid cell, with one copy coming from each parent.
  • Aneuploidy the state of a cell with extra or missing chromosome(s), and uniparental disomy, the state of a cell with two of a given chromosome both of which originate from one parent, are believed to be responsible for a large percentage of failed implantations and miscarriages, and some genetic diseases.
  • Detection of chromosomal abnormalities can identify individuals or embryos with conditions such as Down syndrome, Klinefelter's syndrome, and Turner syndrome, among others, in addition to increasing the chances of a successful pregnancy.
  • chromosomal abnormalities is especially important as the age of a potential mother increases: between the ages of 35 and 40 it is estimated that between 40% and 50% of the embryos are abnormal, and above the age of 40, more than half of the embryos are like to be abnormal.
  • the main cause of aneuploidy is nondisjunction during meiosis. Maternal nondisjunction constitutes 88% of all nondisjunction of which 65% occurs in meiosis 1 and 23% in meiosis II.
  • Common types of human aneuploidy include trisomy from meiosis I nondisjunction, monosomy, and uniparental disomy.
  • M2 trisomy In a particular type of trisomy that arises in meiosis II nondisjunction, or M2 trisomy, an extra chromosome is identical to one of the two normal chromosomes. M2 trisomy is particularly difficult to detect. There is a great need for a better method that can detect for many or all types of aneuploidy at most or all of the chromosomes efficiently and with high accuracy.
  • FISH fluorescent in situ hybridization
  • Parrott et al. provide methods for determining various biological characteristics of in vitro fertilized embryos, including overall embryo health, implantability, and increased likelihood of developing successfully to term by analyzing media specimens of in vitro fertilization cultures for levels of bioactive lipids in order to determine these characteristics.
  • Threadgill et al. describe a method for preparing homozygous cellular libraries useful for in vitro phenotyping and gene mapping involving site-specific mitotic recombination in a plurality of isolated parent cells.
  • Cooke et al. provide a method for predicting the outcome of IVF by determining the level of 11 ⁇ -hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase (11 ⁇ -HSD) in a biological sample from a female patient.
  • 11 ⁇ -HSD 11 ⁇ -hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase
  • Denton et al. describe a method wherein an individual's haplotypes are compared to a known database of haplotypes in the general population to predict clinical response to a treatment.
  • NIPGD Non-Invasive Prenatal Genetic Diagnosis
  • the fetal cell concentration in maternal blood depends on the stage of pregnancy and the condition of the fetus, but estimates range from one to forty fetal cells in every milliliter of maternal blood, or less than one fetal cell per 100,000 maternal nucleated cells.
  • Current techniques are able to isolate small quantities of fetal cells from the mother's blood, although it is very difficult to enrich the fetal cells to purity in any quantity.
  • the most effective technique in this context involves the use of monoclonal antibodies, but other techniques used to isolate fetal cells include density centrifugation, selective lysis of adult erythrocytes, and FACS. Fetal DNA isolation has been demonstrated using PCR amplification using primers with fetal-specific DNA sequences. Since only tens of molecules of each embryonic SNP are available through these techniques, the genotyping of the fetal tissue with high fidelity is not currently possible.
  • PGD pre-implantation genetic diagnosis
  • Most PGD today focuses on high-level chromosomal abnormalities such as aneuploidy and balanced translocations with the primary outcomes being successful implantation and a take-home baby.
  • the number of known disease associated genetic alleles is currently at 389 according to OMIM and steadily climbing. Consequently, it is becoming increasingly relevant to analyze multiple embryonic SNPs that are associated with disease phenotypes.
  • a clear advantage of pre-implantation genetic diagnosis over prenatal diagnosis is that it avoids some of the ethical issues regarding possible choices of action once undesirable phenotypes have been detected.
  • the FACS machine has a variety of applications; one important application is to discriminate between cells based on size, shape and overall DNA content.
  • the FACS machine can be set to sort single cells into any desired container.
  • Many different groups have used single cell DNA analysis for a number of applications, including prenatal genetic diagnosis, recombination studies, and analysis of chromosomal imbalances.
  • Single-sperm genotyping has been used previously for forensic analysis of sperm samples (to decrease problems arising from mixed samples) and for single-cell recombination studies.
  • FISH fluorescent in situ hybridization
  • Embryos are transferred to a special cell culture medium (standard culture medium lacking calcium and magnesium), and a hole is introduced into the zona pellucida using an acidic solution, laser, or mechanical drilling. The technician then uses a biopsy pipette to remove a single visible nucleus. Clinical studies have demonstrated that this process does not decrease implantation success, since at this stage embryonic cells are undifferentiated.
  • LM-PCR ligation-mediated PCR
  • DOP-PCR degenerate oligonucleotide primer PCR
  • MDA multiple displacement amplification
  • LM-PCR short DNA sequences called adapters are ligated to blunt ends of DNA. These adapters contain universal amplification sequences, which are used to amplify the DNA by PCR.
  • DOP-PCR random primers that also contain universal amplification sequences are used in a first round of annealing and PCR. Then, a second round of PCR is used to amplify the sequences further with the universal primer sequences.
  • MDA uses the phi-29 polymerase, which is a highly processive and non-specific enzyme that replicates DNA and has been used for single-cell analysis.
  • DOP-PCR reliably produces large quantities of DNA from small quantities of DNA, including single copies of chromosomes.
  • MDA is the fastest method, producing hundred-fold amplification of DNA in a few hours.
  • the major limitations to amplification material from a single cells are (1) necessity of using extremely dilute DNA concentrations or extremely small volume of reaction mixture, and (2) difficulty of reliably dissociating DNA from proteins across the whole genome. Regardless, single-cell whole genome amplification has been used successfully for a variety of applications for a number of years.
  • Amplification of single-cell DNA (or DNA from a small number of cells, or from smaller amounts of DNA) by PCR can fail completely, as reported in 5-10% of the cases. This is often due to contamination of the DNA, the loss of the cell, its DNA, or accessibility of the DNA during the PCR reaction.
  • Other sources of error that may arise in measuring the embryonic DNA by amplification and microarray analysis include transcription errors introduced by the DNA polymerase where a particular nucleotide is incorrectly copied during PCR, and microarray reading errors due to imperfect hybridization on the array.
  • ADO allele drop-out
  • ADO can affect up to more than 40% of amplifications and has already caused PGD misdiagnoses.
  • ADO becomes a health issue especially in the case of a dominant disease, where the failure to amplify can lead to implantation of an affected embryo.
  • the need for more than one set of primers per each marker (in heterozygotes) complicate the PCR process. Therefore, more reliable PCR assays are being developed based on understanding the ADO origin. Reaction conditions for single-cell amplifications are under study. The amplicon size, the amount of DNA degradation, freezing and thawing, and the PCR program and conditions can each influence the rate of ADO.
  • Advanced technologies that enable the diagnosis of a number of diseases at the single-cell level include interphase chromosome conversion, comparative genomic hybridization (CGH), fluorescent PCR, and whole genome amplification.
  • CGH comparative genomic hybridization
  • CGH comparative genomic hybridization
  • whole genome amplification The reliability of the data generated by all of these techniques rely on the quality of the DNA preparation.
  • PGD is also costly, consequently there is a need for less expensive approaches, such as mini-sequencing. Unlike most mutation-detection techniques, mini-sequencing permits analysis of very small DNA fragments with low ADO rate. Better methods for the preparation of single-cell DNA for amplification and PGD are therefore needed and are under study. The more novel microarrays and comparative genomic hybridization techniques, still ultimately rely on the quality of the DNA under analysis.
  • PCR-based techniques include whole genome amplification (WGA) techniques such as multiple displacement amplification (MDA), and Molecular Inversion Probes (MIPS) that perform genotyping using multiple tagged oligonucleotides that may then be amplified using PCR with a singe pair of primers.
  • WGA whole genome amplification
  • MDA multiple displacement amplification
  • MIPS Molecular Inversion Probes
  • FISH fluorescence in situ hybridization
  • Taqman is a unique genotyping technology produced and distributed by Applied Biosystems. Taqman uses polymerase chain reaction (PCR) to amplify sequences of interest. During PCR cycling, an allele specific minor groove binder (MGB) probe hybridizes to amplified sequences. Strand synthesis by the polymerase enzymes releases reporter dyes linked to the MGB probes, and then the Taqman optical readers detect the dyes. In this manner, Taqman achieves quantitative allelic discrimination. Compared with array based genotyping technologies, Taqman is quite expensive per reaction ($0.40/reaction), and throughput is relatively low (384 genotypes per run).
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • MGB allele specific minor groove binder
  • Taqman While only ing of DNA per reaction is necessary, thousands of genotypes by Taqman requires microgram quantities of DNA, so Taqman does not necessarily use less DNA than microarrays. However, with respect to the IVF genotyping workflow, Taqman is the most readily applicable technology. This is due to the high reliability of the assays and, most importantly, the speed and ease of the assay ( ⁇ 3 hours per run and minimal molecular biological steps). Also unlike many array technologies (such as 500 k Affymetrix arrays), Taqman is highly customizable, which is important for the IVF market. Further, Taqman is highly quantitative, so anueploidies could be detected with this technology alone.
  • Illumina has recently emerged as a leader in high-throughput genotyping. Unlike Affymetrix, Illumina genotyping arrays do not rely exclusively on hybridization. Instead, Illumina technology uses an allele-specific DNA extension step, which is much more sensitive and specific than hybridization alone, for the original sequence detection. Then, all of these alleles are amplified in multiplex by PCR, and then these products hybridized to bead arrays. The beads on these arrays contain unique “address” tags, not native sequence, so this hybridization is highly specific and sensitive. Alleles are then called by quantitative scanning of the bead arrays.
  • the Illlumina Golden Gate assay system genotypes up to 1536 loci concurrently, so the throughput is better than Taqman but not as high as Affymetrix 500 k arrays.
  • the cost of Illumina genotypes is lower than Taqman, but higher than Affymetrix arrays.
  • the Illumina platform takes as long to complete as the 500 k Affymetrix arrays (up to 72 hours), which is problematic for IVF genotyping.
  • Illumina has a much better call rate, and the assay is quantitative, so anueploidies are detectable with this technology.
  • Illumina technology is much more flexible in choice of SNPs than 500 k Affymetrix arrays.
  • Affymetrix GeneChip 500K genotyping array One of the highest throughput techniques, which allows for the measurement of up to 250,000 SNPs at a time, is the Affymetrix GeneChip 500K genotyping array. This technique also uses PCR, followed by analysis by hybridization and detection of the amplified DNA sequences to DNA probes, chemically synthesized at different locations on a quartz surface. A disadvantage of these arrays are the low flexibility and the lower sensitivity. There are modified approaches that can increase selectivity, such as the “perfect match” and “mismatch probe” approaches, but these do so at the cost of the number of SNPs calls per array.
  • Pyrosequencing or sequencing by synthesis, can also be used for genotyping and SNP analysis.
  • the main advantages to pyrosequencing include an extremely fast turnaround and unambiguous SNP calls, however, the assay is not currently conducive to high-throughput parallel analysis.
  • PCR followed by gel electrophoresis is an exceedingly simple technique that has met the most success in preimplantation diagnosis. In this technique, researchers use nested PCR to amplify short sequences of interest. Then, they run these DNA samples on a special gel to visualize the PCR products. Different bases have different molecular weights, so one can determine base content based on how fast the product runs in the gel.
  • This technique is low-throughput and requires subjective analyses by scientists using current technologies, but has the advantage of speed (1-2 hours of PCR, 1 hour of gel electrophoresis). For this reason, it has been used previously for prenatal genotyping for a myriad of diseases, including: thalassaemia, neurofibromatosis type 2, leukocyte adhesion deficiency type I, Hallopeau-Siemens disease, sickle-cell anemia, retinoblastoma, Pelizaeus-Merzbacher disease, Duchenne muscular dystrophy, and Currarino syndrome.
  • diseases including: thalassaemia, neurofibromatosis type 2, leukocyte adhesion deficiency type I, Hallopeau-Siemens disease, sickle-cell anemia, retinoblastoma, Pelizaeus-Merzbacher disease, Duchenne muscular dystrophy, and Currarino syndrome.
  • MIPs Molecular Inversion Probes
  • Affymetrix's Genflex Arrays Another promising technique that has been developed for genotyping small quantities of genetic material with very high fidelity.
  • MIPs Molecular Inversion Probes
  • This technique has the capability to measure multiple SNPs in parallel: more than 10,000 SNPS measured in parallel have been verified.
  • call rates for this technique have been established at roughly 95%, and accuracy of the calls made has been established to be above 99%. So far, the technique has been implemented for quantities of genomic data as small as 150 molecules for a given SNP. However, the technique has not been verified for genomic data from a single cell, or a single strand of DNA, as would be required for pre-implantation genetic diagnosis.
  • the MIP technique makes use of padlock probes which are linear oligonucleotides whose two ends can be joined by ligation when they hybridize to immediately adjacent target sequences of DNA.
  • a gap-fill enzyme is added to the assay which can add one of the four nucleotides to the gap. If the added nucleotide (A,C,T,G) is complementary to the SNP under measurement, then it will hybridize to the DNA, and join the ends of the padlock probe by ligation.
  • the circular products, or closed padlock probes are then differentiated from linear probes by exonucleolysis.
  • the exonuclease by breaking down the linear probes and leaving the circular probes, will change the relative concentrations of the closed vs. the unclosed probes by a factor of 1000 or more.
  • the probes that remain are then opened at a cleavage site by another enzyme, removed from the DNA, and amplified by PCR.
  • Each probe is tagged with a different tag sequence consisting of 20 base tags (16,000 have been generated), and can be detected, for example, by the Affymetrix GenFlex Tag Array.
  • the presence of the tagged probe from a reaction in which a particular gap-fill enzyme was added indicates the presence of the complimentary amino acid on the relevant SNP.
  • MIPS molecular biological advantages include: (1) multiplexed genotyping in a single reaction, (2) the genotype “call” occurs by gap fill and ligation, not hybridization, and (3) hybridization to an array of universal tags decreases false positives inherent to most array hybridizations.
  • traditional 500K, TaqMan and other genotyping arrays the entire genomic sample is hybridized to the array, which contains a variety of perfect match and mismatch probes, and an algorithm calls likely genotypes based on the intensities of the mismatch and perfect match probes.
  • Hybridization is inherently noisy, because of the complexities of the DNA sample and the huge number of probes on the arrays.
  • MIPs uses multiplex probes (i.e., not on an array) that are longer and therefore more specific, and then uses a robust ligation step to circularize the probe. Background is exceedingly low in this assay (due to specificity), though allele dropout may be high (due to poor performing probes).
  • the next step is to use the data for predictive purposes.
  • Much research has been done in predictive genomics, which tries to understand the precise functions of proteins, RNA and DNA so that phenotypic predictions can be made based on genotype.
  • Canonical techniques focus on the function of Single-Nucleotide Polymorphisms (SNP); but more advanced methods are being brought to bear on multi-factorial phenotypic features. These methods include techniques, such as linear regression and nonlinear neural networks, which attempt to determine a mathematical relationship between a set of genetic and phenotypic predictors and a set of measured outcomes.
  • regression analysis techniques such as Ridge regression, log regression and stepwise selection, that are designed to accommodate sparse data sets where there are many potential predictors relative to the number of outcomes, as is typical of genetic data, and which apply additional constraints on the regression parameters so that a meaningful set of parameters can be resolved even when the data is underdetermined.
  • Other techniques apply principal component analysis to extract information from undetermined data sets.
  • Other techniques such as decision trees and contingency tables, use strategies for subdividing subjects based on their independent variables in order to place subjects in categories or bins for which the phenotypic outcomes are similar.
  • a recent technique termed logical regression, describes a method to search for different logical interrelationships between categorical independent variables in order to model a variable that depends on interactions between multiple independent variables related to genetic data. Regardless of the method used, the quality of the prediction is naturally highly dependant on the quality of the genetic data used to make the prediction.
  • chromosomes normal humans have two sets of 23 chromosomes in every diploid cell, with one copy coming from each parent.
  • Aneuploidy a cell with an extra or missing chromosomes, and uniparental disomy, a cell with two of a given chromosome that originate from one parent, are belived to be responsible for a large percentage of failed implantations, miscarriages, and genetic diseases.
  • the individual is said to exhibit mosaicism.
  • Detection of chromosomal abnormalities can identify individuals or embryos with conditions such as Down syndrome, Klinefelters syndrome, and Turner syndrome, among others, in addition to increasing the chances of a successful pregnancy. Testing for chromosomal abnormalities is especially important as mothers age: between the ages of 35 and 40 it is estimated that between 40% and 50% of the embryos are abnormal, and above the age of 40, more than half of the embryos are abnormal.
  • the reliability of the test becomes much lower as the level of mosaicism gets lower, and as the number of cells to analyze decreases.
  • the test is estimated to have a false negative rate as high as 15% when a single cell is analysed. There is a great demand for a method that has a higher throughput, lower cost, and greater accuracy.
  • Threadgill et al. describe a method for preparing homozygous cellular libraries useful for in vitro phenotyping and gene mapping involving site-specific mitotic recombination in a plurality of isolated parent cells.
  • Stewart et al. describe a method of determining the probability of an in vitro fertilization (IVF) being successful by measuring Relaxin directly in the serum or indirectly by culturing granulosa lutein cells extracted from the patient as part of an IVF/ET procedure.
  • IVVF in vitro fertilization
  • the system disclosed enables the cleaning of incomplete or noisy genetic data using secondary genetic data as a source of information, and also the determination of chromosome copy number using said genetic data. While the disclosure focuses on genetic data from human subjects, and more specifically on as-yet not implanted embryos or developing fetuses, as well as related individuals, it should be noted that the methods disclosed apply to the genetic data of a range of organisms, in a range of contexts. The techniques described for cleaning genetic data are most relevant in the context of pre-implantation diagnosis during in-vitro fertilization, prenatal diagnosis in conjunction with amniocentesis, chorion villus biopsy, fetal tissue sampling, and non-invasive prenatal diagnosis, where a small quantity of fetal genetic material is isolated from maternal blood.
  • the use of this method may facilitate diagnoses focusing on inheritable diseases, chromosome copy number predictions, increased likelihoods of defects or abnormalities, as well as making predictions of susceptibility to various disease- and non-disease phenotypes for individuals to enhance clinical and lifestyle decisions.
  • the invention addresses the shortcomings of prior art that are discussed above.
  • methods make use of knowledge of the genetic data of the mother and the father such as diploid tissue samples, sperm from the father, haploid samples from the mother or other embryos derived from the mother's and father's gametes, together with the knowledge of the mechanism of meiosis and the imperfect measurement of the embryonic DNA, in order to reconstruct, in silico, the embryonic DNA at the location of key loci with a high degree of confidence.
  • genetic data derived from other related individuals such as other embryos, brothers and sisters, grandparents or other relatives can also be used to increase the fidelity of the reconstructed embryonic DNA. It is important to note that the parental and other secondary genetic data allows the reconstruction not only of SNPs that were measured poorly, but also of insertions, deletions, and of SNPs or whole regions of DNA that were not measured at all.
  • the fetal or embryonic genomic data which has been reconstructed, with or without the use of genetic data from related individuals can be used to detect if the cell is aneuploid, that is, where fewer or more than two of a particular chromosome is present in a cell.
  • the reconstructed data can also be used to detect for uniparental disomy, a condition in which two of a given chromosome are present, both of which originate from one parent. This is done by creating a set of hypotheses about the potential states of the DNA, and testing to see which hypothesis has the highest probability of being true given the measured data. Note that the use of high throughput genotyping data for screening for aneuploidy enables a single blastomere from each embryo to be used both to measure multiple disease-linked loci as well as to screen for aneuploidy.
  • the direct measurements of the amount of genetic material, amplified or unamplified, present at a plurality of loci can be used to detect for monosomy, uniparental disomy, trisomy and other aneuploidy states.
  • the idea behind this method is that measuring the amount of genetic material at multiple loci will give a statistically significant result.
  • the measurements, direct or indirect, of a particular subset of SNPs can be used to detect for chromosomal abnormalities by looking at the ratios of maternally versus paternally miscalled homozygous loci on the embryo.
  • homozygous loci the ratios of maternally versus paternally miscalled homozygous loci on the embryo.
  • Allele drop outs at those loci are random, and a shift in the ratio of loci miscalled as homozygous can only be due to incorrect chromosome number.
  • FIG. 1 determining probability of false negatives and false positives for different hypotheses.
  • FIG. 2 the results from a mixed female sample, all loci hetero.
  • FIG. 3 the results from a mixed male sample, all loci hetero.
  • FIG. 4 Ct measurements for male sample differenced from Ct measurements for female sample.
  • FIG. 5 the results from a mixed female sample; Taqman single dye.
  • FIG. 6 the results from a mixed male; Taqman single dye.
  • FIG. 7 the distribution of repeated measurements for mixed male sample.
  • FIG. 8 the results from a mixed female sample; qPCR measures.
  • FIG. 9 the results from a mixed male sample; qPCR measures.
  • FIG. 10 Ct measurements for male sample differenced from Ct measurements for female sample.
  • FIG. 11 detecting aneuploidy with a third dissimilar chromosome.
  • FIGS. 12A and 12B an illustration of two amplification distributions with constant allele dropout rate.
  • FIG. 13 a graph of the Gaussian probability density function of alpha.
  • FIG. 14 matched filter and performance for 19 loci measured with Taqman on 60 pg of DNA.
  • FIG. 15 matched filter and performance for 13 loci measured with Taqman on 6 pg of DNA.
  • FIG. 16 matched filter and performance for 20 loci measured with qPCR on 60 pg of DNA.
  • FIG. 17 matched filter and performance for 20 loci measured with qPCR on 6 pg of DNA.
  • FIG. 18A matched filter and performance for 20 loci using MDA and Taqman on 16 single cells.
  • FIG. 18B Matched filter and performance for 11 loci on Chromosome 7 and 13 loci on Chromosome X using MDA and Taqman on 15 single cells.
  • the goal of the disclosed system is to provide highly accurate genomic data for the purpose of genetic diagnoses.
  • the disclosed system makes use of the expected similarities between the genetic data of the target individual and the genetic data of related individuals, to clean the noise in the target genome. This is done by determining which segments of chromosomes of related individuals were involved in gamete formation and, when necessary where crossovers may have occurred during meiosis, and therefore which segments of the genomes of related individuals are expected to be nearly identical to sections of the target genome. In certain situations this method can be used to clean noisy base pair measurements on the target individual, but it also can be used to infer the identity of individual base pairs or whole regions of DNA that were not measured.
  • the target individual is an embryo, and the purpose of applying the disclosed method to the genetic data of the embryo is to allow a doctor or other agent to make an informed choice of which embryo(s) should be implanted during IVF.
  • the target individual is a fetus, and the purpose of applying the disclosed method to genetic data of the fetus is to allow a doctor or other agent to make an informed choice about possible clinical decisions or other actions to be taken with respect to the fetus.
  • SNP Single Nucleotide Polymorphism
  • Locus a particular region of interest on the DNA of an individual, which may refer to a SNP, the site of a possible insertion or deletion, or the site of some other relevant genetic variation.
  • Disease-linked SNPs may also refer to disease-linked loci.
  • To call an allele to determine the state of a particular locus of DNA. This may involve calling a SNP, or determining whether or not an insertion or deletion is present at that locus, or determining the number of insertions that may be present at that locus, or determining whether some other genetic variant is present at that locus.
  • Correct allele call An allele call that correctly reflects the true state of the actual genetic material of an individual.
  • To clean genetic data to take imperfect genetic data and correct some or all of the errors or fill in missing data at one or more loci. In the context of this disclosure, this involves using genetic data of related individuals and the method described herein.
  • Imperfect genetic data genetic data with any of the following: allele dropouts, uncertain base pair measurements, incorrect base pair measurements, missing base pair measurements, uncertain measurements of insertions or deletions, uncertain measurements of chromosome segment copy numbers, spurious signals, missing measurements, other errors, or combinations thereof.
  • noisy genetic data imperfect genetic data, also called incomplete genetic data.
  • Uncleaned genetic data genetic data as measured, that is, where no method has been used to correct for the presence of noise or errors in the raw genetic data; also called crude genetic data.
  • Confidence the statistical likelihood that the called SNP, allele, set of alleles, or determined number of chromosome segment copies correctly represents the real genetic state of the individual.
  • PS Parental Support: a name sometimes used for the any of the methods disclosed herein, where the genetic information of related individuals is used to determine the genetic state of target individuals. In some cases, it refers specifically to the allele calling method, sometimes to the method used for cleaning genetic data, sometimes to the method to determine the number of copies of a segment of a chromosome, and sometimes to some or all of these methods used in combination.
  • CNC Copy Number Calling
  • Qualitative CNC also qCNC: the name given to the method in this disclosure used to determine chromosome copy number in a cell that makes use of qualitative measured genetic data of the target individual and of related individuals.
  • Multigenic affected by multiple genes, or alleles.
  • Chromosomal Region a segment of a chromosome, or a full chromosome.
  • Segment of a Chromosome a section of a chromosome that can range in size from one base pair to the entire chromosome.
  • Section a section of a chromosome. Section and segment can be used interchangeably.
  • Chromosome may refer to either a full chromosome, or also a segment or section of a chromosome.
  • the number of copies of a chromosome segment may refer to identical copies, or it may refer to non-identical copies of a chromosome segment wherein the different copies of the chromosome segment contain a substantially similar set of loci, and where one or more of the alleles are different. Note that in some cases of aneuploidy, such as the M2 copy error, it is possible to have some copies of the given chromosome segment that are identical as well as some copies of the same chromosome segment that are not identical.
  • Haplotypic Data also called ‘phased data’ or ‘ordered genetic data;’ data from a single chromosome in a diploid or polyploid genome, i.e., either the segregated maternal or paternal copy of a chromosome in a diploid genome.
  • Unordered Genetic Data pooled data derived from measurements on two or more chromosomes in a diploid or polyploid genome, i.e., both the maternal and paternal copies of a chromosome in a diploid genome.
  • Genetic data ‘in’, ‘of’, ‘at’ or ‘on’ an individual all refer to the data describing aspects of the genome of an individual. It may refer to one or a set of loci, partial or entire sequences, partial or entire chromosomes, or the entire genome.
  • Hypothesis a set of possible copy numbers of a given set of chromosomes, or a set of possible genotypes at a given set of loci.
  • the set of possibilities may contain one or more elements.
  • Target Individual the individual whose genetic data is being determined. Typically, only a limited amount of DNA is available from the target individual. In one context, the target individual is an embryo or a fetus.
  • Platform response a mathematical characterization of the input/output characteristics of a genetic measurement platform, such as TAQMAN or INFINIUM.
  • the input to the channel is the true underlying genotypes of the genetic loci being measured.
  • the channel output could be allele calls (qualitative) or raw numerical measurements (quantitative), depending on the context.
  • the platform response consists of an error transition matrix that describes the conditional probability of seeing a particular output genotype call given a particular true genotype input.
  • the platform response is a conditional probability density function that describes the probability of the numeric outputs given a particular true genotype input.
  • Copy number hypothesis a hypothesis about how many copies of a particular chromosome segment are in the embryo.
  • this hypothesis consists of a set of sub-hypotheses about how many copies of this chromosome segment were contributed by each related individual to the target individual.
  • a Allele Calling Preferred Method Assume here the goal is to estimate the genetic data of an embryo as accurately as possible, and where the estimate is derived from measurements taken from the embryo, father, and mother across the same set of n SNPs. Note that where this description refers to SNPs, it may also refer to a locus where any genetic variation, such as a point mutation, insertion or deletion may be present.
  • This allele calling method is part of the Parental Support (PS) system.
  • PS Parental Support
  • e (e 1 ,e 2 ) be the true, unknown, ordered SNP information on the embryo, e 1 ,e 2 ⁇ A n .
  • e 1 (e 1i ,e 2i ) to denote the ordered pair of alleles at the i-th position of e.
  • g 1 be the true, unknown, haploid information on a single sperm from the father.
  • a crossover map it is meant an n-tuple ⁇ 1,2 ⁇ n that specifies how a haploid pair such as (f 1 ,f 2 ) recombines to form a gamete such as e 1 .
  • f 1 ACAAACCC
  • f 2 CAACCACA
  • 11111222.
  • ⁇ (f 1 ,f 2 ) ACAAAACA.
  • crossover maps In reality, when chromosomes combine, at most a few crossovers occur, making most of the 2 n theoretically possible crossover maps distinctly improbable. In practice, these very low probability crossover maps will be treated as though they had probability zero, considering only crossover maps belonging to a comparatively small set ⁇ . For example, if ⁇ is defined to be the set of crossover maps that derive from at most one crossover, then
  • 2n.
  • f is an ordered pair such as (A,C)
  • ⁇ tilde over (f) ⁇ i is a single letter such as B.
  • ⁇ r e
  • g 1 X(r)
  • ⁇ tilde over (D) ⁇ ⁇ tilde over (r) ⁇
  • ⁇ tilde over (e) ⁇ ⁇ tilde over (g) ⁇ 1
  • the goal is to come up with an estimate ê of e, based on ⁇ tilde over (D) ⁇ .
  • this method implicitly assumes euploidy on the embryo. It should be obvious to one skilled in the art how this method could be used in conjunction with the aneuploidy calling methods described elsewhere in this patent. For example, the aneuploidy calling method could be first employed to ensure that the embryo is indeed euploid and only then would the allele calling method be employed, or the aneuploidy calling method could be used to determine how many chromosome copies were derived from each parent and only then would the allele calling method be employed. It should also be obvious to one skilled in the art how this method could be modified in the case of a sex chromosome where there is only one copy of a chromosome present.
  • MAP maximum a posteriori
  • ⁇ e ⁇ i ⁇ argmax e i ′ ⁇ ⁇ P ⁇ ( e i ′
  • the final expression (*) above contains three probability expressions: P(X′), P(r′ j ), and P( ⁇ tilde over (D) ⁇ j
  • MCMC reversible-jump Markov Chain Monte Carlo
  • any crossover map given the probability of crossover between any two SNPs.
  • e i ), can vary widely from experiment to experiment, depending on various factors in the lab such as variations in the quality of genetic samples, or variations in the efficiency of whole genome amplification, or small variations in protocols used. Therefore, in a preferred embodiment, these conditional probability distributions are estimated on a per-experiment basis.
  • the values of these parameters might vary widely from experiment to experiment, and it is possible to use standard techniques such as maximum likelihood estimation, MAP estimation, or Bayesian inference, whose application is illustrated at various places in this document, to estimate the values that these parameters take on in any individual experiment.
  • the key is to find the set of parameter values that maximizes the joint probability of the parameters and the data, by considering all possible tuples of parameter values within a region of interest in the parameter space.
  • this approach can be implemented when one knows the chromosome copy number of the target genome, or when one doesn't know the copy number call but is exploring different hypotheses. In the latter case, one searches for the combination of parameters and hypotheses that best match the data are found, as is described elsewhere in this disclosure.
  • conditional probability distributions as a function of particular parameters derived from the measurements, such as the magnitude of quantitative genotyping measurements, in order to increase accuracy of the method. This would not change the fundamental concept of the invention.
  • non-parametric methods it is also possible to use non-parametric methods to estimate the above conditional probability distributions on a per-experiment basis. Nearest neighbor methods, smoothing kernels, and similar non-parametric methods familiar to those skilled in the art are some possibilities. Although this disclosure focuses parametric estimation methods, use of non-parametric methods to estimate these conditional probability distributions would not change the fundamental concept of the invention. The usual caveats apply: parametric methods may suffer from model bias, but have lower variance. Non-parametric methods tend to be unbiased, but will have higher variance.
  • the algorithm for allele calling can be structured so that it can be executed in a more computationally efficient fashion.
  • the equations are re-derived for allele-calling via the MAP method, this time reformulating the equations so that they reflect such a computationally efficient method of calculating the result.
  • X*,Y*,Z* ⁇ A,C ⁇ nx2 are the true ordered values on the mother, father, and embryo respectively.
  • H* ⁇ A,C ⁇ nxh are true values on h sperm samples.
  • B* ⁇ A,C ⁇ nxbx2 are true ordered values on b blastomeres.
  • D i ⁇ x i ,y i ,z i ,H i ,B i , ⁇ is the data set restricted to the i-th SNP.
  • r ⁇ A,C ⁇ 4 represents a candidate 4-tuple of ordered values on both the mother and father at a particular locus.
  • ⁇ circumflex over (Z) ⁇ i ⁇ A,C ⁇ 2 is the estimated ordered embryo value at SNP i.
  • ⁇ 1,2 ⁇ nxQ is a crossover map matrix, representing a hypothesis about the parental origin of all measured data, excluding the parents. Note that there are 2 nQ different crossover matrices. ⁇ i ⁇ i , is the matrix restricted to the i-th row. Note that there are 2 Q vector values that the i-th row can take on, from the set ⁇ 1,2 ⁇ Q .
  • f(x; y, z) is a function of (x, y, z) that is being treated as a function of just x.
  • the values behind the semi-colon are constants in the context in which the function is being evaluated.
  • aneuploidy can be detected using the quantitative data output from the PS method discussed in this patent.
  • CNC Copy Number Calling
  • the statement of the problem is to determine the copy number of each of 23 chromosome-types in a single cell.
  • the cell is first pre-amplified using a technique such as whole genome amplification using the MDA method.
  • n j is the copy number of chromosome j.
  • Q is an abstract quantity representing a baseline amount of pre-amplified genetic material from which the actual amount of pre-amplified genetic material at SNP i, chromosome j can be calculated as ⁇ ij n j Q.
  • ⁇ ij is a preferential amplification factor that specifies how much more SNP i on chromosome j will be pre-amplified via MDA than SNP 1 on chromosome 1. By definition, the preferential amplification factors are relative to ⁇ 11 1.
  • ⁇ ij is the doubling rate for SNP i chromosome j under PCR.
  • t ij is the ct value.
  • Q T is the amount of genetic material at which the ct value is determined. T is a symbol, not an index, and merely stands for threshold.
  • ⁇ ij , ⁇ ij , and Q T are constants of the model that do not change from experiment to experiment.
  • n 1 and Q are variables that change from experiment to experiment.
  • Q is the amount of material there would be at SNP 1 of chromosome 1, if chromosome 1 were monosomic.
  • the maximum likelihood estimation is used, with respect to the model described above, to determine n j .
  • the parameter Q makes this difficult unless another constraint is added:
  • the first equation can be interpreted as a log estimate of the quantity of chromosome j.
  • the second equation can be interpreted as saying that the average of the Q j is the average of a diploid quantity; subtracting one from its log gives the desired monosome quantity.
  • the third equation can be interpreted as saying that the copy number is just the ratio
  • n j is a ‘double difference’, since it is a difference of Q-values, each of which is itself a difference of values.
  • ⁇ t ij ⁇ be the regularized ct values obtained from MDA pre-amplification followed by PCR on the genetic sample.
  • t ij is the ct value on the i-th SNP of the j-th chromosome.
  • t j the vector of ct values associated with the j-th chromosome.
  • chromosome j Classify chromosome j as monosomic if and only if f T ⁇ tilde over (t) ⁇ i is higher than a certain threshold value, where f is a vector that represents a monosomy signature. f is the matched filter, whose construction is described next.
  • t 7 x and t 7 Y are scalars, while ⁇ X and ⁇ Y are vectors.
  • the superscripts X and Y are just symbolic labels, not indices, denoting female and male respectively. Do not to confuse the superscript X with measurements on the X chromosome.
  • the X chromosome measurements are the ones with subscript 23.
  • t ij 1 ⁇ ⁇ log ⁇ ⁇ Q T - 1 ⁇ ⁇ log ⁇ ⁇ n j - 1 ⁇ ⁇ log ⁇ ⁇ Q + Z ij
  • the i-th component of the matched filter f is given by:
  • the ideal matched filter is 1/ ⁇ 1.
  • the vector 1 can be used as the matched filter. This is equivalent to simply taking the average of the components of ⁇ tilde over (t) ⁇ j .
  • the matched filter paradigm is not necessary if the underlying biochemistry follows the simple model.
  • Each element of the vector is an independent measurement of the log copy number (scaled by 1/ ⁇ ), and then corrupted by noise.
  • the noise term Z ij cannot be gotten rid of: it is inherent in the measurement.
  • the second noise term probably cannot be gotten rid of either, since subtracting out t is necessary to remove the nuisance term
  • ⁇ ij ⁇ t ij log ⁇ ⁇ Q T ⁇ ij - log ⁇ ⁇ n j - log ⁇ ⁇ Q + Z ij
  • the i-th component of the matched filter f is given by:
  • the given data consists of (i) the data about the parental SNP states, measured with a high degree of accuracy, and (ii) measurements on all of the SNPs in a specific blastomere, measured poorly.
  • U is any specific homozygote
  • is the other homozygote at that SNP
  • H is the heterozygote.
  • the goal is to determine the probabilities (p ij ) shown in Table 2. For instance p 11 is the probability of the embryonic DNA being U and the readout being U as well. There are three conditions that these probabilities have to satisfy:
  • Probabilities p 3i and p 4i can be written out in terms of p 1i and p 2i .
  • C [1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0] T .
  • A is shown in Table 4, where empty cells have zeroes.
  • the observations come in the same 16 types as p ij . These are shown in Table 5.
  • the likelihood of making a set of these 16 n ij observations is defined by a multinomial distribution with the probabilities p ij and is proportional to:
  • the PS method can be applied to determine the number of copies of a given chromosome segment in a target without using parental genetic information.
  • a maximum a-posteriori (MAP) method is described that enables the classification of genetic allele information as aneuploid or euploid.
  • the method does not require parental data, though when parental data are available the classification power is enhanced.
  • the method does not require regularization of channel values.
  • the method will be applied to ct values from TAQMAN measurements; it should be obvious to one skilled in the art how to apply this method to any kind of measurement from any platform.
  • the description will focus on the case in which there are measurements on just chromosomes X and 7; again, it should be obvious to one skilled in the art how to apply the method to any number of chromosomes and sections of chromosomes.
  • the given measurements are from triploid blastomeres, on chromosomes X and 7, and the goal is to successfully make aneuploidy calls on these.
  • the only “truth” known about these blastomeres is that there must be three copies of chromosome 7.
  • the number of copies of chromosome X is not known.
  • the strategy here is to use MAP estimation to classify the copy number N7 of chromosome 7 from among the choices ⁇ 1,2,3 ⁇ given the measurements D. Formally that looks like this:
  • n ⁇ 7 argmax n 7 ⁇ ⁇ 1 , 2 , 3 ⁇ ⁇ P ⁇ ( n 7 , D )
  • n ⁇ 7 argmax n 7 ⁇ ⁇ 1 , 2 , 3 ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ f ⁇ ( Q ) ⁇ P ⁇ ( n 7 , D
  • N 7 is the copy number of chromosome seven. It is a random variable. n 7 denotes a potential value for N 7 .
  • N X is the copy number of chromosome X.
  • n X denotes a potential value for N X .
  • N j is the copy number of chromosome-j, where for the purposes here j ⁇ 7,X ⁇ . n j denotes a potential value for N j .
  • D is the set of all measurements.
  • t ij A is the ct value on channel-A of locus i of chromosome-j.
  • t ij C is the ct value on channel-C of locus i of chromosome-j.
  • Q represents a unit-amount of genetic material such that, if the copy number of chromosome-j is n j , then the total amount of genetic material at any locus of chromosome-j is n j Q. For example, under trisomy, if a locus were AAC, then the amount of A-material at this locus would be 2Q, the amount of C-material at this locus is Q, and the total combined amount of genetic material at this locus is 3Q.
  • n A ,n C denotes an unordered allele patterns at a locus when the copy number for the associate chromosome is n.
  • n A is the number of times allele A appears on the locus
  • n C is the number of times allele C appears on the locus.
  • the set of allele patterns is ⁇ (0,3), (1,2), (2,1), (3,0) ⁇ .
  • the allele pattern (2,1) for example corresponds to a locus value of A 2C , i.e., that two chromosomes have allele value A and the third has an allele value of C at the locus.
  • the set of allele patterns is ⁇ (0,2), (1,1), (2,0) ⁇ .
  • the set of allele patterns is ⁇ (0,1), (1,0) ⁇ .
  • (pronounced “bottom”) is the ct value that is interpreted as meaning “no signal”.
  • f Z ( ⁇ ) is the standard normal Gaussian pdf evaluated at ⁇ .
  • is the (known) standard deviation of the noise on TAQMAN ct values.
  • N 7 and N ⁇ are independent.
  • the goal is to classify the copy number of a designated chromosome.
  • the description will focus on chromosome 7.
  • the MAP solution is given by:
  • n ⁇ 7 argmax n 7 ⁇ ⁇ 1 , 2 , 3 ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ f ⁇ ( Q ) ⁇ P ⁇ ( n 7 , D
  • Q ) ⁇ dQ argmax n 7 ⁇ ⁇ 1 , 2 , 3 ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ f ⁇ ( Q ) ⁇ ⁇ n X ⁇ ⁇ 1 , 2 , 3 ⁇ ⁇ P ⁇ ( n 7 , n X , D
  • Q ) ⁇ dQ argmax n 7 ⁇ ⁇ 1 , 2 , 3 ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ f ⁇ ( Q ) ⁇ ⁇ n X ⁇ ⁇ 1 , 2 , 3 ⁇ ⁇ P ⁇ ( n 7 ) ⁇ P ⁇ ( n X ) ⁇ P ⁇ ( D 7
  • Equation (*) depends on being able to calculate values for P(n A ,n C
  • n 7 3) under the assumption that the allele frequency for A is 60%, and the minor allele frequency for C is 40%. (As an aside, note that P((2,1)
  • p i,j is the minor allele frequency at locus i of chromosome j.
  • Equation (*) depends on being able to calculate values for P(t A
  • variable D is not really a variable. It is always a constant set to the value of the data set actually in question, so it does not introduce another array dimension when representing in MATLAB. However, the variables D i do introduce an array dimension, due to the presence of the index j.
  • Q ) P ⁇ ( n j ) ⁇ P ⁇ ( D j
  • Q ) P ⁇ ( n j
  • the disclosed method enables one to make aneuploidy calls on each chromosome of each blastomere, given multiple blastomeres with measurements at some loci on all chromosomes, where it is not known how many copies of each chromosome there are.
  • the a MAP estimation is used to classify the copy number N 1 of chromosome where j ⁇ 1, 2 . . . 22,X,Y ⁇ , from among the choices ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3 ⁇ given the measurements D, which includes both genotyping information of the blastomeres and the parents.
  • n ⁇ j argmax n j ⁇ ⁇ 1 , 2 , 3 ⁇ ⁇ P ⁇ ( n j , D )
  • n ⁇ j argmax n j ⁇ ⁇ 1 , 2 , 3 ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ f ⁇ ( Q ) ⁇ P ⁇ ( n j , D ⁇ Q ) ⁇ dQ
  • N ⁇ is the copy number of autosomal chromosome ⁇ , where ⁇ 1, 2 . . . 22 ⁇ . It is a random variable.
  • n ⁇ denotes a potential value for N ⁇ .
  • N X is the copy number of chromosome X.
  • n X denotes a potential value for N X .
  • N j is the copy number of chromosome-j, where for the purposes here j ⁇ 1, 2 . . . m ⁇ . n j denotes a potential value for N j .
  • H is the set of aneuploidy states. h ⁇ H.
  • H ⁇ paternal monosomy, maternal monosomy, disomy, t1 paternal trisomy, t2 paternal trisomy, t1 maternal trisomy, t2 maternal trisomy ⁇ .
  • Paternal monosomy means the only existing chromosome came from the father; paternal trisomy means there is one additional chromosome coming from father.
  • Type 1 (t1) paternal trisomy is such that the two paternal chromosomes are sister chromosomes (exact copy of each other) except in case of crossover, when a section of the two chromosomes are the exact copies.
  • Type 2 (t2) paternal trisomy is such that the two paternal chromosomes are complementary chromosomes (independent chromosomes coming from two grandparents). The same definitions apply to the maternal monosomy and maternal trisomies.
  • D is the set of all measurements including measurements on embryo D E and on parents D F ,D M .
  • these are TAQMAN measurements on all chromosomes
  • D E ⁇ D E,1 , D E,2 . . . D E,m ⁇
  • D k (D E,k , D F,k , D M,k )
  • D Ej ⁇ t E ,ij A ,t E ,ij C ⁇ is the set of TAQMAN measurements on chromosome j.
  • t E ,ij A is the ct value on channel-A of locus i of chromosome-j.
  • t E ,ij C is the ct value on channel-C of locus i of chromosome-j.
  • A is just a logical name and denotes the major allele value at the locus, while C denotes the minor allele value at the locus.
  • Q represents a unit-amount of genetic material after MDA of single cell's genomic DNA such that, if the copy number of chromosome-j is n j , then the total amount of genetic material at any locus of chromosome-j is n j Q.
  • n j Q the total amount of genetic material at any locus of chromosome-j.
  • q is the number of numerical steps that will be considered for the value of Q.
  • N is the number of SNPs per chromosome that will be measured.
  • n A ,n C denotes an unordered allele patterns at a locus when the copy number for the associated chromosome is n.
  • n A is the number of times allele A appears on the locus
  • n C is the number of times allele C appears on the locus.
  • the set of allele patterns is ⁇ (0,3),(1,2),(2,1),(3,0) ⁇ .
  • the allele pattern (2,1) for example corresponds to a locus value of A 2 C, i.e., that two chromosomes have allele value A and the third has an allele value of C at the locus.
  • the set of allele patterns Under disomy, the set of allele patterns is ⁇ (0,2),(1,1),(2,0) ⁇ . Under monosomy, the set of allele patterns is ⁇ (0,1),(1,0) ⁇ .
  • (pronounced “bottom”) is the ct value that is interpreted as meaning “no signal”.
  • f Z (x) is the standard normal Gaussian pdf evaluated at x.
  • is the (known) standard deviation of the noise on TAQMAN ct values.
  • N j s are independent of one another.
  • the goal is to classify the copy number of a designated chromosome.
  • the MAP solution for chromosome a is given by
  • Equation (*) depends on being able to calculate values for P(n ⁇ ) and P(n X ), the distribution of prior probabilities of chromosome copy number, which is different depending on whether it is an autosomal chromosome or chromosome X. If these numbers are readily available for each chromosome, they may be used as is. If they are not available for all chromosomes, or are not reliable, some distributions may be assumed. Let the prior probability
  • Equation (*) depends on being able to calculate values for P(h
  • Equation (*) depends on being able to calculate values for p(n A ,n C
  • n 7 3) under the assumption that the allele frequency for A is 60%, and the minor allele frequency for C is 40%. (As an aside, note that P((2,1)
  • p ij is the minor allele frequency at locus i of chromosome j.
  • Equation (*) depends on being able to calculate values for p(n A ,n C
  • LDO will be known in either one of the parents, and the table would need to be augmented. If LDO are known in both parents, one can use the model described in the Allele Distribution Model without Parents section.
  • Equation (*) depends on being able to calculate p(T FAJ T MAJ ).
  • Equation (*) depends on being able to calculate values for P(t A
  • the unit of time here is the time for a multiplication or an addition. In total, it takes (2+t x +2*t y )*9N*m
  • the overall integral may be calculated, which takes time on the order of (2+t x +2*t y )*9N*m*q. In the end, it takes 2*m comparisons to determine the best estimate for n j . Therefore, overall the computational complexity is O(N*m*q).
  • variable D is not really a variable. It is always a constant set to the value of the data set actually in question, so it does not introduce another array dimension when representing in MATLAB. However, the variables D j do introduce an array dimension, due to the presence of the index j.
  • the aneuploidy calling method may be modified to use purely qualitative data. There are many approaches to solving this problem, and several of them are presented here. It should be obvious to one skilled in the art how to use other methods to accomplish the same end, and these will not change the essence of the disclosure.
  • N is the total number of SNPs on the chromosome.
  • n is the chromosome copy number.
  • n M is the number of copies supplied to the embryo by the mother: 0, 1, or 2.
  • n F is the number of copies supplied to the embryo by the father: 0, 1, or 2.
  • p d is the dropout rate, and f(p d ) is a prior on this rate.
  • p a is dropin rate, and f(p a ) is a prior on this rate.
  • c is the cutoff threshold for no-calls.
  • ⁇ k (c) is the genotype call on the k-th SNP (as opposed to the true value): one of AA, AB, BB, or NC (no-call).
  • the variables ( ⁇ X , ⁇ Y ) are indicator variables (1 or 0), indicating whether the genotype ⁇ implies that channel X or Y has “lit up”.
  • ⁇ x 1 just in case ⁇ contains the allele A
  • ⁇ Y i just in case contains the allele B.
  • M ⁇ g k M ⁇ is the known true sequence of genotype calls on the mother.
  • g M refers to the genotype value at some particular locus.
  • F ⁇ g k F ⁇ is the known true sequence of genotype calls on the father.
  • g F refers to the genotype value at some particular locus.
  • n A ,n B are the true number of copies of A and B on the embryo (implicitly at locus k), respectively. Values must be in ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 ⁇ . 15.
  • c M A ,c M B are the number of A alleles and B alleles respectively supplied by the mother to the embryo (implicitly at locus k). The values must be in ⁇ 0, 1, 2 ⁇ , and must not sum to more than 2.
  • c F A ,c F B are the number of A alleles and B alleles respectively supplied by the father to the embryo (implicitly at locus k). Altogether, these four values exactly determine the true genotype of the embryo. For example, if the values were (1,0) and (1,1), then the embryo would have type AAB.
  • the derivation other is the same, except applied to channel Y.
  • one first uses the ML estimation to get the best estimate of the cutoff threshold based on the data, and then use this c to do the standard Bayesian inference as in solution 1. Note that, as written, the estimate of c would still involve integrating over all dropout and dropin rates. However, since it is known that the dropout and dropin parameters tend to peak sharply in probability when they are “tuned” to their proper values with respect to c, one may save computation time by doing the following instead:
  • D j (c) is the genotype data on chromosome j using c as the no-call threshold.
  • M j ,F j are the genotype data on the parents on chromosome j.
  • n ⁇ j argmax n ⁇ ⁇ ( n M , n F ) ⁇ n ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ f ⁇ ( p d ) ⁇ f ⁇ ( p a ) ⁇ P ⁇ ( D j ⁇ ( c ⁇ ) )
  • dropout and dropin rates are so important for the algorithm, it may be beneficial to analyze data with a known truth model to find out what the true dropout/dropin rates are. Note that there is no single tree dropout rate: it is a function of the cutoff threshold. That said, if highly reliable genomic data exists that can be used as a truth model, then it is possible to plot the dropout/dropin rates of MDA experiments as a function of the cutoff-threshold. Here a maximum likelihood estimation is used.
  • ⁇ jk (c) is the genotype call on SNP k of chromosome j, using c as the cutoff threshold, while g jk , is the true genotype as determined from a genomic sample.
  • the above equation returns the most likely triple of cutoff, dropout, and dropin. It should be obvious to one skilled in the art how one can implement this technique without parent information using prior probabilities associated with the genotypes of each of the SNPs of the target cell that will not undermine the validity of the work, and this will not change the essence of the invention.
  • n is the chromosome copy number.
  • n M is the number of copies supplied to the embryo by the mother: 0, 1, or 2.
  • n F is the number of copies supplied to the embryo by the father: 0, 1, or 2.
  • p d is the dropout rate, and f(p d ) is a prior on this rate.
  • p a is the dropin rate, and f(p a ) is a prior on this rate.
  • D ⁇ k ⁇ is the set of genotype measurements on the chromosome of the embryo.
  • ⁇ k is the genotype call on the k-th SNP (as opposed to the true value): one of AA, AB, BB, or NC (no-call).
  • the embryo may be aneuploid, in which case the true genotype at a SNP may be, for example, AAB, or even AAAB, but the genotype measurements will always be one of the four listed.
  • B has been used to indicate a heterozygous locus. That is not the sense in which it is being used here.
  • ‘A’ and ‘B’ are used to denote the two possible allele values that could occur at a given SNP.
  • M ⁇ g k M ⁇ is the known true sequence of genotypes on the mother.
  • g k M is the genotype value at the k-th SNP.
  • F ⁇ g k F ⁇ is the known true sequence of genotypes on the father.
  • g k F is the genotype value at the k-th SNP.
  • ⁇ k S is the genotype call at the k-th SNP.
  • (m 1 ,m 2 ) is the true but unknown ordered pair of phased haplotype information on the mother.
  • m 1k is the allele value at SNP k of the first haploid sequence.
  • m 2k is the allele value at SNP k of the second haploid sequence.
  • (m 1 ,m 2 ) ⁇ M is used to indicate the set of phased pairs (m 1 ,m 2 ) that are consistent with the known genotype M.
  • (m 1 ,m 2 ) ⁇ g k M is used to indicate the set of phased pairs that are consistent with the known genotype of the mother at SNP k.
  • (f 1 ,f 2 ) is the true but unknown ordered pair of phased haplotype information on the father.
  • fik is the allele value at SNP k of the first haploid sequence.
  • f 2k is the allele value at SNP k of the second haploid sequence.
  • (f 1 ,f 2 ) ⁇ F is used to indicate the set of phased pairs (f 1 ,f 2 ) that are consistent with the known genotype F.
  • (f 1 ,f 2 ) ⁇ g k F is used to indicate the set of phased pairs that are consistent with the known genotype of the father at SNP k.
  • s 1 is the true but unknown phased haplotype information on the measured sperm from the father.
  • sik is the allele value at SNP k of this haploid sequence. It can be guaranteed that this sperm is euploid by measuring several sperm and selecting one that is euploid.
  • ⁇ F ⁇ 1 , . . .
  • ⁇ nF ⁇ is the multiset of crossover maps that results in paternal contribution to the embryo on this chromosome.
  • the possibility that the chromosome may be aneuploid is explicitly modeled.
  • ⁇ l,k ⁇ 1,2 ⁇ . 14 ⁇ is the crossover map that resulted in the measured sperm from the father.
  • s 1 ⁇ (f 1 ,f 2 ).
  • ⁇ k M (m 1 ,m 2 ), X k F (f 1 ,f 2 ),p d ,p c ) denotes the probability of the genotype measurement on the embryo at SNP k given a hypothesized true underlying genotype on the embryo and given hypothesized underlying dropout and dropin rates.
  • ⁇ k M (m 1 ,m 2 ) and ⁇ k F (f 1 ,f 2 ) are both multisets, so are capable of expressing aneuploid genotypes.
  • ⁇ k M (m 1 ,m 2 ) ⁇ A,A ⁇
  • the measurements on the mother and father are treated as known truth, while in other places in this disclosure they are treated simply as measurements. Since the measurements on the parents are very precise, treating them as though they are known truth is a reasonable approximation to reality. They are treated as known truth here in order to demonstrate how such an assumption is handled, although it should be clear to one skilled in the art how the more precise method, used elsewhere in the patent, could equally well be used.
  • a similar method to determine the number of copies of a chromosome can be implemented using a limited subset of SNPs in a simplified approach.
  • the method is purely qualitative, uses parental data, and focuses exclusively on a subset of SNPs, the so-called polar homozygotes (described below).
  • Polar homozygotic denotes the situation in which the mother and father are both homozygous at a SNP, but the homozygotes are opposite, or different allele values.
  • the mother could be AA and the father BB, or vice versa. Since the actual allele values are not important—only their relationship to each other, i.e.
  • the mother's alleles will be referred to as MM, and the father's as FF.
  • MM the mother's alleles
  • FF the father's
  • the embryo if it is euploid, it must be heterozygous at that allele.
  • a heterozygous SNP in the embryo may not be called as heterozygous.
  • it is far more likely to be called as either MM or FF, each with equal probability.
  • the focus is solely on those loci on a particular chromosome that are polar homozygotes and for which the embryo, which is therefore known to be heterozygous, but is nonetheless called homozygous. It is possible to form the statistic
  • the statistic will not have a mean of 1 ⁇ 2. If, for example, the embryo has MMF trisomy, then the homozygous calls in the embryo will lean toward MM and away from FF, and vice versa. Note that because only loci where the parents are homozygous are under consideration, there is no need to distinguish M1 and M2 copy errors. In all cases, if the mother contributes 2 chromosomes instead of 1, they will be MM regardless of the underlying cause, and similarly for the father. The exact mean under trisomy will depend upon the dropout rate, p, but in no case will the mean be greater than 1 ⁇ 3, which is the limit of the mean as p goes to 1. Under monosomy, the mean would be precisely 0, except for noise induced by allele dropins.
  • those that result in no-call (NC) on the embryo contain information, and can be included in the calculations, yielding more loci for consideration.
  • AB can also be included in the calculations, yielding more loci for consideration. It should be obvious to one skilled in the art how to modify the method to include these additional loci into the calculation.
  • the TAQMAN assay was used to measure single cell genotype data consisting of diploid measurements of a large buccal sample from the father (columns p 1 ,p 2 ), diploid measurements of a buccal sample from the mother (m 1 ,m 2 ), haploid measurements on three isolated sperm from the father (h 1 ,h 2 ,h 3 ), and diploid measurements of four single cells from a buccal sample from the born child of the triad. Note that all diploid data are unordered. All SNPs are from chromosome 7 and within 2 megabases of the CFTR gene, in which a defect causes cystic fibrosis.
  • the true allele values (T1,T2) on the child are determined by taking three buccal samples of several thousand cells, genotyping them independently, and only choosing SNPs on which the results were concordant across all three samples.
  • This process yielded 94 concordant SNPs. Those loci that had a valid genotype call, according to the ABI 7900 reader, on the child cell that represented the embryo, were then selected. For each of these 69 SNPs, the disclosed method determined de-noised allele calls on the embryo (E 1 ,E 2 ), as well as the confidence associated with each genotype call.
  • the disclosed method may achieve a higher level of accuracy at loci of interest by: i) continuing to measure single sperm until multiple haploid allele calls have been made at the locus of interest; ii) including additional blastomere measurements; iii) incorporating maternal haploid data from extruded polar bodies, which are commonly biopsied in pre-implantation genetic diagnosis today. It should be obvious to one skilled in the art that there exist other modifications to the method that can also increase the level of accuracy, as well as how to implement these, without changing the essential concept of the disclosure.
  • the method was used to call aneuploidy on several sets of single cells.
  • genotyping platform only selected data from the genotyping platform was used: the genotype information from parents and embryo.
  • a simple genotyping algorithm called “pie slice”, was used, and it showed itself to be about 99.9% accurate on genomic data. It is less accurate on MDA data, due to the noise inherent in MDA. It is more accurate when there is a fairly high “dropout” rate in MDA. It also depends, crucially, on being able to model the probabilities of various genotyping errors in terms of parameters known as dropout rate and dropin rate.
  • the unknown chromosome copy numbers are inferred because different copy numbers interact differently with the dropout rate, dropin rate, and the genotyping algorithm.
  • By creating a statistical model that specifies how the dropout rate, dropin rate, chromosome copy numbers, and genotype cutoff-threshold all interact it is possible to use standard statistical inference methods to tease out the unknown chromosome copy numbers.
  • the method of aneuploidy detection described here is termed qualitative CNC, or qCNC for short, and employs the basic statistical inferencing methods of maximum-likelihood estimation, maximum-a-posteriori estimation, and Bayesian inference. The methods are very similar, with slight differences. The methods described here are similar to those described previously, and are summarized here for the sake of convenience.
  • X 1 , . . . , X n f(x; ⁇ ).
  • the X i are independent, identically distributed random variables, drawn according to a probability distribution that belongs to a family of distributions parameterized by the vector ⁇ .
  • the problem is as follows: 0 is unknown, and the goal is to get a good estimate of it based solely on the observations of the data X 1 , . . . , X n .
  • the maximum likelihood solution is given by
  • ⁇ ⁇ arg ⁇ ⁇ max ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ i ⁇ ⁇ f ⁇ ( X i ; ⁇ )
  • ⁇ ⁇ 1 argmax ⁇ 1 ⁇ f ⁇ ( ⁇ 1 ) ⁇ ⁇ f ⁇ ( ⁇ 2 ) ⁇ ⁇ ... ⁇ ⁇ f ⁇ ( ⁇ d ) ⁇ ⁇ i ⁇ ( f ⁇ ( X i
  • the data may come from INFINIUM platform measurements ⁇ (x jk ,y jk ) ⁇ , where x jk is the platform response on channel X to SNP k of chromosome j, and y jk is the platform response on channel Y to SNP k of chromosome j.
  • the key to the usefulness of this method lies in choosing the family of distributions from which it is postulated that these data are drawn. In one embodiment, that distribution is parameterized by many parameters. These parameters are responsible for describing things such as probe efficiency, platform noise.
  • MDA characteristics such as dropout, dropin, and overall amplification mean
  • the genetic parameters the genotypes of the parents, the true but unknown genotype of the embryo, and, of course, the parameters of interest: the chromosome copy numbers supplied by the mother and father to the embryo.
  • a good deal of information is discarded before data processing.
  • the advantage of doing this is that it is possible to model the data that remains in a more robust manner.
  • n M , n F max n M , n F ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ f ⁇ ( p d ) ⁇ f ⁇ ( p a ) ⁇ ⁇ k ⁇ P ⁇ ( g jk
  • ⁇ circumflex over (n) ⁇ j N , ⁇ circumflex over (n) ⁇ j F are the estimated number of chromosome copies supplied to the embryo by the mother and father respectively. These should sum to 2 for the autosomes, in the case of euploidy, i.e., each parent should supply exactly 1 chromosome.
  • p d and p a are the dropout and dropin rates for genotyping, respectively. These reflect some of the modeling assumptions. It is known that in single-cell amplification, some SNPs “drop out”, which is to say that they are not amplified and, as a consequence, do not show up when the SNP genotyping is attempted on the INFINIUM platform. This phenomenon is modeled by saying that each allele at each SNP “drops out” independently with probability p d during the MDA phase. Similarly, the platform is not a perfect measurement instrument. Due to measurement noise, the platform sometimes picks up a ghost signal, which can be modeled as a probability of dropin that acts independently at each SNP with probability p a .
  • M j ,F j are the true genotypes on the mother and father respectively.
  • the true genotypes are not known perfectly, but because large samples from the parents are genotyped, one may make the assumption that the truth on the parents is essentially known.
  • platform response models, or error models that vary from one probe to another can be used without changing the essential nature of the invention.
  • the amplification efficiency and error rates caused by allele dropouts, allele dropins, or other factors, may vary between different probes.
  • an error transition matrix can be made that is particular to a given probe.
  • Platform response models, or error models can be relevant to a particular probe or can be parameterized according to the quantitative measurements that are performed, so that the response model or error model is therefore specific to that particular probe and measurement.
  • Genotyping also requires an algorithm with some built-in assumptions. Going from a platform response (x,y) to a genotype g requires significant calculation. It is essentially requires that the positive quadrant of the x/y plane be divided into those regions where AA, AB, BB, and NC will be called. Furthermore, in the most general case, it may be useful to have regions where AAA, AAB, etc., could be called for trisomies.
  • a particular genotyping algorithm called the pie-slice algorithm, because it divides the positive quadrant of the x/y plane into three triangles, or “pie slices”. Those (x,y) points that fall in the pie slice that hugs the X axis are called AA, those that fall in the slice that hugs the Y axis are called BB, and those in the middle slice are called AB. In addition, a small square is superimposed whose lower-left corner touches the origin. (x,y) points falling in this square are designated NC, because both x and y components have small values and hence are unreliable.
  • the width of that small square is called the no-call threshold and it is a parameter of the genotyping algorithm.
  • the cutoff threshold In order for the dropin/dropout model to correctly model the error transition matrix associated with the genotyping algorithm, the cutoff threshold must be tuned properly.
  • the error transition matrix indicates for each true-genotype/called-genotype pair, the probability of seeing the called genotype given the true genotype. This matrix depends on the dropout rate of the MDA and upon the no-call threshold set for the genotyping algorithm.
  • the no-call region could be defined by a many different shapes besides a square, such as for example a quarter circle, and the no call thresholds may vary greatly for different genotyping algorithms.
  • the ILLUMINA INFINIUM II platform which allows measurement of hundreds of thousands of SNPs was used.
  • the standard INFINIUM II protocol was reduced from three days to 20 hours. Single cell measurements were compared between the full and accelerated INFINIUM II protocols, and showed 85% concordance.
  • the accelerated protocol showed an increase in locus drop-out (LDO) rate from ⁇ 1% to 5-10%; however, because hundreds of thousands of SNPs are measured and because PS accommodates allele dropouts, this increase in LDO rate does not have a significant negative impact on the results.
  • LDO locus drop-out
  • the entire aneuploidy calling method was performed on eight known-euploid buccal cells isolated from two healthy children from different families, ten known-trisomic cells isolated from a human immortalized trisomic cell line, and six blastomeres with an unknown number of chromosomes isolated from three embryos donated to research. Half of each set of cells was analyzed by the accelerated 20-hour protocol, and the other half by the standard protocol. Note that for the immortalized trisomic cells, no parent data was available. Consequently, for these cells, a pair of pseudo-parental genomes was generated by drawing their genotypes from the conditional distribution induced by observation of a large tissue sample of the trisomic genotype at each locus.
  • each table shows the chromosome number in the first column, and each pair of color-matched columns represents the analysis of one cell with the copy number call on the left and the confidence with which the call is made on the right.
  • Each row corresponds to one particular chromosome. Note that these tables contain the ploidy information of the chromosomes in a format that could be used for the report that is provided to the doctor to help in the determination of which embryos are to be selected for transfer to the prospective mother.
  • Table 9 shows the results for eight known-euploid buccal cells; all were correctly found to be euploid with high confidences (>0.99).
  • Table 10 shows the results for ten known-trisomic cells (trisomic at chromosome 21); all were correctly found to be trisomic at chromosome 21 and disomic at all other chromosomes with high confidences (>0.92).
  • Table 11 shows the results for six blastomeres isolated from three different embryos.
  • blastomeres While no truth models exist for donated blastomeres, it is possible to look for concordance between blastomeres originating from a single embryo, however, the frequency and characteristics of mosaicism in human embryos are not currently known, and thus the presence or lack of concordance between blastomeres from a common embryo is not necessarily indicative of correct ploidy determination.
  • the first three blastomeres are from one embryo (e1) and of those, the first two (e1b1 and e1b3) have the same ploidy state at all chromosomes except one.
  • the third cell (e1b6) is complex aneuploid. Both blastomeres from the second embryo were found to be monosomic at all chromosomes.
  • the blastomere from the third embryo was found to be complex aneuploid. Note that some confidences are below 90%, however, if the confidences of all aneuploid hypotheses are combined, all chromosomes are called either euploid or aneuploid with confidence exceeding 92.8%.
  • Adult diploid cells can be obtained from bulk tissue or blood samples.
  • Adult diploid single cells can be obtained from whole blood samples using FACS, or fluorescence activated cell sorting.
  • Adult haploid single sperm cells can also be isolated from a sperm sample using FACS.
  • Adult haploid single egg cells can be isolated in the context of egg harvesting during IVF procedures.
  • Isolation of the target single cell blastomeres from human embryos can be done using techniques common in in vitro fertilization clinics, such as embryo biopsy. Isolation of target fetal cells in maternal blood can be accomplished using monoclonal antibodies, or other techniques such as FACS or density gradient centrifugation.
  • Amplification of the genome can be accomplished by multiple methods including: ligation-mediated PCR (LM-PCR), degenerate oligonucleotide primer PCR (DOP-PCR), and multiple displacement amplification (MDA).
  • LM-PCR ligation-mediated PCR
  • DOP-PCR degenerate oligonucleotide primer PCR
  • MDA multiple displacement amplification
  • the genotyping of the amplified DNA can be done by many methods including MOLECULAR INVERSION PROBES (MIPs) such as AFFYMETRIX's GENFLEX TAG array, microarrays such as AFFYMETRIX's 500K array or the ILLUMINA BEAD ARRAYS, or SNP genotyping assays such as APPLIEDBIOSCIENCE's TAQMAN assay.
  • MIPs MOLECULAR INVERSION PROBES
  • AFFYMETRIX's GENFLEX TAG array microarrays such as AFFYMETRIX's 500K array or the ILLUMINA BEAD ARRAYS
  • SNP genotyping assays such as APPLIEDBIOSCIENCE's TAQMAN assay.
  • the AFFYMETRIX 500K array, MIPs/GENFLEX, TAQMAN and ILLUMINA assay all require microgram quantities of DNA, so genotyping a single cell with either workflow would require some kind of amplification.
  • An advantage of the 500K and ILLUMINA arrays are the large number of SNPs on which it can gather data, roughly 250,000, as opposed to MIPs which can detect on the order of 10,000 SNPs, and the TAQMAN assay which can detect even fewer.
  • An advantage of the MIPs, TAQMAN and ILLUMINA assay over the 500K arrays is that they are inherently customizable, allowing the user to choose SNPs, whereas the 500K arrays do not permit such customization.
  • the standard MIPs assay protocol is a relatively time-intensive process that typically takes 2.5 to three days to complete.
  • annealing of probes to target DNA and post-amplification hybridization are particularly time-intensive, and any deviation from these times results in degradation in data quality.
  • Probes anneal overnight (12-16 hours) to DNA sample.
  • Post-amplification hybridization anneals to the arrays overnight (12-16 hours). A number of other steps before and after both annealing and amplification bring the total standard timeline of the protocol to 2.5 days.
  • LM-PCR ligation-mediated PCR
  • MDA multiple displacement amplification
  • dropouts of loci occur randomly and unavoidably. It is often desirable to amplify the whole genome nonspecifically, but to ensure that a particular locus is amplified with greater certainty. It is possible to perform simultaneous locus targeting and whole genome amplification.
  • the basis for this method is to combine standard targeted polymerase chain reaction (PCR) to amplify particular loci of interest with any generalized whole genome amplification method.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • This may include, but is not limited to: preamplification of particular loci before generalized amplification by MDA or LM-PCR, the addition of targeted PCR primers to universal primers in the generalized PCR step of LM-PCR, and the addition of targeted PCR primers to degenerate primers in MDA.
  • the measured genetic data can be used to detect for the presence of aneuploides and/or mosaicism in an individual.
  • the methods are grouped as follows: (i) quantitative techniques without making allele calls; (ii) qualitative techniques that leverage allele calls; (iii) quantitative techniques that leverage allele calls; (iv) techniques that use a probability distribution function for the amplification of genetic data at each locus. All methods involve the measurement of multiple loci on a given segment of a given chromosome to determine the number of instances of the given segment in the genome of the target individual.
  • the methods involve creating a set of one or more hypotheses about the number of instances of the given segment; measuring the amount of genetic data at multiple loci on the given segment; determining the relative probability of each of the hypotheses given the measurements of the target individual's genetic data; and using the relative probabilities associated with each hypothesis to determine the number of instances of the given segment.
  • the methods all involve creating a combined measurement M that is a computed function of the measurements of the amounts of genetic data at multiple loci.
  • thresholds are determined for the selection of each hypothesis H i based on the measurement M, and the number of loci to be measured is estimated, in order to have a particular level of false detections of each of the hypotheses.
  • the probability of each hypothesis given the measurement M is P(H i
  • M) P(M
  • thresholds and the number of loci to be measured is based on having particular probabilities of selecting false hypotheses under the assumption that P(H i ) is the same for all ⁇ H i ⁇ . It will be clear to one skilled in the art after reading this disclosure how the approach would be modified to accommodate the fact that P(H i ) varies for different hypotheses in the set ⁇ H i ⁇ .
  • the thresholds are set so that hypothesis Ho is selected which maximizes P(H i
  • thresholds need not necessarily be set to maximize P(H i
  • the methods applied here are similar to those applied in optimal detection of digital signals. It can be shown using the Schwartz inequality that the optimal approach to maximizing Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR) in the presence of normally distributed noise is to build an idealized matching signal, or matched filter, corresponding to each of the possible noise-free signals, and to correlate this matched signal with the received noisy signal. This approach requires that the set of possible signals are known as well as the statistical distribution mean and Standard Deviation (SD) of the noise.
  • SD Standard Deviation
  • Quantitative measurements of the amount of genetic material may be nonlinear, in which case the change in the measurement of a particular locus caused by the presence of the segment of interest will depend on how many other copies of that locus exist in the sample from other DNA segments.
  • a technique may require linear measurements, such that the change in the measurement of a particular locus caused by the presence of the segment of interest will not depend on how many other copies of that locus exist in the sample from other DNA segments.
  • the signal s x [f x (a 11 , . . . a J1 ) . . . f x (a JN , . . . , a JN )]
  • f x is the mapping from the set of alleles to the measurement
  • J is the number of DNA segment copies.
  • the disturbance vector ⁇ x is caused by measurement error and, in the case of nonlinear measurements, the presence of other genetic material besides the DNA segment of interest.
  • Method 1a Measuring Aneuploidy or Sex by Quantitative Techniques that do not Make Allele Calls when the Mean and Standard Deviation for Each Locus is Known
  • the data relates to the amount of genetic material at a locus irrespective of allele value (e.g. using qPCR), or the data is only for alleles that have 100% penetrance in the population, or that data is combined on multiple alleles at each locus (see section on linearizing measurements)) to measure the amount of genetic material at that locus. Consequently, in this section one may refer to data d x and ignore d y . Assume also that there are two hypotheses: h 0 that there are two copies of the DNA segment (these are typically not identical copies), and h 1 that there is only 1 copy.
  • set h (1/N)R ⁇ 1 (s xi (h 1 ) ⁇ s xi (h 0 )).
  • FIG. 1 illustrates how to determine the probability of false negatives and false positive detections.
  • a threshold t is set half-way between m 1 and m 0 in order to make the probability of false negatives and false positives equal (this need not be the case as is described below).
  • the probability of a false negative is determined by the ratio of (m 1 ⁇ t)/ ⁇ m
  • h1 (m 1 ⁇ m 0 )/( 2 ⁇ m
  • h1 ). “5-Sigma” statistics may be used so that the probability of false negatives is 1-normcdf(5,0,1) 2.87e-7.
  • the goal is for (m 1 ⁇ m 0 )/(2 ⁇ m
  • Sample 0 consists of roughly 0.3 ng (50 cells) of total DNA per well of mixed female origin where subjects had two X chromosomes; sample 1 consisted of roughly 0.3 ng of DNA per well of mixed male origin where subject had one X chromosome.
  • FIGS. 2 and 3 show the histograms of measurements for samples 1 and 0.
  • FIG. 4 provides a histogram of the difference in the measurements at each locus for the male and female sample. The mean difference between the male and female samples is 1.47 and the SD of the difference is 0.99.
  • the measurement used for each locus is the cycle number, Ct, that it takes the die released in the well corresponding to a particular allele at the given locus to exceed a threshold that is automatically set by the ABI 7900HT reader based on the noise of the no-template control.
  • Sample 0 consisted of roughly 60 pg (equivalent to genome of 10 cells) of total DNA per well from a female blood sample (XX); sample 1 consisted of roughly 60 pg of DNA per well from a male blood sample (X).
  • the Ct measurement of female samples is on average lower than that of male samples.
  • FIG. 14 top panel, shows the means and standard deviations of the differences between the composite C t values of male and female samples at each of the 19 loci measured.
  • the mean difference between the male and female samples is 1.19 and the SD of the differences is 0.62. Note that this locus-specific SD will not be affected by the different efficiencies of the assay at each locus.
  • Three runs were conducted for every locus in order to estimate ⁇ xi for the assay at that locus so that a matched filter could be created and applied. Note that a lower limit of standard deviation at each locus was set at 0.6 in order to avoid statistical anomalies resulting from the small number of runs at each locus.
  • N The estimated number, of SNPs that need to be measured in order to assure 99.99% confidence of the test is 11. This assumes that these 11 loci have the same MSNR (Mean Signal to Noise Ration) as the 13 loci tested in this experiment.
  • Method 1b Measuring Aneuploidy or Sex by Quantitative Techniques that do not Make Allele Calls when the Mean and Std. Deviation is not Known or is Uniform
  • Different techniques for making the call between h 1 for h 0 will now be discussed.
  • Sample 1 consists of roughly 0.3 ng of DNA per well of mixed male origin containing one X chromosome; sample 0 consisted of roughly 0.3 ng of DNA per well of mixed female origin containing two X chromosomes.
  • FIGS. 5 and 6 show the histograms for samples 1 and 0.
  • N 1 is the number of assays and assume that each assay is a different SNP locus.
  • a threshold t can be set half way between m 0 and m 1 to make the likelihood of false positives equal the number of false negatives, and a sample is labeled abnormal if it is above the threshold.
  • N is limited to 384 (i.e. one 384 well Taqman plate per chromosome), and the goal is to detect mosaicism with a probability of 97.72%, then it will be possible to detect mosaicism of 8.1% using the 1-sigma approach. In order to detect mosaicism with a probability of 84.1% (or with a 15.9% false negative rate), then it will be possible to detect mosaicism of 5.8% using the 1-sigma approach. To detect mosaicism of 19% with a confidence of 97.72% it would require roughly 70 loci. Thus one could screen for 5 chromosomes on a single plate.
  • FIGS. 8 and 9 show the histograms for samples 1 and 0, as described above.
  • FIG. 11 describes how different haploid gametes form during meiosis, and will be used to describe the different kinds of aneuploidy that are relevant for this section. The best algorithm depends on the type of aneuploidy that is being detected.
  • hypothesis h 1 is that there is an additional segment that has no sections that are a copy of the other segments. This would arise, for example, if p 2 or m 1 was also present. It is possible to identify all loci that are homozygous in p 3 and m 4 . Aneuploidy can be detected by searching for heterozygous genotype calls at loci that are expected to be homozygous.
  • the probability of allele dropouts is p d .
  • the probability of finding a heterozygous genotype at locus i is p 0i given hypothesis h 0 and p 1i given hypothesis h 1 .
  • E(N h-avail ) ⁇ 2 ⁇ N h-avail N h where N h is found from above.
  • h 0 is the hypothesis that two known chromosome segment are present
  • h 1 is the hypothesis that one of the chromosome segments is missing. For example, it is possible to look for all of those loci that should be heterozygous but are homozygous, factoring in the effects of allele dropouts as has been done above.
  • allele dropout rates may be used to provide a type of quantitative measure on the number of DNA segments present.
  • the first step is to clean the data, assuming two of each chromosome.
  • the data cleaning in the first step is done using methods described elsewhere in this document.
  • the signal associated with the expected two segments is subtracted from the measured data.
  • a matched filtering approach is used, and the signal characterizing the additional segment is based on each of the segments that are believed to be present, as well as their complementary chromosomes. For example, considering FIG.
  • the technique described here may be used to check for the presence of p2, p3, m1 and m4 on the additional chromosome. If there is an additional segment present, it is guaranteed to have more than 50% of the alleles in common with at least one of these test signals.
  • Another approach is to use an algorithm described elsewhere in the document to clean the data, assuming an abnormal number of chromosomes, namely 1, 3, 4 and 5 chromosomes, and then to apply the method discussed here. The details of this approach should be clear to someone skilled in the art after having read this document.
  • hypothesis h 0 is that there are two chromosomes with allele vectors a 1 , a 2 .
  • Hypothesis h 1 is that there is a third chromosome with allele vector a 3 .
  • a 1 [a 11 . . . a 1N ]
  • a 2 [a 21 . . . a zN ] where each element a ji is either x or y.
  • f x0 (a 1N , a 2N )]
  • s 0y [f y (a 11 , a 21 ) . . . f y (a 1N , a 2N )]
  • f x , f y describe the mapping from the set of alleles to the measurements of each allele.
  • d yi s 0yi +n yi , n y1 ⁇ N(0, ⁇ yi 2 ).
  • a 3 [a 31 . . . a 3N ].
  • s r [s rx T s ry T ] T
  • s rx [f rx (a 31 ) . . . f rx (a 3N )]
  • s ry [f ry (a 31 ) . . .
  • the SNR for this test is N ⁇ 2 /(4 ⁇ 2 ).
  • the number of SNPs required is reduced by a factor of 2. This ignores the SNR gain achieved by using matched filtering to account for the different efficiencies of the assays at each locus.
  • the method involves comparing the relative amount of signal at each of the four registers for a given allele.
  • the relative intensities of the four registers will be approximately 1:1:0:0, and the absolute intensity of the signal will correspond to one base pair;
  • the relative intensities will be approximately 1:0:0:0, and the absolute intensity of the signal will correspond to two base pairs;
  • the relative intensities will be approximately 1:0:0:0, and the absolute intensity of the signal will correspond to one base pair;
  • the relative intensities will be approximately 1:0:0:0, and the absolute intensity of the signal will correspond to one base pair;
  • the relative intensities will be approximately 1:0:0:0, and the absolute intensity of the signal will correspond to one base pair; and
  • data d refers to a nonlinear measurement of the amount of genetic material of allele x at locus i.
  • the training set ⁇ xi , i 1 . . . N, is chosen to span all the different amounts of genetic material that might be encountered in practice.
  • Standard regression techniques can be used to train a function that maps from the nonlinear measurement, d xi , to the expectation of the linear measurement, E( ⁇ xi ).
  • ⁇ xi (g x ⁇ xi )exp( ⁇ xi t x ). This will be a noisy measurement of the true amount of genetic data of a particular allele.
  • ⁇ xi ⁇ x ⁇ xi +n xi
  • ⁇ x is the number of copies of allele x
  • ⁇ xi is a constant for allele x and locus i
  • n xi ⁇ N(0, ⁇ x 2 ) where ⁇ x 2 can be measured empirically.
  • the method described here is relevant for high throughput genotype data either generated by a PCR-based approach, for example using an Affymetrix Genotyping Array, or using the Molecular Inversion Probe (MIPs) technique, with the Affymetrix GenFlex Tag Array.
  • MIPs Molecular Inversion Probe
  • the genetic material is amplified by PCR before hybridization to probes on the genotyping array to detect the presence of particular alleles.
  • padlock probes are hybridized to the genomic DNA and a gap-fill enzyme is added which can add one of the four nucleotides. If the added nucleotide (A, C, T, G) is complementary to the SNP under measurement, then it will hybridize to the DNA, and join the ends of the padlock probe by ligation.
  • the closed padlock probes are then differentiated from linear probes by exonucleolysis.
  • the probes that remain are then opened at a cleavage site by another enzyme, amplified by PCR, and detected by the GenFlex Tag Array.
  • the quantity of material for a particular SNP will depend on the number of initial chromosomes in the cell on which that SNP is present. However, due to the random nature of the amplification and hybridization process, the quantity of genetic material from a particular SNP will not be directly proportional to the starting number of chromosomes.
  • q s,A , q s,G , q s,T , q s,C represent the amplified quantity of genetic material for a particular SNP s for each of the four nucleic acids (A, C, T, G) constituting the alleles. Note that these quantities are typically measured from the intensity of signals from particular hybridization probes on the array. This intensity measurement can be used instead of a measurement of quantity, or can be converted into a quantity estimate using standard techniques without changing the nature of the invention.
  • N be the number of chromosomes in a cell containing the SNP s.
  • N is typically 2, but may be 0, 1 or 3 or more.
  • A is the total amplification that is either estimated a-priori or easily measured empirically
  • a ⁇ ,s is the error in the estimate of A for the SNP s
  • ⁇ s is additive noise introduced in the amplification, hybridization and other process for that SNP.
  • the noise terms A ⁇ ,s and ⁇ s are typically large enough that q s will not be a reliable measurement of N.
  • the quantity of material for a particular SNP will depend on the number of initial segments in the cell on which that SNP is present. However, due to the random nature of the amplification and hybridization process, the quantity of genetic material from a particular SNP will not be directly proportional to the starting number of segments.
  • Let q s,A , q s,G , q s,T , q s,C represent the amplified quantity of genetic material for a particular SNP s for each of the four nucleic acids (A,C,T,G) constituting the alleles. Note that these quantities may be exactly zero, depending on the technique used for amplification. Also note that these quantities are typically measured from the intensity of signals from particular hybridization probes.
  • This intensity measurement can be used instead of a measurement of quantity, or can be converted into a quantity estimate using standard techniques without changing the nature of the invention.
  • N be the number of segments in a cell containing the SNP s. N is typically 2, but may be 0,1 or 3 or more.
  • A is the total amplification that is either estimated a-priori or easily measured empirically
  • a ⁇ ,s is the error in the estimate of A for the SNP s
  • ⁇ s is additive noise introduced in the amplification, hybridization and other process for that SNP.
  • the noise terms A ⁇ ,s and ⁇ s are typically large enough that q s will not be a reliable measurement of N. However, the effects of these noise terms can be mitigated by measuring multiple SNPs on the chromosome. Let S be the number of SNPs that are measured on a particular chromosome, such as chromosome 21. It is possible to generate the average quantity of genetic material over all SNPs on a particular chromosome as follows:
  • N q/A
  • s c be the signal arising from c loci; let n be the number of segments; let ⁇ i be a random variable distributed according to FIGS. 12A and 12 B that contributes to the signal from locus i; and let a be the standard deviation for all ⁇ i ⁇ .
  • n ⁇ s c a ⁇ ⁇ c ( 1 + ( E ⁇ ( ⁇ ) )
  • std ⁇ ( n ⁇ ) std ⁇ ( S c ) a ⁇ ⁇ c ( 1 + ( E ⁇ ( ⁇ ) ) ⁇ std ⁇ ( n )
  • std ⁇ ( n ⁇ ) std ⁇ ( S c ) a ⁇ ⁇ c ( 1 + ( E ⁇ ( ⁇ ) ) ⁇ 0.1
  • the genetic data can be used to determine the sex of the target individual.
  • the sex of the target can be determined by checking to see which of the sex chromosomes have been inherited from the father: X indicates a female, and Y indicates a make. It should be obvious to one skilled in the art how to use this method to determine the sex of the target.
  • one drawback is that in order to make a prediction of the correct genetic state with the highest possible confidence, it is necessary to make hypotheses about every possible states.
  • hypotheses about every possible states.
  • an alternative approach is to use the concept of hypothesis validation. This involves estimating limits on certain values, sets of values, properties or patterns that one might expect to observe in the measured data if a certain hypothesis, or class of hypotheses are true. Then, the measured values can tested to see if they fall within those expected limits, and/or certain expected properties or patterns can be tested for, and if the expectations are not met, then the algorithm can flag those measurements for further investigation.
  • the most likely hypothesis may be calculated to be “normal” (as opposed, for example to “aneuploid”). This is because the particular hypotheses that corresponds to the true state of the genetic material, namely that one end of the chromosome has broken off, has not been tested, since the likelihood of that state is very low. If the concept of validation is used, then the algorithm will note that a high number of values, those that correspond to the alleles that lie on the broken off section of the chromosome, lay outside the expected limits of the measurements. A flag will be raised, inviting further investigation for this case, increasing the likelihood that the true state of the genetic material is uncovered.
  • the genetic data may be obtained using any high throughput genotyping platform, or it may be obtained from any genotyping method, or it may be simulated, inferred or otherwise known.
  • a variety of computational languages could be used to encode the algorithms described in this disclosure, and a variety of computational platforms could be used to execute the calculations.
  • the calculations could be executed using personal computers, supercomputers, a massively parallel computing platform, or even non-silicon based computational platforms such as a sufficiently large number of people armed with abacuses.
  • a chromosome When this disclosure discusses a chromosome, this may refer to a segment of a chromosome, and when a segment of a chromosome is discussed, this may refer to a full chromosome. It is important to note that the math to handle a segment of a chromosome is the same as that needed to handle a full chromosome. It should be obvious to one skilled in the art how to modify the method accordingly
  • a related individual may refer to any individual who is genetically related, and thus shares haplotype blocks with the target individual.
  • related individuals include: biological father, biological mother, son, daughter, brother, sister, half-brother, half-sister, grandfather, grandmother, uncle, aunt, nephew, niece, grandson, granddaughter, cousin, clone, the target individual himself/herself/itself, and other individuals with known genetic relationship to the target.
  • the term ‘related individual’ also encompasses any embryo, fetus, sperm, egg, blastomere, blastocyst, or polar body derived from a related individual.
  • the target individual may refer to an adult, a juvenile, a fetus, an embryo, a blastocyst, a blastomere, a cell or set of cells from an individual, or from a cell line, or any set of genetic material.
  • the target individual may be alive, dead, frozen, or in stasis.
  • the target individual refers to a blastomere that is used to diagnose an embryo
  • the genome of the blastomere analyzed does not correspond exactly to the genomes of all other cells in the embryo.
  • the method disclosed herein in the context of cancer genotyping and/or karyotyping, where one or more cancer cells is considered the target individual, and the non-cancerous tissue of the individual afflicted with cancer is considered to be the related individual.
  • the non-cancerous tissue of the individual afflicted with the target could provide the set of genotype calls of the related individual that would allow chromosome copy number determination of the cancerous cell or cells using the methods disclosed herein.
  • the embryonic genetic data that can be generated by measuring the amplified DNA from one blastomere can be used for multiple purposes. For example, it can be used for detecting aneuploidy, uniparental disomy, sexing the individual, as well as for making a plurality of phenotypic predictions based on phenotype-associated alleles.
  • the method disclosed herein has the common first step of measuring a large set of SNPs from a blastomere, regardless of the type of prediction to be made, a physician, parent, or other agent is not forced to choose a limited number of disorders for which to screen. Instead, the option exists to screen for as many genes and/or phenotypes as the state of medical knowledge will allow.
  • one advantage to identifying particular conditions to screen for prior to genotyping the blastomere is that if it is decided that certain loci are especially relevant, then a more appropriate set of SNPs which are more likely to cosegregate with the locus of interest, can be selected, thus increasing the confidence of the allele calls of interest.
  • haplotype phasing by molecular haplotyping methods. Because separation of the genetic material into haplotypes is challenging, most genotyping methods are only capable of measuring both haplotypes simultaneously, yielding diploid data. As a result, the sequence of each haploid genome cannot be deciphered. In the context of using the disclosed method to determine allele calls and/or chromosome copy number on a target genome, it is often helpful to know the maternal haplotype; however, it is not always simple to measure the maternal haplotype. One way to solve this problem is to measure haplotypes by sequencing single DNA molecules or clonal populations of DNA molecules.
  • the basis for this method is to use any sequencing method to directly determine haplotype phase by direct sequencing of a single DNA molecule or clonal population of DNA molecules.
  • This may include, but not be limited to: cloning amplified DNA fragments from a genome into a recombinant DNA constructs and sequencing by traditional dye-end terminator methods, isolation and sequencing of single molecules in colonies, and direct single DNA molecule or clonal DNA population sequencing using next-generation sequencing methods.
  • the systems, methods, and techniques of the present invention may be used to in conjunction with embyro screening or prenatal testing procedures.
  • the systems, methods, and techniques of the present invention may be employed in methods of increasing the probability that the embryos and fetuses obtain by in vitro fertilization are successfully implanted and carried through the full gestation period. Further, the systems, methods, and techniques of the present invention may be employed in methods of decreasing the probability that the embryos and fetuses obtain by in vitro fertilization that are implanted and gestated are not specifically at risk for a congenital disorder.
  • the present invention extends to the use of the systems, methods, and techniques of the invention in conjunction with pre-implantation diagnosis procedures.
  • the present invention extends to the use of the systems, methods, and techniques of the invention in conjunction with prenatal testing procedures.
  • the systems, methods, and techniques of the invention are used in methods to decrease the probability for the implantation of an embryo specifically at risk for a congenital disorder by testing at least one cell removed from early embryos conceived by in vitro fertilization and transferring to the mother's uterus only those embryos determined not to have inherited the congenital disorder.
  • the systems, methods, and techniques of the invention are used in methods to decrease the probability for the implantation of an embryo specifically at risk for a chromosome abnormality by testing at least one cell removed from early embryos conceived by in vitro fertilization and transferring to the mother's uterus only those embryos determined not to have chromosome abnormalities.
  • the systems, methods, and techniques of the invention are used in methods to increase the probability of implanting an embryo obtained by in vitro fertilization that is at a reduced risk of carrying a congenital disorder.
  • the systems, methods, and techniques of the invention are used in methods to increase the probability of gestating a fetus.
  • the congenital disorder is a malformation, neural tube defect, chromosome abnormality, Down's syndrome (or trisomy 21), Trisomy 18, spina bifida, cleft palate, Tay Sachs disease, sickle cell anemia, thalassemia, cystic fibrosis, Huntington's disease, and/or fragile x syndrome.
  • Chromosome abnormalities include, but are not limited to, Down syndrome (extra chromosome 21), Turner Syndrome (45 ⁇ 0) and Klinefelter's syndrome (a male with 2 X chromosomes).
  • the malformation is a limb malformation.
  • Limb malformations include, but are not limited to, amelia, ectrodactyly, phocomelia, polymelia, polydactyly, syndactyly, polysyndactyly, oligodactyly, brachydactyly, achondroplasia, congenital aplasia or hypoplasia, amniotic band syndrome, and cleidocranial dysostosis.
  • the malformation is a congenital malformation of the heart.
  • Congenital malformations of the heart include, but are not limited to, patent ductus arteriosus, atrial septal defect, ventricular septal defect, and tetralogy of fallot.
  • the malformation is a congenital malformation of the nervous system.
  • Congenital malformations of the nervous system include, but are not limited to, neural tube defects (e.g., spina bifida, meningocele, meningomyelocele, encephalocele and anencephaly), Arnold-Chiari malformation, the Dandy-Walker malformation, hydrocephalus, microencephaly, megencephaly, lissencephaly, polymicrogyria, holoprosencephaly, and agenesis of the corpus callosum.
  • neural tube defects e.g., spina bifida, meningocele, meningomyelocele, encephalocele and anencephaly
  • Arnold-Chiari malformation e.g., the Dandy-Walker malformation
  • hydrocephalus e.g., microencephaly, megencephaly, lissencephaly, polymicrogyria
  • the malformation is a congenital malformation of the gastrointestinal system.
  • Congenital malformations of the gastrointestinal system include, but are not limited to, stenosis, atresia, and imperforate anus.
  • the systems, methods, and techniques of the invention are used in methods to increase the probability of implanting an embryo obtained by in vitro fertilization that is at a reduced risk of carrying a predisposition for a genetic disease.
  • the genetic disease is either monogenic or multigenic.
  • Genetic diseases include, but are not limited to, Bloom Syndrome, Canavan Disease, Cystic fibrosis, Familial Dysautonomia, Riley-Day syndrome, Fanconi Anemia (Group C), Gaucher Disease, Glycogen storage disease 1a, Maple syrup urine disease, Mucolipidosis IV, Niemann-Pick Disease, Tay-Sachs disease, Beta thalessemia, Sickle cell anemia, Alpha thalessemia, Beta thalessemia, Factor XI Deficiency, Friedreich's Ataxia, MCAD, Parkinson disease-juvenile, Connexin26, SMA, Rett syndrome, Phenylketonuria, Becker Muscular Dystrophy, Duchennes Muscular Dystrophy, Fragile X syndrome, Hemophilia A, Alzheimer dementia-early onset, Breast/Ovarian cancer, Colon cancer, Diabetes/MODY, Huntington disease, Myotonic Muscular Dyst
  • the disclosed method is employed to determine the genetic state of one or more embryos for the purpose of embryo selection in the context of IVF.
  • This may include the harvesting of eggs from the prospective mother and fertilizing those eggs with sperm from the prospective father to create one or more embryos. It may involve performing embryo biopsy to isolate a blastomere from each of the embryos. It may involve amplifying and genotyping the genetic data from each of the blastomeres. It may include obtaining, amplifying and genotyping a sample of diploid genetic material from each of the parents, as well as one or more individual sperm from the father. It may involve incorporating the measured diploid and haploid data of both the mother and the father, along with the measured genetic data of the embryo of interest into a dataset.
  • the couple arranges to have her eggs harvested and fertilized with sperm from the man, producing nine viable embryos.
  • a blastomere is harvested from each embryo, and the genetic data from the blastomeres are measured using an ILLUMINA INFINIUM BEAD ARRAY. Meanwhile, the diploid data are measured from tissue taken from both parents also using the ILLUMINA INFINIUM BEAD ARRAY.
  • Haploid data from the father's sperm is measured using the same method.
  • the method disclosed herein is applied to the genetic data of the blastomere and the diploid maternal genetic data to phase the maternal genetic data to provide the maternal haplotype.
  • Another example may involve a pregnant woman who has been artificially inseminated by a sperm donor, and is pregnant. She is wants to minimize the risk that the fetus she is carrying has a genetic disease. She undergoes amniocentesis and fetal cells are isolated from the withdrawn sample, and a tissue sample is also collected from the mother. Since there are no other embryos, her data are phased using molecular haplotyping methods. The genetic material from the fetus and from the mother are amplified as appropriate and genotyped using the ILLUMINA INFINIUM BEAD ARRAY, and the methods described herein reconstruct the embryonic genotype as accurately as possible. Phenotypic susceptibilities are predicted from the reconstructed fetal genetic data and a report is generated and sent to the mother's physician so that they can decide what actions may be best.

Landscapes

  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Computational Biology (AREA)
  • Evolutionary Biology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Primary Health Care (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Computer Vision & Pattern Recognition (AREA)
  • Evolutionary Computation (AREA)
  • Physiology (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Ecology (AREA)
  • Artificial Intelligence (AREA)
  • Bioethics (AREA)
  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Data Mining & Analysis (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Software Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed herein is a system and method for increasing the fidelity of measured genetic data, for making allele calls, and for determining the state of aneuploidy, in one or a small set of cells, or from fragmentary DNA, where a limited quantity of genetic data is available. Poorly or incorrectly measured base pairs, missing alleles and missing regions are reconstructed using expected similarities between the target genome and the genome of genetically related individuals. In accordance with one embodiment, incomplete genetic data from an embryonic cell are reconstructed at a plurality of loci using the more complete genetic data from a larger sample of diploid cells from one or both parents, with or without haploid genetic data from one or both parents. In another embodiment, the chromosome copy number can be determined from the measured genetic data, with or without genetic information from one or both parents.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCES TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 13/949,212, filed Jul. 23, 2013. U.S. application Ser. No. 13/949,212 is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 12/076,348, filed Mar. 17, 2008, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,515,679. U.S. application Ser. No. 12/076,348 is a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 11/496,982, filed Jul. 31, 2006, now abandoned; a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 11/603,406, filed Nov. 22, 2006, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,532,930; and a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 11/634,550, filed Dec. 6, 2006, now abandoned; and claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/918,292, filed Mar. 16, 2007; U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/926,198, filed Apr. 25, 2007, U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/932,456, filed May 31, 2007, U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/934,440, filed Jun. 13, 2007; U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/003,101, filed Nov. 13, 2007; and U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/008,637, filed Dec. 21, 2007. U.S. application Ser. No. 11/634,550 claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/742,305, filed Dec. 6, 2005; U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/754,396, filed Dec. 29, 2005; U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/774,976, filed Feb. 21, 2006; U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/789,506, filed Apr. 4, 2006; U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/817,741, filed Jun. 30, 2006; and U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/846,610, filed Sep. 22, 2006. U.S. application Ser. No. 11/603,406 is a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 11/496,982, filed Jul. 31, 2006; and also claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/846,610, filed Sep. 22, 2006. U.S. application Ser. No. 11/496,982 claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/703,415, filed Jul. 29, 2005; U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/742,305, filed Dec. 6, 2005; U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/754,396, filed Dec. 29, 2005, U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/774,976, filed Feb. 21, 2006; U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/789,506, filed Apr. 4, 2006; and U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/817,741, filed Jun. 30, 2006. Each of these applications cited above is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • GOVERNMENT LICENSING RIGHTS
  • This invention was made with government support under Grant No. R44HD054958-02A2 awarded by the National Institutes of Health. The government has certain rights in the invention.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Field of the Invention
  • The invention relates generally to the field of acquiring, manipulating and using genetic data for medically predictive purposes, and specifically to a system in which imperfectly measured genetic data of a target individual are made more accurate by using known genetic data of genetically related individuals, thereby allowing more effective identification of genetic variations, specifically aneuploidy and disease linked genes, that could result in various phenotypic outcomes.
  • Description of the Related Art
  • In 2006, across the globe, roughly 800,000 in vitro fertilization (IVF) cycles were run. Of the roughly 150,000 cycles run in the US, about 10,000 involved pre-implantation genetic diagnosis (PGD). Current PGD techniques are unregulated, expensive and highly unreliable: error rates for screening disease-linked loci or aneuploidy are on the order of 10%, each screening test costs roughly $5,000, and a couple is forced to choose between testing aneuploidy, which afflicts roughly 50% of IVF embryos, or screening for disease-linked loci on the single cell. There is a great need for an affordable technology that can reliably determine genetic data from a single cell in order to screen in parallel for aneuploidy, monogenic diseases such as Cystic Fibrosis, and susceptibility to complex disease phenotypes for which the multiple genetic markers are known through whole-genome association studies.
  • Most PGD today focuses on high-level chromosomal abnormalities such as aneuploidy and balanced translocations with the primary outcomes being successful implantation and a take-home baby. The other main focus of PGD is for genetic disease screening, with the primary outcome being a healthy baby not afflicted with a genetically heritable disease for which one or both parents are carriers. In both cases, the likelihood of the desired outcome is enhanced by excluding genetically suboptimal embryos from transfer and implantation in the mother.
  • The process of PGD during IVF currently involves extracting a single cell from the roughly eight cells of an early-stage embryo for analysis. Isolation of single cells from human embryos, while highly technical, is now routine in IVF clinics. Both polar bodies and blastomeres have been isolated with success. The most common technique is to remove single blastomeres from day 3 embryos (6 or 8 cell stage). Embryos are transferred to a special cell culture medium (standard culture medium lacking calcium and magnesium), and a hole is introduced into the zona pellucida using an acidic solution, laser, or mechanical techniques. The technician then uses a biopsy pipette to remove a single blastomere with a visible nucleus. Features of the DNA of the single (or occasionally multiple) blastomere are measured using a variety of techniques. Since only a single copy of the DNA is available from one cell, direct measurements of the DNA are highly error-prone, or noisy. There is a great need for a technique that can correct, or make more accurate, these noisy genetic measurements.
  • Normal humans have two sets of 23 chromosomes in every diploid cell, with one copy coming from each parent. Aneuploidy, the state of a cell with extra or missing chromosome(s), and uniparental disomy, the state of a cell with two of a given chromosome both of which originate from one parent, are believed to be responsible for a large percentage of failed implantations and miscarriages, and some genetic diseases. When only certain cells in an individual are aneuploid, the individual is said to exhibit mosaicism. Detection of chromosomal abnormalities can identify individuals or embryos with conditions such as Down syndrome, Klinefelter's syndrome, and Turner syndrome, among others, in addition to increasing the chances of a successful pregnancy. Testing for chromosomal abnormalities is especially important as the age of a potential mother increases: between the ages of 35 and 40 it is estimated that between 40% and 50% of the embryos are abnormal, and above the age of 40, more than half of the embryos are like to be abnormal. The main cause of aneuploidy is nondisjunction during meiosis. Maternal nondisjunction constitutes 88% of all nondisjunction of which 65% occurs in meiosis 1 and 23% in meiosis II. Common types of human aneuploidy include trisomy from meiosis I nondisjunction, monosomy, and uniparental disomy. In a particular type of trisomy that arises in meiosis II nondisjunction, or M2 trisomy, an extra chromosome is identical to one of the two normal chromosomes. M2 trisomy is particularly difficult to detect. There is a great need for a better method that can detect for many or all types of aneuploidy at most or all of the chromosomes efficiently and with high accuracy.
  • Karyotyping, the traditional method used for the prediction of aneuploidy and mosaicism is giving way to other more high-throughput, more cost effective methods such as Flow Cytometry (FC) and fluorescent in situ hybridization (FISH). Currently, the vast majority of prenatal diagnoses use FISH, which can determine large chromosomal aberrations and PCR/electrophoresis, and which can determine a handful of SNPs or other allele calls. One advantage of FISH is that it is less expensive than karyotyping, but the technique is complex and expensive enough that generally a small selection of chromosomes are tested (usually chromosomes 13, 18, 21, X, Y; also sometimes 8, 9, 15, 16, 17, 22); in addition, FISH has a low level of specificity. Roughly seventy-five percent of PGD today measures high-level chromosomal abnormalities such as aneuploidy using FISH with error rates on the order of 10-15%. There is a great demand for an aneuploidy screening method that has a higher throughput, lower cost, and greater accuracy.
  • The number of known disease associated genetic alleles is currently at 389 according to OMIM and steadily climbing. Consequently, it is becoming increasingly relevant to analyze multiple positions on the embryonic DNA, or loci, that are associated with particular phenotypes. A clear advantage of pre-implantation genetic diagnosis over prenatal diagnosis is that it avoids some of the ethical issues regarding possible choices of action once undesirable phenotypes have been detected. A need exists for a method for more extensive genotyping of embryos at the pre-implantation stage.
  • There are a number of advanced technologies that enable the diagnosis of genetic aberrations at one or a few loci at the single-cell level. These include interphase chromosome conversion, comparative genomic hybridization, fluorescent PCR, mini-sequencing and whole genome amplification. The reliability of the data generated by all of these techniques relies on the quality of the DNA preparation. Better methods for the preparation of single-cell DNA for amplification and PGD are therefore needed and are under study. All genotyping techniques, when used on single cells, small numbers of cells, or fragments of DNA, suffer from integrity issues, most notably allele drop out (ADO). This is exacerbated in the context of in-vitro fertilization since the efficiency of the hybridization reaction is low, and the technique must operate quickly in order to genotype the embryo within the time period of maximal embryo viability. There exists a great need for a method that alleviates the problem of a high ADO rate when measuring genetic data from one or a small number of cells, especially when time constraints exist.
  • Listed here is a set of prior art which is related to the field of the current invention. None of this prior art contains or in any way refers to the novel elements of the current invention. In U.S. Pat. No. 6,489,135 Parrott et al. provide methods for determining various biological characteristics of in vitro fertilized embryos, including overall embryo health, implantability, and increased likelihood of developing successfully to term by analyzing media specimens of in vitro fertilization cultures for levels of bioactive lipids in order to determine these characteristics. In US Patent Application 20040033596 Threadgill et al. describe a method for preparing homozygous cellular libraries useful for in vitro phenotyping and gene mapping involving site-specific mitotic recombination in a plurality of isolated parent cells. In U.S. Pat. No. 5,635,366 Cooke et al. provide a method for predicting the outcome of IVF by determining the level of 11β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase (11β-HSD) in a biological sample from a female patient. In U.S. Pat. No. 7,058,517 Denton et al. describe a method wherein an individual's haplotypes are compared to a known database of haplotypes in the general population to predict clinical response to a treatment. In U.S. Pat. No. 7,035,739 Schadt at al. describe a method is described wherein a genetic marker map is constructed and the individual genes and traits are analyzed to give a gene-trait locus data, which are then clustered as a way to identify genetically interacting pathways, which are validated using multivariate analysis. In US Patent Application US 2004/0137470 A1, Dhallan et al. describe using primers especially selected so as to improve the amplification rate, and detection of, a large number of pertinent disease related loci, and a method of more efficiently quantitating the absence, presence and/or amount of each of those genes. In World Patent Application WO 03/031646, Findlay et al. describe a method to use an improved selection of genetic markers such that amplification of the limited amount of genetic material will give more uniformly amplified material, and it can be genotyped with higher fidelity.
  • Current methods of prenatal diagnosis can alert physicians and parents to abnormalities in growing fetuses. Without prenatal diagnosis, one in 50 babies is born with serious physical or mental handicap, and as many as one in 30 will have some form of congenital malformation. Unfortunately, standard methods require invasive testing and carry a roughly 1 percent risk of miscarriage. These methods include amniocentesis, chorion villus biopsy and fetal blood sampling. Of these, amniocentesis is the most common procedure; in 2003, it was performed in approximately 3% of all pregnancies, though its frequency of use has been decreasing over the past decade and a half. A major drawback of prenatal diagnosis is that given the limited courses of action once an abnormality has been detected, it is only valuable and ethical to test for very serious defects. As result, prenatal diagnosis is typically only attempted in cases of high-risk pregnancies, where the elevated chance of a defect combined with the seriousness of the potential abnormality outweighs the risks. A need exists for a method of prenatal diagnosis that mitigates these risks. It has recently been discovered that cell-free fetal DNA and intact fetal cells can enter maternal blood circulation. Consequently, analysis of these cells can allow early Non-Invasive Prenatal Genetic Diagnosis (NIPGD). A key challenge in using NIPGD is the task of identifying and extracting fetal cells or nucleic acids from the mother's blood. The fetal cell concentration in maternal blood depends on the stage of pregnancy and the condition of the fetus, but estimates range from one to forty fetal cells in every milliliter of maternal blood, or less than one fetal cell per 100,000 maternal nucleated cells. Current techniques are able to isolate small quantities of fetal cells from the mother's blood, although it is very difficult to enrich the fetal cells to purity in any quantity. The most effective technique in this context involves the use of monoclonal antibodies, but other techniques used to isolate fetal cells include density centrifugation, selective lysis of adult erythrocytes, and FACS. Fetal DNA isolation has been demonstrated using PCR amplification using primers with fetal-specific DNA sequences. Since only tens of molecules of each embryonic SNP are available through these techniques, the genotyping of the fetal tissue with high fidelity is not currently possible.
  • Much research has been done towards the use of pre-implantation genetic diagnosis (PGD) as an alternative to classical prenatal diagnosis of inherited disease. Most PGD today focuses on high-level chromosomal abnormalities such as aneuploidy and balanced translocations with the primary outcomes being successful implantation and a take-home baby. A need exists for a method for more extensive genotyping of embryos at the pre-implantation stage. The number of known disease associated genetic alleles is currently at 389 according to OMIM and steadily climbing. Consequently, it is becoming increasingly relevant to analyze multiple embryonic SNPs that are associated with disease phenotypes. A clear advantage of pre-implantation genetic diagnosis over prenatal diagnosis is that it avoids some of the ethical issues regarding possible choices of action once undesirable phenotypes have been detected.
  • Many techniques exist for isolating single cells. The FACS machine has a variety of applications; one important application is to discriminate between cells based on size, shape and overall DNA content. The FACS machine can be set to sort single cells into any desired container. Many different groups have used single cell DNA analysis for a number of applications, including prenatal genetic diagnosis, recombination studies, and analysis of chromosomal imbalances. Single-sperm genotyping has been used previously for forensic analysis of sperm samples (to decrease problems arising from mixed samples) and for single-cell recombination studies.
  • Isolation of single cells from human embryos, while highly technical, is now routine in in vitro fertilization clinics. To date, the vast majority of prenatal diagnoses have used fluorescent in situ hybridization (FISH), which can determine large chromosomal aberrations (such as Down syndrome, or trisomy 21) and PCR/electrophoresis, which can determine a handful of SNPs or other allele calls. Both polar bodies and blastomeres have been isolated with success. It is critical to isolate single blastomeres without compromising embryonic integrity. The most common technique is to remove single blastomeres from day 3 embryos (6 or 8 cell stage). Embryos are transferred to a special cell culture medium (standard culture medium lacking calcium and magnesium), and a hole is introduced into the zona pellucida using an acidic solution, laser, or mechanical drilling. The technician then uses a biopsy pipette to remove a single visible nucleus. Clinical studies have demonstrated that this process does not decrease implantation success, since at this stage embryonic cells are undifferentiated.
  • There are three major methods available for whole genome amplification (WGA): ligation-mediated PCR (LM-PCR), degenerate oligonucleotide primer PCR (DOP-PCR), and multiple displacement amplification (MDA). In LM-PCR, short DNA sequences called adapters are ligated to blunt ends of DNA. These adapters contain universal amplification sequences, which are used to amplify the DNA by PCR. In DOP-PCR, random primers that also contain universal amplification sequences are used in a first round of annealing and PCR. Then, a second round of PCR is used to amplify the sequences further with the universal primer sequences. Finally, MDA uses the phi-29 polymerase, which is a highly processive and non-specific enzyme that replicates DNA and has been used for single-cell analysis. Of the three methods, DOP-PCR reliably produces large quantities of DNA from small quantities of DNA, including single copies of chromosomes. On the other hand, MDA is the fastest method, producing hundred-fold amplification of DNA in a few hours. The major limitations to amplification material from a single cells are (1) necessity of using extremely dilute DNA concentrations or extremely small volume of reaction mixture, and (2) difficulty of reliably dissociating DNA from proteins across the whole genome. Regardless, single-cell whole genome amplification has been used successfully for a variety of applications for a number of years.
  • There are numerous difficulties in using DNA amplification in these contexts. Amplification of single-cell DNA (or DNA from a small number of cells, or from smaller amounts of DNA) by PCR can fail completely, as reported in 5-10% of the cases. This is often due to contamination of the DNA, the loss of the cell, its DNA, or accessibility of the DNA during the PCR reaction. Other sources of error that may arise in measuring the embryonic DNA by amplification and microarray analysis include transcription errors introduced by the DNA polymerase where a particular nucleotide is incorrectly copied during PCR, and microarray reading errors due to imperfect hybridization on the array. The biggest problem, however, remains allele drop-out (ADO) defined as the failure to amplify one of the two alleles in a heterozygous cell. ADO can affect up to more than 40% of amplifications and has already caused PGD misdiagnoses. ADO becomes a health issue especially in the case of a dominant disease, where the failure to amplify can lead to implantation of an affected embryo. The need for more than one set of primers per each marker (in heterozygotes) complicate the PCR process. Therefore, more reliable PCR assays are being developed based on understanding the ADO origin. Reaction conditions for single-cell amplifications are under study. The amplicon size, the amount of DNA degradation, freezing and thawing, and the PCR program and conditions can each influence the rate of ADO.
  • All those techniques, however, depend on the minute DNA amount available for amplification in the single cell. This process is often accompanied by contamination. Proper sterile conditions and microsatellite sizing can exclude the chance of contaminant DNA as microsatellite analysis detected only in parental alleles exclude contamination. Studies to reliably transfer molecular diagnostic protocols to the single-cell level have been recently pursued using first-round multiplex PCR of microsatellite markers, followed by real-time PCR and microsatellite sizing to exclude chance contamination. Multiplex PCR allows for the amplification of multiple fragments in a single reaction, a crucial requirement in the single-cell DNA analysis. Although conventional PCR was the first method used in PGD, fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) is now common. It is a delicate visual assay that allows the detection of nucleic acid within undisturbed cellular and tissue architecture. It relies firstly on the fixation of the cells to be analyzed. Consequently, optimization of the fixation and storage condition of the sample is needed, especially for single-cell suspensions.
  • Advanced technologies that enable the diagnosis of a number of diseases at the single-cell level include interphase chromosome conversion, comparative genomic hybridization (CGH), fluorescent PCR, and whole genome amplification. The reliability of the data generated by all of these techniques rely on the quality of the DNA preparation. PGD is also costly, consequently there is a need for less expensive approaches, such as mini-sequencing. Unlike most mutation-detection techniques, mini-sequencing permits analysis of very small DNA fragments with low ADO rate. Better methods for the preparation of single-cell DNA for amplification and PGD are therefore needed and are under study. The more novel microarrays and comparative genomic hybridization techniques, still ultimately rely on the quality of the DNA under analysis.
  • Several techniques are in development to measure multiple SNPs on the DNA of a small number of cells, a single cell (for example, a blastomere), a small number of chromosomes, or from fragments of DNA. There are techniques that use Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR), followed by microarray genotyping analysis. Some PCR-based techniques include whole genome amplification (WGA) techniques such as multiple displacement amplification (MDA), and Molecular Inversion Probes (MIPS) that perform genotyping using multiple tagged oligonucleotides that may then be amplified using PCR with a singe pair of primers. An example of a non-PCR based technique is fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH). It is apparent that the techniques will be severely error-prone due to the limited amount of genetic material which will exacerbate the impact of effects such as allele drop-outs, imperfect hybridization, and contamination.
  • Many techniques exist which provide genotyping data. Taqman is a unique genotyping technology produced and distributed by Applied Biosystems. Taqman uses polymerase chain reaction (PCR) to amplify sequences of interest. During PCR cycling, an allele specific minor groove binder (MGB) probe hybridizes to amplified sequences. Strand synthesis by the polymerase enzymes releases reporter dyes linked to the MGB probes, and then the Taqman optical readers detect the dyes. In this manner, Taqman achieves quantitative allelic discrimination. Compared with array based genotyping technologies, Taqman is quite expensive per reaction ($0.40/reaction), and throughput is relatively low (384 genotypes per run). While only ing of DNA per reaction is necessary, thousands of genotypes by Taqman requires microgram quantities of DNA, so Taqman does not necessarily use less DNA than microarrays. However, with respect to the IVF genotyping workflow, Taqman is the most readily applicable technology. This is due to the high reliability of the assays and, most importantly, the speed and ease of the assay (˜3 hours per run and minimal molecular biological steps). Also unlike many array technologies (such as 500 k Affymetrix arrays), Taqman is highly customizable, which is important for the IVF market. Further, Taqman is highly quantitative, so anueploidies could be detected with this technology alone.
  • Illumina has recently emerged as a leader in high-throughput genotyping. Unlike Affymetrix, Illumina genotyping arrays do not rely exclusively on hybridization. Instead, Illumina technology uses an allele-specific DNA extension step, which is much more sensitive and specific than hybridization alone, for the original sequence detection. Then, all of these alleles are amplified in multiplex by PCR, and then these products hybridized to bead arrays. The beads on these arrays contain unique “address” tags, not native sequence, so this hybridization is highly specific and sensitive. Alleles are then called by quantitative scanning of the bead arrays. The Illlumina Golden Gate assay system genotypes up to 1536 loci concurrently, so the throughput is better than Taqman but not as high as Affymetrix 500 k arrays. The cost of Illumina genotypes is lower than Taqman, but higher than Affymetrix arrays. Also, the Illumina platform takes as long to complete as the 500 k Affymetrix arrays (up to 72 hours), which is problematic for IVF genotyping. However, Illumina has a much better call rate, and the assay is quantitative, so anueploidies are detectable with this technology. Illumina technology is much more flexible in choice of SNPs than 500 k Affymetrix arrays.
  • One of the highest throughput techniques, which allows for the measurement of up to 250,000 SNPs at a time, is the Affymetrix GeneChip 500K genotyping array. This technique also uses PCR, followed by analysis by hybridization and detection of the amplified DNA sequences to DNA probes, chemically synthesized at different locations on a quartz surface. A disadvantage of these arrays are the low flexibility and the lower sensitivity. There are modified approaches that can increase selectivity, such as the “perfect match” and “mismatch probe” approaches, but these do so at the cost of the number of SNPs calls per array.
  • Pyrosequencing, or sequencing by synthesis, can also be used for genotyping and SNP analysis. The main advantages to pyrosequencing include an extremely fast turnaround and unambiguous SNP calls, however, the assay is not currently conducive to high-throughput parallel analysis. PCR followed by gel electrophoresis is an exceedingly simple technique that has met the most success in preimplantation diagnosis. In this technique, researchers use nested PCR to amplify short sequences of interest. Then, they run these DNA samples on a special gel to visualize the PCR products. Different bases have different molecular weights, so one can determine base content based on how fast the product runs in the gel. This technique is low-throughput and requires subjective analyses by scientists using current technologies, but has the advantage of speed (1-2 hours of PCR, 1 hour of gel electrophoresis). For this reason, it has been used previously for prenatal genotyping for a myriad of diseases, including: thalassaemia, neurofibromatosis type 2, leukocyte adhesion deficiency type I, Hallopeau-Siemens disease, sickle-cell anemia, retinoblastoma, Pelizaeus-Merzbacher disease, Duchenne muscular dystrophy, and Currarino syndrome.
  • Another promising technique that has been developed for genotyping small quantities of genetic material with very high fidelity is Molecular Inversion Probes (MIPs), such as Affymetrix's Genflex Arrays. This technique has the capability to measure multiple SNPs in parallel: more than 10,000 SNPS measured in parallel have been verified. For small quantities of genetic material, call rates for this technique have been established at roughly 95%, and accuracy of the calls made has been established to be above 99%. So far, the technique has been implemented for quantities of genomic data as small as 150 molecules for a given SNP. However, the technique has not been verified for genomic data from a single cell, or a single strand of DNA, as would be required for pre-implantation genetic diagnosis.
  • The MIP technique makes use of padlock probes which are linear oligonucleotides whose two ends can be joined by ligation when they hybridize to immediately adjacent target sequences of DNA. After the probes have hybridized to the genomic DNA, a gap-fill enzyme is added to the assay which can add one of the four nucleotides to the gap. If the added nucleotide (A,C,T,G) is complementary to the SNP under measurement, then it will hybridize to the DNA, and join the ends of the padlock probe by ligation. The circular products, or closed padlock probes, are then differentiated from linear probes by exonucleolysis. The exonuclease, by breaking down the linear probes and leaving the circular probes, will change the relative concentrations of the closed vs. the unclosed probes by a factor of 1000 or more. The probes that remain are then opened at a cleavage site by another enzyme, removed from the DNA, and amplified by PCR. Each probe is tagged with a different tag sequence consisting of 20 base tags (16,000 have been generated), and can be detected, for example, by the Affymetrix GenFlex Tag Array. The presence of the tagged probe from a reaction in which a particular gap-fill enzyme was added indicates the presence of the complimentary amino acid on the relevant SNP.
  • The molecular biological advantages of MIPS include: (1) multiplexed genotyping in a single reaction, (2) the genotype “call” occurs by gap fill and ligation, not hybridization, and (3) hybridization to an array of universal tags decreases false positives inherent to most array hybridizations. In traditional 500K, TaqMan and other genotyping arrays, the entire genomic sample is hybridized to the array, which contains a variety of perfect match and mismatch probes, and an algorithm calls likely genotypes based on the intensities of the mismatch and perfect match probes. Hybridization, however, is inherently noisy, because of the complexities of the DNA sample and the huge number of probes on the arrays. MIPs, on the other hand, uses multiplex probes (i.e., not on an array) that are longer and therefore more specific, and then uses a robust ligation step to circularize the probe. Background is exceedingly low in this assay (due to specificity), though allele dropout may be high (due to poor performing probes).
  • When this technique is used on genomic data from a single cell (or small numbers of cells) it will like PCR based approaches suffer from integrity issues. For example, the inability of the padlock probe to hybridize to the genomic DNA will cause allele dropouts. This will be exacerbated in the context of in-vitro fertilization since the efficiency of the hybridization reaction is low, and it needs to proceed relatively quickly in order to genotype the embryo in a limited time period. Note that the hybridization reaction can be reduced well below vendor-recommended levels, and micro-fluidic techniques may also be used to accelerate the hybridization reaction. These approaches to reducing the time for the hybridization reaction will result in reduced data quality.
  • Once the genetic data has been measured, the next step is to use the data for predictive purposes. Much research has been done in predictive genomics, which tries to understand the precise functions of proteins, RNA and DNA so that phenotypic predictions can be made based on genotype. Canonical techniques focus on the function of Single-Nucleotide Polymorphisms (SNP); but more advanced methods are being brought to bear on multi-factorial phenotypic features. These methods include techniques, such as linear regression and nonlinear neural networks, which attempt to determine a mathematical relationship between a set of genetic and phenotypic predictors and a set of measured outcomes. There is also a set of regression analysis techniques, such as Ridge regression, log regression and stepwise selection, that are designed to accommodate sparse data sets where there are many potential predictors relative to the number of outcomes, as is typical of genetic data, and which apply additional constraints on the regression parameters so that a meaningful set of parameters can be resolved even when the data is underdetermined. Other techniques apply principal component analysis to extract information from undetermined data sets. Other techniques, such as decision trees and contingency tables, use strategies for subdividing subjects based on their independent variables in order to place subjects in categories or bins for which the phenotypic outcomes are similar. A recent technique, termed logical regression, describes a method to search for different logical interrelationships between categorical independent variables in order to model a variable that depends on interactions between multiple independent variables related to genetic data. Regardless of the method used, the quality of the prediction is naturally highly dependant on the quality of the genetic data used to make the prediction.
  • Normal humans have two sets of 23 chromosomes in every diploid cell, with one copy coming from each parent. Aneuploidy, a cell with an extra or missing chromosomes, and uniparental disomy, a cell with two of a given chromosome that originate from one parent, are belived to be responsible for a large percentage of failed implantations, miscarriages, and genetic diseases. When only certain cells in an individual are aneuploid, the individual is said to exhibit mosaicism. Detection of chromosomal abnormalities can identify individuals or embryos with conditions such as Down syndrome, Klinefelters syndrome, and Turner syndrome, among others, in addition to increasing the chances of a successful pregnancy. Testing for chromosomal abnormalities is especially important as mothers age: between the ages of 35 and 40 it is estimated that between 40% and 50% of the embryos are abnormal, and above the age of 40, more than half of the embryos are abnormal.
  • Karyotyping, the traditional method used for the prediction of aneuploides and mosaicism is giving way to other more high throughput, more cost effective methods. One method that has attracted much attention recently is Flow cytometry (FC) and fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) which can be used to detect aneuploidy in any phase of the cell cycle. One advantage of this method is that it is less expensive than karyotyping, but the cost is significant enough that generally a small selection of chromosomes are tested (usually chromosomes 13, 18, 21, X, Y; also sometimes 8, 9, 15, 16, 17, 22); in addition, FISH has a low level of specificity. Using FISH to analyze 15 cells, one can detect mosaicism of 19% with 95% confidence. The reliability of the test becomes much lower as the level of mosaicism gets lower, and as the number of cells to analyze decreases. The test is estimated to have a false negative rate as high as 15% when a single cell is analysed. There is a great demand for a method that has a higher throughput, lower cost, and greater accuracy.
  • Listed here is a set of prior art which is related to the field of the current invention. None of this prior art contains or in any way refers to the novel elements of the current invention. In U.S. Pat. No. 6,720,140, Hartley et al describe a recombinational cloning method for moving or exchanging segments of DNA molecules using engineered recombination sites and recombination proteins. In U.S. Pat. No. 6,489,135 Parrott et al. provide methods for determining various biological characteristics of in vitro fertilized embryos, including overall embryo health, implantability, and increased likelihood of developing successfully to term by analyzing media specimens of in vitro fertilization cultures for levels of bioactive lipids in order to determine these characteristics. In US Patent Application 20040033596 Threadgill et al. describe a method for preparing homozygous cellular libraries useful for in vitro phenotyping and gene mapping involving site-specific mitotic recombination in a plurality of isolated parent cells. In U.S. Pat. No. 5,994,148 Stewart et al. describe a method of determining the probability of an in vitro fertilization (IVF) being successful by measuring Relaxin directly in the serum or indirectly by culturing granulosa lutein cells extracted from the patient as part of an IVF/ET procedure. In U.S. Pat. No. 5,635,366 Cooke et al. provide a method for predicting the outcome of IVF by determining the level of 110-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase (11β-HSD) in a biological sample from a female patient. In U.S. Pat. No. 7,058,616 Larder et al. describe a method for using a neural network to predict the resistance of a disease to a therapeutic agent. In U.S. Pat. No. 6,958,211 Vingerhoets et al. describe a method wherein the integrase genotype of a given HIV strain is simply compared to a known database of HIV integrase genotype with associated phenotypes to find a matching genotype. In U.S. Pat. No. 7,058,517 Denton et al. describe a method wherein an individual's haplotypes are compared to a known database of haplotypes in the general population to predict clinical response to a treatment. In U.S. Pat. No. 7,035,739 Schadt at al. describe a method is described wherein a genetic marker map is constructed and the individual genes and traits are analyzed to give a gene-trait locus data, which are then clustered as a way to identify genetically interacting pathways, which are validated using multivariate analysis. In U.S. Pat. No. 6,025,128 Veltri et al. describe a method involving the use of a neural network utilizing a collection of biomarkers as parameters to evaluate risk of prostate cancer recurrence.
  • The cost of DNA sequencing is dropping rapidly, and in the near future individual genomic sequencing for personal benefit will become more common. Knowledge of personal genetic data will allow for extensive phenotypic predictions to be made for the individual. In order to make accurate phenotypic predictions high quality genetic data is critical, whatever the context. In the case of prenatal or pre-implantation genetic diagnoses a complicating factor is the relative paucity of genetic material available. Given the inherently noisy nature of the measured genetic data in cases where limited genetic material is used for genotyping, there is a great need for a method which can increase the fidelity of, or clean, the primary data.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The system disclosed enables the cleaning of incomplete or noisy genetic data using secondary genetic data as a source of information, and also the determination of chromosome copy number using said genetic data. While the disclosure focuses on genetic data from human subjects, and more specifically on as-yet not implanted embryos or developing fetuses, as well as related individuals, it should be noted that the methods disclosed apply to the genetic data of a range of organisms, in a range of contexts. The techniques described for cleaning genetic data are most relevant in the context of pre-implantation diagnosis during in-vitro fertilization, prenatal diagnosis in conjunction with amniocentesis, chorion villus biopsy, fetal tissue sampling, and non-invasive prenatal diagnosis, where a small quantity of fetal genetic material is isolated from maternal blood. The use of this method may facilitate diagnoses focusing on inheritable diseases, chromosome copy number predictions, increased likelihoods of defects or abnormalities, as well as making predictions of susceptibility to various disease- and non-disease phenotypes for individuals to enhance clinical and lifestyle decisions. The invention addresses the shortcomings of prior art that are discussed above.
  • In one aspect of the invention, methods make use of knowledge of the genetic data of the mother and the father such as diploid tissue samples, sperm from the father, haploid samples from the mother or other embryos derived from the mother's and father's gametes, together with the knowledge of the mechanism of meiosis and the imperfect measurement of the embryonic DNA, in order to reconstruct, in silico, the embryonic DNA at the location of key loci with a high degree of confidence. In one aspect of the invention, genetic data derived from other related individuals, such as other embryos, brothers and sisters, grandparents or other relatives can also be used to increase the fidelity of the reconstructed embryonic DNA. It is important to note that the parental and other secondary genetic data allows the reconstruction not only of SNPs that were measured poorly, but also of insertions, deletions, and of SNPs or whole regions of DNA that were not measured at all.
  • In one aspect of the invention, the fetal or embryonic genomic data which has been reconstructed, with or without the use of genetic data from related individuals, can be used to detect if the cell is aneuploid, that is, where fewer or more than two of a particular chromosome is present in a cell. The reconstructed data can also be used to detect for uniparental disomy, a condition in which two of a given chromosome are present, both of which originate from one parent. This is done by creating a set of hypotheses about the potential states of the DNA, and testing to see which hypothesis has the highest probability of being true given the measured data. Note that the use of high throughput genotyping data for screening for aneuploidy enables a single blastomere from each embryo to be used both to measure multiple disease-linked loci as well as to screen for aneuploidy.
  • In another aspect of the invention, the direct measurements of the amount of genetic material, amplified or unamplified, present at a plurality of loci, can be used to detect for monosomy, uniparental disomy, trisomy and other aneuploidy states. The idea behind this method is that measuring the amount of genetic material at multiple loci will give a statistically significant result.
  • In another aspect of the invention, the measurements, direct or indirect, of a particular subset of SNPs, namely those loci where the parents are both homozygous but with different allele values, can be used to detect for chromosomal abnormalities by looking at the ratios of maternally versus paternally miscalled homozygous loci on the embryo. The idea behind this method is that those loci where each parent is homozygous, but have different alleles, by definition result in a heterozygous loci on the embryo. Allele drop outs at those loci are random, and a shift in the ratio of loci miscalled as homozygous can only be due to incorrect chromosome number.
  • It will be recognized by a person of ordinary skill in the art, given the benefit of this disclosure, that various aspects and embodiments of this disclosure may implemented in combination or separately.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1: determining probability of false negatives and false positives for different hypotheses.
  • FIG. 2: the results from a mixed female sample, all loci hetero.
  • FIG. 3: the results from a mixed male sample, all loci hetero.
  • FIG. 4: Ct measurements for male sample differenced from Ct measurements for female sample.
  • FIG. 5: the results from a mixed female sample; Taqman single dye.
  • FIG. 6: the results from a mixed male; Taqman single dye.
  • FIG. 7: the distribution of repeated measurements for mixed male sample.
  • FIG. 8: the results from a mixed female sample; qPCR measures.
  • FIG. 9: the results from a mixed male sample; qPCR measures.
  • FIG. 10: Ct measurements for male sample differenced from Ct measurements for female sample.
  • FIG. 11: detecting aneuploidy with a third dissimilar chromosome.
  • FIGS. 12A and 12B: an illustration of two amplification distributions with constant allele dropout rate.
  • FIG. 13: a graph of the Gaussian probability density function of alpha.
  • FIG. 14: matched filter and performance for 19 loci measured with Taqman on 60 pg of DNA.
  • FIG. 15: matched filter and performance for 13 loci measured with Taqman on 6 pg of DNA.
  • FIG. 16: matched filter and performance for 20 loci measured with qPCR on 60 pg of DNA.
  • FIG. 17: matched filter and performance for 20 loci measured with qPCR on 6 pg of DNA.
  • FIG. 18A: matched filter and performance for 20 loci using MDA and Taqman on 16 single cells.
  • FIG. 18B: Matched filter and performance for 11 loci on Chromosome 7 and 13 loci on Chromosome X using MDA and Taqman on 15 single cells.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENT
  • Conceptual Overview of the System
  • The goal of the disclosed system is to provide highly accurate genomic data for the purpose of genetic diagnoses. In cases where the genetic data of an individual contains a significant amount of noise, or errors, the disclosed system makes use of the expected similarities between the genetic data of the target individual and the genetic data of related individuals, to clean the noise in the target genome. This is done by determining which segments of chromosomes of related individuals were involved in gamete formation and, when necessary where crossovers may have occurred during meiosis, and therefore which segments of the genomes of related individuals are expected to be nearly identical to sections of the target genome. In certain situations this method can be used to clean noisy base pair measurements on the target individual, but it also can be used to infer the identity of individual base pairs or whole regions of DNA that were not measured. It can also be used to determine the number of copies of a given chromosome segment in the target individual. In addition, a confidence may be computed for each call made. A highly simplified explanation is presented first, making unrealistic assumptions in order to illustrate the concept of the invention. A detailed statistical approach that can be applied to the technology of today is presented afterward.
  • In one aspect of the invention, the target individual is an embryo, and the purpose of applying the disclosed method to the genetic data of the embryo is to allow a doctor or other agent to make an informed choice of which embryo(s) should be implanted during IVF. In another aspect of the invention, the target individual is a fetus, and the purpose of applying the disclosed method to genetic data of the fetus is to allow a doctor or other agent to make an informed choice about possible clinical decisions or other actions to be taken with respect to the fetus.
  • Definitions
  • SNP (Single Nucleotide Polymorphism): a single nucleotide that may differ between the genomes of two members of the same species. In our usage of the term, we do not set any limit on the frequency with which each variant occurs.
  • To call a SNP: to make a decision about the true state of a particular base pair, taking into account the direct and indirect evidence.
  • Locus: a particular region of interest on the DNA of an individual, which may refer to a SNP, the site of a possible insertion or deletion, or the site of some other relevant genetic variation. Disease-linked SNPs may also refer to disease-linked loci.
  • To call an allele: to determine the state of a particular locus of DNA. This may involve calling a SNP, or determining whether or not an insertion or deletion is present at that locus, or determining the number of insertions that may be present at that locus, or determining whether some other genetic variant is present at that locus.
  • Correct allele call: An allele call that correctly reflects the true state of the actual genetic material of an individual.
  • To clean genetic data: to take imperfect genetic data and correct some or all of the errors or fill in missing data at one or more loci. In the context of this disclosure, this involves using genetic data of related individuals and the method described herein.
  • To increase the fidelity of allele calls: to clean genetic data.
  • Imperfect genetic data: genetic data with any of the following: allele dropouts, uncertain base pair measurements, incorrect base pair measurements, missing base pair measurements, uncertain measurements of insertions or deletions, uncertain measurements of chromosome segment copy numbers, spurious signals, missing measurements, other errors, or combinations thereof.
  • Noisy genetic data: imperfect genetic data, also called incomplete genetic data.
  • Uncleaned genetic data: genetic data as measured, that is, where no method has been used to correct for the presence of noise or errors in the raw genetic data; also called crude genetic data.
  • Confidence: the statistical likelihood that the called SNP, allele, set of alleles, or determined number of chromosome segment copies correctly represents the real genetic state of the individual.
  • Parental Support (PS): a name sometimes used for the any of the methods disclosed herein, where the genetic information of related individuals is used to determine the genetic state of target individuals. In some cases, it refers specifically to the allele calling method, sometimes to the method used for cleaning genetic data, sometimes to the method to determine the number of copies of a segment of a chromosome, and sometimes to some or all of these methods used in combination.
  • Copy Number Calling (CNC): the name given to the method described in this disclosure used to determine the number of chromosome segments in a cell.
  • Qualitative CNC (also qCNC): the name given to the method in this disclosure used to determine chromosome copy number in a cell that makes use of qualitative measured genetic data of the target individual and of related individuals.
  • Multigenic: affected by multiple genes, or alleles.
  • Direct relation: mother, father, son, or daughter.
  • Chromosomal Region: a segment of a chromosome, or a full chromosome.
  • Segment of a Chromosome: a section of a chromosome that can range in size from one base pair to the entire chromosome.
  • Section: a section of a chromosome. Section and segment can be used interchangeably.
  • Chromosome: may refer to either a full chromosome, or also a segment or section of a chromosome.
  • Copies: the number of copies of a chromosome segment may refer to identical copies, or it may refer to non-identical copies of a chromosome segment wherein the different copies of the chromosome segment contain a substantially similar set of loci, and where one or more of the alleles are different. Note that in some cases of aneuploidy, such as the M2 copy error, it is possible to have some copies of the given chromosome segment that are identical as well as some copies of the same chromosome segment that are not identical.
  • Haplotypic Data: also called ‘phased data’ or ‘ordered genetic data;’ data from a single chromosome in a diploid or polyploid genome, i.e., either the segregated maternal or paternal copy of a chromosome in a diploid genome.
  • Unordered Genetic Data: pooled data derived from measurements on two or more chromosomes in a diploid or polyploid genome, i.e., both the maternal and paternal copies of a chromosome in a diploid genome.
  • Genetic data ‘in’, ‘of’, ‘at’ or ‘on’ an individual: These phrases all refer to the data describing aspects of the genome of an individual. It may refer to one or a set of loci, partial or entire sequences, partial or entire chromosomes, or the entire genome.
  • Hypothesis: a set of possible copy numbers of a given set of chromosomes, or a set of possible genotypes at a given set of loci. The set of possibilities may contain one or more elements.
  • Target Individual: the individual whose genetic data is being determined. Typically, only a limited amount of DNA is available from the target individual. In one context, the target individual is an embryo or a fetus.
  • Related Individual: any individual who is genetically related, and thus shares haplotype blocks, with the target individual.
  • Platform response: a mathematical characterization of the input/output characteristics of a genetic measurement platform, such as TAQMAN or INFINIUM. The input to the channel is the true underlying genotypes of the genetic loci being measured. The channel output could be allele calls (qualitative) or raw numerical measurements (quantitative), depending on the context. For example, in the case in which the platform's raw numeric output is reduced to qualitative genotype calls, the platform response consists of an error transition matrix that describes the conditional probability of seeing a particular output genotype call given a particular true genotype input. In the case in which the platform's output is left as raw numeric measurements, the platform response is a conditional probability density function that describes the probability of the numeric outputs given a particular true genotype input.
  • Copy number hypothesis: a hypothesis about how many copies of a particular chromosome segment are in the embryo. In a preferred embodiment, this hypothesis consists of a set of sub-hypotheses about how many copies of this chromosome segment were contributed by each related individual to the target individual.
  • Technical Description of the System
  • A Allele Calling: Preferred Method Assume here the goal is to estimate the genetic data of an embryo as accurately as possible, and where the estimate is derived from measurements taken from the embryo, father, and mother across the same set of n SNPs. Note that where this description refers to SNPs, it may also refer to a locus where any genetic variation, such as a point mutation, insertion or deletion may be present. This allele calling method is part of the Parental Support (PS) system. One way to increase the fidelity of allele calls in the genetic data of a target individual for the purposes of making clinically actionable predictions is described here. It should be obvious to one skilled in the art how to modify the method for use in contexts where the target individual is not an embryo, where genetic data from only one parent is available, where neither, one or both of the parental haplotypes are known, or where genetic data from other related individuals is known and can be incorporated. For the purposes of this discussion, only consider SNPs that admit two allele values;
  • without loss of generality it is possible to assume that the allele values on all SNPs belong to the alphabet A={A,C}. It is also assumed that the errors on the measurements of each of the SNPs are independent. This assumption is reasonable when the SNPs being measured are from sufficiently distant genic regions. Note that one could incorporate information about haplotype blocks or other techniques to model correlation between measurement errors on SNPs without changing the fundamental concepts of this invention.
  • Let e=(e1,e2) be the true, unknown, ordered SNP information on the embryo, e1,e2∈An. Define e1 to be the genetic haploid information inherited from the father and e2 to be the genetic haploid information inherited from the mother. Also use e1=(e1i,e2i) to denote the ordered pair of alleles at the i-th position of e. In similar fashion, let f=(f1,f2) and m=(m1,m2) be the true, unknown, ordered SNP information on the father and mother respectively. In addition, let g1 be the true, unknown, haploid information on a single sperm from the father. (One can think of the letter g as standing for gamete. There is no g2. The subscript is used to remind the reader that the information is haploid, in the same way that f1 and f2 are haploid.) It is also convenient to define r=(f,m), so that there is a symbol to represent the complete set of diploid parent information from which e inherits, and also write ri=(fi,mi)=((f1i,f2i),(m1i,m2i)) to denote the complete set of ordered information on father and mother at the i-th SNP. Finally, let ê=(ê1, ê2) be the estimate of e that is sought, ê1, ê2ϵAn.
  • By a crossover map, it is meant an n-tuple θϵ{1,2}n that specifies how a haploid pair such as (f1,f2) recombines to form a gamete such as e1. Treating θ as a function whose output is a haploid sequence, define θ(f)i=θ(f1,f2)i=fθi,i. To make this idea more concrete, let f1=ACAAACCC, let f2=CAACCACA, and let θ=11111222. Then θ(f1,f2)=ACAAAACA. In this example, the crossover map θ implicitly indicates that a crossover occurred between SNPs i=5 and i=6.
  • Formally, let θ be the true, unknown crossover map that determines e1 from f, let ϕ be the true, unknown crossover map that determines e2 from m, and let ψ be the true, unknown crossover map that determines g1 from f. That is, e1=θ(f), e2=ϕ(m), g1=ψ(f). It is also convenient to define X=(θ,ϕ,ψ) so that there is a symbol to represent the complete set of crossover information associated with the problem. For simplicity sake, write e=X(r) as shorthand for e=(θ(f),ϕ(m)); also write ei=X(ri) as shorthand for ei=X(r)i
  • In reality, when chromosomes combine, at most a few crossovers occur, making most of the 2n theoretically possible crossover maps distinctly improbable. In practice, these very low probability crossover maps will be treated as though they had probability zero, considering only crossover maps belonging to a comparatively small set Ω. For example, if Ω is defined to be the set of crossover maps that derive from at most one crossover, then |Ω|=2n.
  • It is convenient to have an alphabet that can be used to describe unordered diploid measurements. To that end, let B={A,B,C,X}. Here A and C represent their respective homozygous locus states and B represents a heterozygous but unordered locus state. Note: this section is the only section of the document that uses the symbol B to stand for a heterozygous but unordered locus state. Most other sections of the document use the symbols A and B to stand for the two different allele values that can occur at a locus. X represents an unmeasured locus, i.e., a locus drop-out. To make this idea more concrete, let f1=ACAAACCC, and let f2=CAACCACA. Then a noiseless unordered diploid measurement of f would yield f=BBABBBCB.
  • In the problem at hand, it is only possible to take unordered diploid measurements of e, f, and m, although there may be ordered haploid measurements on g1. This results in noisy measured sequences that are denoted {tilde over (e)}ϵBn, {tilde over (f)}ϵBn, {tilde over (m)}ϵBn, and {tilde over (g)}1ϵAn respectively. It will be convenient to define {tilde over (r)}=({tilde over (f)}, {tilde over (m)}) so that there is a symbol that represents the noisy measurements on the parent data. It will also be convenient to define {tilde over (D)}=({tilde over (r)}, {tilde over (e)}, {tilde over (g)}1) so that there is a symbol to represent the complete set of noisy measurements associated with the problem, and to write {tilde over (D)}i=({tilde over (r)}i, {tilde over (e)}i, {tilde over (g)}1i)=({tilde over (f)}i, {tilde over (m)}i, {tilde over (e)}i, {tilde over (g)}1i) to denote the complete set of measurements on the i-th SNP. (Please note that, while f is an ordered pair such as (A,C), {tilde over (f)}i is a single letter such as B.)
  • Because the diploid measurements are unordered, nothing in the data can distinguish the state (f1, f2) from (f2, f1) or the state (m1, m2) from (m2, m1). These indistinguishable symmetric states give rise to multiple optimal solutions of the estimation problem. To eliminate the symmetries, and without loss of generality, assign θ11=1.
  • In summary, then, the problem is defined by a true but unknown underlying set of information {r, e, g1, X}, with e=X(r). Only noisy measurements {tilde over (D)}=({tilde over (r)}, {tilde over (e)}, {tilde over (g)}1) are available. The goal is to come up with an estimate ê of e, based on {tilde over (D)}.
  • Note that this method implicitly assumes euploidy on the embryo. It should be obvious to one skilled in the art how this method could be used in conjunction with the aneuploidy calling methods described elsewhere in this patent. For example, the aneuploidy calling method could be first employed to ensure that the embryo is indeed euploid and only then would the allele calling method be employed, or the aneuploidy calling method could be used to determine how many chromosome copies were derived from each parent and only then would the allele calling method be employed. It should also be obvious to one skilled in the art how this method could be modified in the case of a sex chromosome where there is only one copy of a chromosome present.
  • Solution Via Maximum a Posteriori Estimation
  • In one embodiment of the invention, it is possible, for each of the n SNP positions, to use a maximum a posteriori (MAP) estimation to determine the most probable ordered allele pair at that position. The derivation that follows uses a common shorthand notation for probability expressions. For example, P(e′i,{tilde over (D)}|X′) is written to denote the probability that random variable ei takes on value e′i and the random variable 15 takes on its observed value, conditional on the event that the random variable X takes on the value X′. Using MAP estimation, then, the i-th component of ê, denoted êi=(ê1i, ê2i) is given by
  • e ^ i = argmax e i P ( e i | D ~ ) = argmax e i P ( e i , D ~ ) = argmax e i χ Ω 3 P ( X ) P ( e i , D ~ | X ) ( a ) = argmax e i χ Ω 3 : θ 1 = φ 1 = 1 P ( X ) P ( e i , D ~ i | X ) j i P ( D ~ j | X ) ( b ) = argmax e i χ Ω 3 P : θ 1 = φ 1 = 1 P ( X ) r i A 4 P ( r i ) P ( e i , D ~ i | X , r i ) j i r j A 4 P ( r j ) P ( D ~ j | X , r j ) ( c ) = argmax e i χ Ω 3 : θ 1 = φ 1 = 1 P ( X ) r i A 4 P ( r i ) P ( e i | X , r i ) P ( D ~ i | X , r i ) j i r j A 4 P ( r j ) P ( D ~ j | X , r j ) ( * ) = argmax e i χ Ω 3 : θ 1 = φ 1 = 1 P ( X ) j r j A 4 1 ( i j or X ( r j ) = e i ) P ( r j ) P ( D ~ j | X , r j )
  • In the preceding set of equations, (a) holds because the assumption of SNP independence means that all of the random variables associated with SNP i are conditionally independent of all of the random variables associated with SNP j, given X; (b) holds because r is independent of X; (c) holds because ei and {tilde over (D)}i are conditionally independent given ri and X (in particular, ei=X(ri)); and (*) holds, again, because ei=X(ri), which means that P(e′i|X′,r′i) evaluates to either one or zero and hence effectively filters r′i to just those values that are consistent with e′i and X′.
  • The final expression (*) above contains three probability expressions: P(X′), P(r′j), and P({tilde over (D)}j| X′,r′j). The computation of each of these quantities is discussed in the following three sections.
  • Crossover Map Probabilities
  • Recent research has enabled the modeling of the probability of recombination between any two SNP loci. Observations from sperm studies and patterns of genetic variation show that recombination rates vary extensively on kilobase scales and that much recombination occurs in recombination hotspots. The NCBI data about recombination rates on the Human Genome is publicly available through the UCSC Genome Annotation Database.
  • One may use the data set from the Hapmap Project or the Perlegen Human Haplotype Project. The latter is higher density; the former is higher quality. These rates can be estimated using various techniques known to those skilled in the art, such as the reversible-jump Markov Chain Monte Carlo (MCMC) method that is available in the package LDHat.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, it is possible to calculate the probability of any crossover map given the probability of crossover between any two SNPs. For example, P(θ=11111222) is one half the probability that a crossover occurred between SNPs five and six. The reason it is only half the probability is that a particular crossover pattern has two crossover maps associated with it: one for each gamete. In this case, the other crossover map is θ=22222111.
  • Recall that X=(θ,ϕ,ψ), where e1=θ(f), e2=ϕ(m), g1=ψ(f). Obviously θ, ϕ, and ψ result from independent physical events, so P(X)=P(θ)P(ϕ)P(ψ). Further assume that Pθ()=Pϕ()=Pψ(), where the actual distribution Pθ() is determined in the obvious way from the Hapmap data.
  • Allele Probabilities
  • It is possible to determine P(ri)=P(fi)P(mi)=P(fi1)P(fi2)P(mi1)P(mi2) using population frequency information from databases such as dbSNP. Also, as mentioned previously, choose SNPs for which the assumption of intra-haploid independence is a reasonable one. That is, assume that
  • P ( r ) = i P ( r i )
  • Measurement Errors
  • Conditional on whether a locus is heterozygous or homozygous, measurement errors may be modeled as independent and identically distributed across all similarly typed loci. Thus:
  • P ( D ~ | X , r ) = i P ( D ~ i | X , r i ) = i P ( f ~ i , m ~ i , e ~ i , g ~ 1 i | X , f i , m i ) = i P ( f ~ i | f i ) P ( m ~ i | m i ) P ( e ~ i | θ ( f i ) , φ ( m i ) ) P ( g ~ 1 i | Ψ ( f i ) )
  • where each of the four conditional probability distributions in the final expression is determined empirically, and where the additional assumption is made that the first two distributions are identical. For example, for unordered diploid measurements on a blastomere, empirical values pd=0.5 and pa=0.02 are obtained, which lead to the conditional probability distribution for P({tilde over (e)}i|ei) shown in Table 1.
  • Note that the conditional probability distributions mentioned above, P({tilde over (f)}i|fi), P({tilde over (m)}i|mi), P({tilde over (e)}i|ei), can vary widely from experiment to experiment, depending on various factors in the lab such as variations in the quality of genetic samples, or variations in the efficiency of whole genome amplification, or small variations in protocols used. Therefore, in a preferred embodiment, these conditional probability distributions are estimated on a per-experiment basis. We focus in later sections of this disclosure on estimating P({tilde over (e)}i|ei), but it will be clear to one skilled in the art after reading this disclosure how similar techniques can be applied to estimating P({tilde over (f)}i|fi) and P({tilde over (m)}i|mi). The distributions can each be modeled as belonging to a parametric family of distributions whose particular parameter values vary from experiment to experiment. As one example among many, it is possible to implicitly model the conditional probability distribution P({tilde over (e)}i|ei) as being parameterized by an allele dropout parameter pd and an allele dropin parameter pa. The values of these parameters might vary widely from experiment to experiment, and it is possible to use standard techniques such as maximum likelihood estimation, MAP estimation, or Bayesian inference, whose application is illustrated at various places in this document, to estimate the values that these parameters take on in any individual experiment. Regardless of the precise method one uses, the key is to find the set of parameter values that maximizes the joint probability of the parameters and the data, by considering all possible tuples of parameter values within a region of interest in the parameter space. As described elsewhere in the document, this approach can be implemented when one knows the chromosome copy number of the target genome, or when one doesn't know the copy number call but is exploring different hypotheses. In the latter case, one searches for the combination of parameters and hypotheses that best match the data are found, as is described elsewhere in this disclosure.
  • Note that one can also determine the conditional probability distributions as a function of particular parameters derived from the measurements, such as the magnitude of quantitative genotyping measurements, in order to increase accuracy of the method. This would not change the fundamental concept of the invention.
  • It is also possible to use non-parametric methods to estimate the above conditional probability distributions on a per-experiment basis. Nearest neighbor methods, smoothing kernels, and similar non-parametric methods familiar to those skilled in the art are some possibilities. Although this disclosure focuses parametric estimation methods, use of non-parametric methods to estimate these conditional probability distributions would not change the fundamental concept of the invention. The usual caveats apply: parametric methods may suffer from model bias, but have lower variance. Non-parametric methods tend to be unbiased, but will have higher variance.
  • Note that it should be obvious to one skilled in the art, after reading this disclosure, how one could use quantitative information instead of explicit allele calls, in order to apply the PS method to making reliable allele calls, and this would not change the essential concepts of the disclosure.
  • B Factoring the Allele Calling Equation
  • In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the algorithm for allele calling can be structured so that it can be executed in a more computationally efficient fashion. In this section the equations are re-derived for allele-calling via the MAP method, this time reformulating the equations so that they reflect such a computationally efficient method of calculating the result.
  • Notation
  • X*,Y*,Z*ϵ{A,C}nx2 are the true ordered values on the mother, father, and embryo respectively.
  • H*ϵ{A,C}nxh are true values on h sperm samples.
  • B*ϵ{A,C}nxbx2 are true ordered values on b blastomeres.
  • D={x,y,z,B,H} is the set of unordered measurement data on father, mother, embryo, b blastomeres and h sperm samples. Di={xi,yi,zi,Hi,Bi,} is the data set restricted to the i-th SNP.
  • rϵ{A,C}4 represents a candidate 4-tuple of ordered values on both the mother and father at a particular locus.
  • {circumflex over (Z)}iϵ{A,C}2 is the estimated ordered embryo value at SNP i.
  • Q=(2+2b+h) is the effective number of haploid chromosomes being measured, excluding the parents. Any hypothesis about the parental origin of all measured data (excluding the parents themselves) requires that Q crossover maps be specified.
  • χϵ{1,2}nxQ is a crossover map matrix, representing a hypothesis about the parental origin of all measured data, excluding the parents. Note that there are 2nQ different crossover matrices. χi χi, is the matrix restricted to the i-th row. Note that there are 2Q vector values that the i-th row can take on, from the set χϵ{1,2}Q.
  • f(x; y, z) is a function of (x, y, z) that is being treated as a function of just x. The values behind the semi-colon are constants in the context in which the function is being evaluated.
  • PS Equation Factorization Z ^ i = argmax z i P ( Z i , D ) = argmax z i χ P ( χ ) P ( Z i , D | χ ) = argmax z i χ P ( χ 1 ) P ( χ 2 | χ 1 ) P ( χ n , χ n - 1 ) ( r ( A , C ) 4 P ( r ) P ( Z i , D i | X i , r ) ) j 1 ( r ( A , C ) 4 P ( r ) P ( D j | X j , r ) ) = argmax z i χ P ( χ 1 ) P ( χ 2 | χ 1 ) P ( χ n , χ n - 1 ) f 1 ( χ i ; Z i , D i ) j = 1 f 2 ( χ j ; D j ) = argmax z i χ 1 { 1 , 2 } Q χ 2 { 1 , 2 } Q P ( χ 1 ) P ( χ 2 | χ 1 ) P ( χ n , χ n - 1 ) f 1 ( χ i ; Z i , D i ) j = 1 f 2 ( χ j ; D j ) = argmax z i χ 1 { 1 , 2 } Q P ( χ 1 ) f 2 ( χ 1 ; D 1 ) × χ 2 { 1 , 2 } Q P ( χ 2 | χ 1 ) f 2 ( χ 2 ; D 2 ) × χ 1 { 1 , 2 } Q P ( χ i | χ i - 1 ) f 1 ( χ i ; Z i , D i ) × χ n { 1 , 2 } Q P ( χ n | χ n - 1 ) f 2 ( χ n ; D n )
  • The number of different crossover matrices χ is 2nQ. Thus, a brute-force application of the first line above is U(n2nQ). By exploiting structure via the factorization of P(χ) and P(zi,D|χ), and invoking the previous result, final line gives an expression that can be computed in O(n22Q).
  • C Quantitative Detection of Aneuploidy
  • In one embodiment of the invention, aneuploidy can be detected using the quantitative data output from the PS method discussed in this patent. Disclosed herein are multiple methods that make use of the same concept; these methods are termed Copy Number Calling (CNC). The statement of the problem is to determine the copy number of each of 23 chromosome-types in a single cell. The cell is first pre-amplified using a technique such as whole genome amplification using the MDA method. Then the resulting genetic material is selectively amplified with a technique such as PCR at a set of n chosen SNPs at each of m=23 chromosome types.
  • This yields a data set [tij], i=1 . . . n, j=1 . . . m of regularized ct (ct, or CT, is the point during the cycle time of the amplification at which dye measurement exceeds a given threshold) values obtained at SNP i, chromosome j. A regularized ct value implies that, for a given (i,j), the pair of raw ct values on channels FAM and VIC (these are arbitrary channel names denoting different dyes) obtained at that locus are combined to yield a ct value that accurately reflects the ct value that would have been obtained had the locus been homozygous. Thus, rather than having two ct values per locus, there is just one regularized ct value per locus.
  • The goal is to determine the set {nj} of copy numbers on each chromosome. If the cell is euploid, then nj=2 for all j; one exception is the case of the male X chromosome. If nj≠2 for at least one j, then the cell is aneuploid; excepting the case of male X.
  • Biochemical Model
  • The relationship between ct values and chromosomal copy number is modeled as follows: αijnjQ2βijtij-QT In this expression, nj is the copy number of chromosome j. Q is an abstract quantity representing a baseline amount of pre-amplified genetic material from which the actual amount of pre-amplified genetic material at SNP i, chromosome j can be calculated as αijnjQ. αij is a preferential amplification factor that specifies how much more SNP i on chromosome j will be pre-amplified via MDA than SNP 1 on chromosome 1. By definition, the preferential amplification factors are relative to α11
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-P00001
    1.
  • βij is the doubling rate for SNP i chromosome j under PCR. tij is the ct value. QT is the amount of genetic material at which the ct value is determined. T is a symbol, not an index, and merely stands for threshold.
  • It is important to realize that αij, βij, and QT are constants of the model that do not change from experiment to experiment. By contrast, n1 and Q are variables that change from experiment to experiment. Q is the amount of material there would be at SNP 1 of chromosome 1, if chromosome 1 were monosomic.
  • The original equation above does not contain a noise term. This can be included by rewriting it as follows:
  • ( * ) β ij t ij = log Q T α ij - log n j , log Q + Z ij
  • The above equation indicates that the ct value is corrupted by additive Gaussian noise Zij. Let the variance of this noise term be σij 2.
  • Maximum Likelihood (ML) Estimation of Copy Number
  • In one embodiment of the method, the maximum likelihood estimation is used, with respect to the model described above, to determine nj. The parameter Q makes this difficult unless another constraint is added:
  • 1 m j log n j = 1
  • This indicates that the average copy number is 2, or, equivalently, that the average log copy number is 1. With this additional constraint one can now solve the following ML problem:
  • Q ^ , n ^ j = argmax Q , n j ij f z ( log n j + log Q - ( log Qr α ij - β ij t ij ) ) s . t . 1 m j log n j = 1 = argmin Q , n j ij 1 σ ij 2 ( log n j + log Q - ( log Qr α ij - β ij t ij ) ) 2 s . t . 1 m j log n j = 1
  • The last line above is linear in the variables log nj and log Q, and is a simple weighted least squares problem with an equality constraint. The solution can be obtained in closed form by forming the Lagrangian
  • L ( log n j , log Q ) = ij 1 σ ij 2 ( log n j + log Q - ( log Q T α ij - β ij t ij ) ) 2 + λ j log n j
  • and taking partial derivatives.
  • Solution when Noise Variance is Constant
  • To avoid unnecessarily complicating the exposition, set σij 2=1. This assumption will remain unless explicitly stated otherwise. (In the general case in which each σij 2 is different, the solutions will be weighted averages instead of simple averages, or weighted least squares solutions instead of simple least squares solutions.) In that case, the above linear system has the solution:
  • log Q j = Δ 1 n i ( log Q T α ij - β ij t ij ) log Q = 1 m j log Q j - 1 log n j = log Q j - log Q = log Q j Q
  • The first equation can be interpreted as a log estimate of the quantity of chromosome j. The second equation can be interpreted as saying that the average of the Qj is the average of a diploid quantity; subtracting one from its log gives the desired monosome quantity. The third equation can be interpreted as saying that the copy number is just the ratio
  • Q j Q .
  • Note that nj is a ‘double difference’, since it is a difference of Q-values, each of which is itself a difference of values.
  • Simple Solution
  • The above equations also reveal the solution under simpler modeling assumptions: for example, when making the assumption αij=1 for all i and j and/or when making the assumption that βij=β for all i and j. In the simplest case, when both αij=1 and βij=β, the solution reduces to
  • ( ** ) log n j = 1 + β ( 1 mn ij t ij - 1 n i t ij )
  • The Double Differencing Method
  • In one embodiment of the invention, it is possible to detect monosomy using double differencing. It should be obvious to one skilled in the art how to modify this method for detecting other aneuploidy states. Let {tij} be the regularized ct values obtained from MDA pre-amplification followed by PCR on the genetic sample. As always, tij is the ct value on the i-th SNP of the j-th chromosome. Denote by tj the vector of ct values associated with the j-th chromosome. Make the following definitions:
  • t _ = Δ 1 mn ij t ij t ~ j = Δ t j - t _ 1
  • Classify chromosome j as monosomic if and only if fT{tilde over (t)}i is higher than a certain threshold value, where f is a vector that represents a monosomy signature. f is the matched filter, whose construction is described next.
  • The matched filter f is constructed as a double difference of values obtained from two controlled experiments. Begin with known quantities of euploid male genetic data and euploid female genetic material. Assume there are large quantities of this material, and pre-amplification can be omitted. On both the male and female material, use PCR to sequence n SNPs on both the X chromosome (chromosome 23), and chromosome 7. Let {tij x}, i=1 . . . n, jϵ{7, 23} denote the measurements on the female, and let {tij Y} similarly denote the measurements on the male. Given this, it is possible to construct the matched filter f from the resulting data as follows:
  • t _ 7 X = Δ 1 n i t i , 7 X t _ 7 Y = Δ 1 n i t i , 7 Y Δ X = Δ t 23 X - t _ 7 X 1 Δ Y = Δ t 23 Y - t _ 7 Y 1 f = Δ Δ Y - Δ X
  • In the above, equations, t7 x and t7 Y are scalars, while ΔX and ΔY are vectors. Note that the superscripts X and Y are just symbolic labels, not indices, denoting female and male respectively. Do not to confuse the superscript X with measurements on the X chromosome. The X chromosome measurements are the ones with subscript 23.
  • The next step is to take noise into account and to see what remnants of noise survive in the construction of the matched filter f as well as in the construction of {tilde over (t)}j. In this section, consider the simplest possible modeling assumption: that βij=β for all i and j, and that αij=1 for all i and j. Under these assumptions, from (*) above: βtij=log QT-log nj-log Q+Zij Which can be rewritten as:
  • t ij = 1 β log Q T - 1 β log n j - 1 β log Q + Z ij
  • In that case, the i-th component of the matched filter f is given by:
  • f i = Δ Δ i Y - Δ i X = { t i , 23 Y - t _ 7 Y } - { t i , 23 X - t _ 7 X } = { ( 1 β log Q T - 1 β log n 23 Y - 1 β log Q Y + Z i , 23 Y ) - 1 n i ( 1 β log Q T - 1 β log n 7 Y - 1 β log Q Y + Z i , 7 Y ) } - { ( 1 β log Q T - 1 β log n 23 X - 1 β log Q X + Z i , 23 X ) - 1 n i ( 1 β log Q T - 1 β log n 7 X - 1 β log Q X + Z i , 7 X ) } - { ( 1 β + Z i , 23 Y ) - 1 n i Z i , 7 Y } - { Z i , 23 X - 1 n i Z i , 7 X }
  • Note that the above equations take advantage of the fact that all the copy number variables are known, for example, n23 Y=1 and that n23 X=2.
  • Given that all the noise terms are zero mean, the ideal matched filter is 1/β1. Further, since scaling the filter vector doesn't really change things, the vector 1 can be used as the matched filter. This is equivalent to simply taking the average of the components of {tilde over (t)}j. In other words, the matched filter paradigm is not necessary if the underlying biochemistry follows the simple model. In addition, one may omit the noise terms above, which can only serve to lower the accuracy of the method. Accordingly, this gives:
  • t ~ ij = Δ t j - t _ = { 1 β log Q T - 1 β log n i - 1 β log Q + Z ij } - 1 mn i , j { 1 β log Q T - 1 β log n i - 1 β log Q + Z ij } = 1 β ( 1 - log n j ) + Z ij - 1 mn i , j Z ij
  • In the above, it is assumed that
  • 1 mn i , j log n j = 1.
  • that is, that the average copy number is 2.
  • Each element of the vector is an independent measurement of the log copy number (scaled by 1/β), and then corrupted by noise. The noise term Zij cannot be gotten rid of: it is inherent in the measurement. The second noise term probably cannot be gotten rid of either, since subtracting out t is necessary to remove the nuisance term
  • 1 β log Q .
  • Again, note that, given the observation that each element of {tilde over (t)}j is an independent measurement of
  • 1 β ( 1 - log n j ) ,
  • it is clear that a UMVU (uniform minimum variance unbiased) estimate of
  • 1 β ( 1 - log n j )
  • is just the average of the elements of {tilde over (t)}j. (In the case in which each σij 2 is different, it will be a weighted average.) Thus, performing a little bit of algebra, the UMVU estimator for log n1 is given by:
  • 1 n i t ~ ij 1 β ( 1 - log n j ) log n j 1 - β · 1 n i , j t ~ ij = 1 - β ( 1 n i t ij - 1 mn i , j t ij )
  • Analysis Under the Complicated Model
  • Now repeat the preceding analysis with respect to a biochemical model in which each βij and αij is different. Again, take noise into account and to see what remnants of noise survive in the construction of the matched filter f as well as in the construction of {tilde over (t)}j. Under the complicated model, from (*) above:
  • β ij t ij = log Q T α ij - log n j - log Q + Z ij
  • Which can be rewritten as:
  • (* **) = log Q T β ij log Q T α ij - 1 β ij log n j - 1 β ij log Q + Z ij
  • The i-th component of the matched filter f is given by:
  • f i = Δ Δ i Y - Δ i X - { i i , 23 Y - i 7 Y } - { ( i i , 23 X - i 7 X } = { ( 1 β i , 23 log Q T α i , 23 - 1 β i , 23 log n 23 Y - 1 β i , 23 log Q Y + Z i , 23 Y ) - 1 n i ( 1 β i , 7 log Q T α i , 7 - 1 β i , 7 log n 7 Y - 1 β i , 7 log Q Y + Z i , 7 Y ) } - { ( 1 β i , 23 log Q T α i , 23 - 1 β i , 23 log n 23 X - 1 β i , 23 log Q X + Z i , 23 X ) - 1 n i ( 1 β i , 7 log Q T α i , 7 - 1 β i , 7 log n 7 X - 1 β i , 7 log Q X + Z i , 7 X ) } = 1 β i , 23 + ( 1 β i , 23 - ( 1 n i 1 β i , 7 ) ) log Q Y Q X + { Z i , 23 Y - Z i , 23 X + 1 n i Z i , 7 X - 1 n i Z i , 7 Y }
  • Under the complicated model, this gives:
  • t ~ ij = Δ t j - t ~ = { 1 B ij log Q T α ij - 1 β ij log n j - 1 β ij log Q + Z ij } - 1 mn i , j { 1 β ij log Q T α ij - 1 β ij log n j - 1 β ij log Q + Z ij }
  • An Alternate Way to Regularize CT Values
  • In another embodiment of the method, one can average the CT values rather than transforming to exponential scale and then taking logs, as this distorts the noise so that it is no longer zero mean. First, start with known Q and solve for betas. Then do multiple experiments with known n_j to solve for alphas. Since aneuploidy is a whole set of hypotheses, it is convenient to use ML to determine the most likely n_j and Q values, and then use this as a basis for calculating the most likely aneuploid state, e.g., by taking the n_j value that is most off from 1 and pushing it to its nearest aneuploid neighbor.
  • Estimation of the Error Rates in the Embryonic Measurements.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, it is possible to determine the conditional probabilities of particular embryonic measurements given specific underlying true states in embryonic DNA. In certain contexts, the given data consists of (i) the data about the parental SNP states, measured with a high degree of accuracy, and (ii) measurements on all of the SNPs in a specific blastomere, measured poorly.
  • Use the following notation: U—is any specific homozygote, Ū is the other homozygote at that SNP, H is the heterozygote. The goal is to determine the probabilities (pij) shown in Table 2. For instance p11 is the probability of the embryonic DNA being U and the readout being U as well. There are three conditions that these probabilities have to satisfy:

  • p 11 +p 12 +p 13 +p 14=1  (1)

  • p 21 +p 22 +p 23 +p 24=1  (2)

  • p 21 =p 23  (3)
  • The first two are obvious, and the third is the statement of symmetry of heterozygote dropouts (H should give the same dropout rate on average to either U or Ū).
  • There are 4 possible types of matings: U×U, U×Ū, U×H, H×H. Split all of the SNPs into these 4 categories depending on the specific mating type. Table 3 shows the matings, expected embryonic states, and then probabilities of specific readings (pij). Note that the first two rows of this table are the same as the two rows of the Table 2 and the notation (pij) remains the same as in Table 2.
  • Probabilities p3i and p4i can be written out in terms of p1i and p2i.

  • p 31=1/2[p 11 +p 21]  (4)

  • p 32=1/2[p 12 +p 22]  (5)

  • p 33=1/2[p 13 +p 23]  (6)

  • p 34=1/2[p 14 +p 24]  (7)

  • p 41=1/4[p 11+2p 21 +p 13]  (8)

  • p 42=1/2[p 12 +p 22]  (9)

  • p 43=1/4[p 11+2p 23 +p 13]  (10)

  • p 44=1/2[p 14 +p 24]  (11)
  • These can be thought of as a set of 8 linear constraints to add to the constraints (1), (2), and (3) listed above. If a vector P=[p11, p12, p13, p14, p21 . . . , p44] T (16×1 dimension) is defined, then the matrix A (11×16) and a vector C can be defined such that the constraints can be represented as: AP=C (12)
  • C=[1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]T. Specifically, A is shown in Table 4, where empty cells have zeroes.
  • The problem can now be framed as that of finding P that would maximize the likelihood of the observations and that is subject to a set of linear constraints (AP=C). The observations come in the same 16 types as pij. These are shown in Table 5. The likelihood of making a set of these 16 nij observations is defined by a multinomial distribution with the probabilities pij and is proportional to:
  • L ( P , n ij ) ij p ij n ij ( 13 )
  • Note that the full likelihood function contains multinomial coefficients that are not written out given that these coefficients do not depend on P and thus do not change the values within P at which L is maximized. The problem is then to find:
  • max P [ L ( P , n ij ) ] = max P [ ln ( L ( P , n ij ) ) ] = max P ( ij n ij ln ( p ij ) ) ( 14 )
  • subject to the constraints AP=C.
  • Note that in (14) taking the ln of L makes the problem more tractable (to deal with a sum instead of products). This is standard given that value of x such that f(x) is maximized is the same for which ln(f(x)) is maximized. P(nj,Q,D)=P(nj)P(Q)P(Dj|Q,nj)P(Dk≠j|Q).
  • D MAP Detection of Aneuploidy without Parents
  • In one embodiment of the invention, the PS method can be applied to determine the number of copies of a given chromosome segment in a target without using parental genetic information. In this section, a maximum a-posteriori (MAP) method is described that enables the classification of genetic allele information as aneuploid or euploid. The method does not require parental data, though when parental data are available the classification power is enhanced. The method does not require regularization of channel values. One way to determine the number of copies of a chromosome segment in the genome of a target individual by incorporating the genetic data of the target individual and related individual(s) into a hypothesis, and calculating the most likely hypothesis is described here. In this description, the method will be applied to ct values from TAQMAN measurements; it should be obvious to one skilled in the art how to apply this method to any kind of measurement from any platform. The description will focus on the case in which there are measurements on just chromosomes X and 7; again, it should be obvious to one skilled in the art how to apply the method to any number of chromosomes and sections of chromosomes.
  • Setup of the Problem
  • The given measurements are from triploid blastomeres, on chromosomes X and 7, and the goal is to successfully make aneuploidy calls on these. The only “truth” known about these blastomeres is that there must be three copies of chromosome 7. The number of copies of chromosome X is not known.
  • The strategy here is to use MAP estimation to classify the copy number N7 of chromosome 7 from among the choices {1,2,3} given the measurements D. Formally that looks like this:
  • n ^ 7 = argmax n 7 { 1 , 2 , 3 } P ( n 7 , D )
  • Unfortunately, it is not possible to calculate this probability, because the probability depends on the unknown quantity Q. If the distribution f on Q were known, then it would be possible to solve the following:
  • n ^ 7 = argmax n 7 { 1 , 2 , 3 } f ( Q ) P ( n 7 , D | Q ) dQ
  • In practice, a continuous distribution on Q is not known. However, identifying Q to within a power of two is sufficient, and in practice a probability mass function (pmf) on Q that is uniform on say {21, 22 . . . 240} can be used. In the development that follows, the integral sign will be used as though a probability distribution function (pdf) on Q were known, even though in practice a uniform pmf on a handful of exponential values of Q will be substituted.
  • This discussion will use the following notation and definitions: N7 is the copy number of chromosome seven. It is a random variable. n7 denotes a potential value for N7. NX is the copy number of chromosome X. nX denotes a potential value for NX. Nj is the copy number of chromosome-j, where for the purposes here jϵ{7,X}. nj denotes a potential value for Nj. D is the set of all measurements. In one case, these are TAQMAN measurements on chromosomes X and 7, so this gives D={D7,DX}, where Dj={tij A,tij C} is the set of TAQMAN measurements on this chromosome. tij A is the ct value on channel-A of locus i of chromosome-j. Similarly, tij C is the ct value on channel-C of locus i of chromosome-j. (A is just a logical name and denotes the major allele value at the locus, while C denotes the minor allele value at the locus.) Q represents a unit-amount of genetic material such that, if the copy number of chromosome-j is nj, then the total amount of genetic material at any locus of chromosome-j is njQ. For example, under trisomy, if a locus were AAC, then the amount of A-material at this locus would be 2Q, the amount of C-material at this locus is Q, and the total combined amount of genetic material at this locus is 3Q. (nA,nC) denotes an unordered allele patterns at a locus when the copy number for the associate chromosome is n. nA is the number of times allele A appears on the locus and nC is the number of times allele C appears on the locus. Each can take on values in 0, . . . , n, and it must be the case that nA+nC=n. For example, under trisomy, the set of allele patterns is {(0,3), (1,2), (2,1), (3,0)}. The allele pattern (2,1) for example corresponds to a locus value of A2C, i.e., that two chromosomes have allele value A and the third has an allele value of C at the locus. Under disomy, the set of allele patterns is {(0,2), (1,1), (2,0)}. Under monosomy, the set of allele patterns is {(0,1), (1,0)}.
  • QT is the (known) threshold value from the fundamental TAQMAN equation Q 02βt=QT.
  • β is the (known) doubling-rate from the fundamental TAQMAN equation Q 02βt=QT.
  • ⊥ (pronounced “bottom”) is the ct value that is interpreted as meaning “no signal”.
  • fZ(χ) is the standard normal Gaussian pdf evaluated at χ.
  • σ is the (known) standard deviation of the noise on TAQMAN ct values.
  • MAP Solution
  • In the solution below, the following assumptions have been made:
  • N7 and Nχ are independent.
  • Allele values on neighboring loci are independent.
  • The goal is to classify the copy number of a designated chromosome. In this case, the description will focus on chromosome 7. The MAP solution is given by:
  • n ^ 7 = argmax n 7 { 1 , 2 , 3 } f ( Q ) P ( n 7 , D | Q ) dQ = argmax n 7 { 1 , 2 , 3 } f ( Q ) n X { 1 , 2 , 3 } P ( n 7 , n X , D | Q ) dQ = argmax n 7 { 1 , 2 , 3 } f ( Q ) n X { 1 , 2 , 3 } P ( n 7 ) P ( n X ) P ( D 7 | Q , n 7 ) P ( D X | Q , n X ) dQ = argmax n 7 { 1 , 2 , 3 } f ( Q ) ( P ( n 7 ) P ( D 7 | Q , n 7 ) ) ( n X { 1 , 2 , 3 } P ( n X ) P ( D X | Q , n X ) ) dQ = argmax n 7 { 1 , 2 , 3 } f ( Q ) ( P ( n 7 ) i P ( t i , 7 A , t i , 7 C | Q , n 7 ) ) ( n Z { 1 , 2 , 3 } P ( n X ) i P ( t i , X A , t i , X C | Q , n X ) ) dQ ( *) = argmax n 7 { 1 , 2 , 3 } f ( Q ) ( P ( n 7 ) i n A + n C = n 7 P ( n A , n C | n 7 , i ) P ( t i , 7 A | Q , n A ) P ( t i , 7 C | Q , n C ) ) × ( n X { 1 , 2 , 3 } P ( n X ) i n A + n C = n X P ( n A , n C | n X , i ) P ( t i , X A | Q , n A ) P ( t i , X C | Q , n C ) ) dQ
  • Allele Distribution Model
  • Equation (*) depends on being able to calculate values for P(nA,nC|n7,i) and P(nA, nC|nX,i). These values may be calculated by assuming that the allele pattern (nA,nC) is drawn i.i.d (independent and identically distributed) according to the allele frequencies for its letters at locus i. An example should suffice to illustrate this. Calculate P((2,1)|n7=3) under the assumption that the allele frequency for A is 60%, and the minor allele frequency for C is 40%. (As an aside, note that P((2,1)|n7-2)−0, since in this case the pair must sum to 2.) This probability is given by
  • P ( ( 2 , 1 ) | n 7 = 3 ) = ( 3 2 ) ( .60 ) Z ( .40 )
  • The general equation is
  • P ( n A , n C | n j , i ) = ( n n A ) ( 1 - p ij ) n A ( p ij ) n C
  • Where pi,j is the minor allele frequency at locus i of chromosome j.
  • Error Model
  • Equation (*) depends on being able to calculate values for P(tA|Q,nA) and P(tC|Q,nC). For this an error model is needed. One may use the following error model:
  • P ( t A | Q , n A ) = { p d t A = and n A > 0 ( 1 - p a ) f Z ( 1 σ ( t A - 1 β log Q T n A Q ) ) t A and n A > 0 1 - p a t A = and n A = 0 2 p a f Z ( 1 σ ( t A - ) ) t A and n A = 0 }
  • Each of the four cases mentioned above is described here. In the first case, no signal is received, even though there was A-material on the locus. That is a dropout, and its probability is therefore pd. In the second case, a signal is received, as expected since there was A-material on the locus. The probability of this is the probability that a dropout does not occur, multiplied by the pdf for the distribution on the ct value when there is no dropout. (Note that, to be rigorous, one should divide through by that portion of the probability mass on the Gaussian curve that lies below ⊥, but this is practically one, and will be ignored here.) In the third case, no signal was received and there was no signal to receive. This is the probability that no drop-in occurred, 1-pa. In the final case, a signal is received even through there was no A-material on the locus. This is the probability of a drop-in multiplied by the pdf for the distribution on the ct value when there is a drop-in. Note that the ‘2’ at the beginning of the equation occurs because the Gaussian distribution in the case of a drop-in is modeled as being centered at ⊥. Thus, only half of the probability mass lies below ⊥ in the case of a drop-in, and when the equation is normalized by dividing through by one-half, it is equivalent to multiplying by 2. The error model for P(tC|Q,nC) by symmetry is the same as for P(tA|Q,nA) above. It should be obvious to one skilled in the art how different error models can be applied to a range of different genotyping platforms, for example the ILLUMINA INFINIUM genotyping platform.
  • Computational Considerations
  • In one embodiment of the invention, the MAP estimation mathematics can be carried out by brute-force as specified in the final MAP equation, except for the integration over Q. Since doubling Q only results in a difference in ct value of 1/β, the equations are sensitive to Q only on the log scale. Therefore to do the integration it should be sufficient to try a handful of Q-values at different powers of two and to assume a uniform distribution on these values. For example, one could start at Q=Q T2−20β, which is the quantity of material that would result in a ct value of 20, and then halve it in succession twenty times, yielding a final Q value that would result in a ct value of 40.
  • What follows is a re-derivation of a derivation described elsewhere in this disclosure, with slightly difference emphasis, for elucidating the programming of the math. Note that the variable D below is not really a variable. It is always a constant set to the value of the data set actually in question, so it does not introduce another array dimension when representing in MATLAB. However, the variables Di do introduce an array dimension, due to the presence of the index j.
  • n ^ 7 = argmax n 7 { 1 , 2 , 3 } P ( n 7 , D ) P ( n 7 , D ) = Q P ( n 7 , Q , D ) P ( n 7 , Q , D ) = P ( n 7 ) P ( Q ) P ( D 7 | Q , n 7 ) P ( D X | Q ) P ( D j | Q ) - n j { 1 , 2 , 3 } P ( D j , n j | Q ) P ( D j , n j | Q ) = P ( n j ) P ( D j | Q , n j ) P ( D j | Q , n j ) = i P ( D ij | Q , n j ) P ( D ij | Q , n j ) = n A + n C = n j P ( D ij , n A , n C | Q , n j ) P ( D ij , n A , n C | Q , n j ) = P ( n A , n C | n j , i ) P ( t ij A | Q , n A ) P ( t ij C | Q , n C ) P ( n A , n C | n j , i ) = ( n n A ) ( 1 - p ij ) n A ( p ij ) n C P ( t ij A | Q , n A ) = { p d t A = and n A > 0 ( 1 - p d ) f Z ( 1 σ ( t A - 1 β log Q T n A Q ) ) t A and n A > 0 1 - p a t A = and n A = 0 2 p d f Z ( 1 σ ( t A - ) ) t A and n A = 0 }
  • EMAP Detection of Aneuploidy with Parental Info
  • In one embodiment of the invention, the disclosed method enables one to make aneuploidy calls on each chromosome of each blastomere, given multiple blastomeres with measurements at some loci on all chromosomes, where it is not known how many copies of each chromosome there are. In this embodiment, the a MAP estimation is used to classify the copy number N1 of chromosome where jϵ{1, 2 . . . 22,X,Y}, from among the choices {0, 1, 2, 3} given the measurements D, which includes both genotyping information of the blastomeres and the parents. To be general, let jϵ{1, 2 . . . m} where m is the number of chromosomes of interest; m=24 implies that all chromosomes are of interest. Formally, this looks like:
  • n ^ j = argmax n j { 1 , 2 , 3 } P ( n j , D )
  • Unfortunately, it is not possible to calculate this probability, because the probability depends on an unknown random variable Q that describes the amplification factor of MDA. If the distribution f on Q were known, then it would be possible to solve the following:
  • n ^ j = argmax n j { 1 , 2 , 3 } f ( Q ) P ( n j , D Q ) dQ
  • In practice, a continuous distribution on Q is not known. However, identifying Q to within a power of two is sufficient, and in practice a probability mass function (pmf) on Q that is uniform on say {21, 22 . . . , 240} can be used. In the development that follows, the integral sign will be used as though a probability distribution function (pdf) on Q were known, even though in practice a uniform pmf on a handful of exponential values of Q will be substituted.
  • This discussion will use the following notation and definitions:
  • Nα is the copy number of autosomal chromosome α, where αϵ{1, 2 . . . 22}. It is a random variable. nα denotes a potential value for Nα.
  • NX is the copy number of chromosome X. nX denotes a potential value for NX.
  • Nj is the copy number of chromosome-j, where for the purposes here jϵ{1, 2 . . . m}. nj denotes a potential value for Nj.
  • m is the number of chromosomes of interest, m=24 when all chromosomes are of interest.
  • H is the set of aneuploidy states. hϵH. For the purposes of this derivation, let H={paternal monosomy, maternal monosomy, disomy, t1 paternal trisomy, t2 paternal trisomy, t1 maternal trisomy, t2 maternal trisomy}. Paternal monosomy means the only existing chromosome came from the father; paternal trisomy means there is one additional chromosome coming from father. Type 1 (t1) paternal trisomy is such that the two paternal chromosomes are sister chromosomes (exact copy of each other) except in case of crossover, when a section of the two chromosomes are the exact copies. Type 2 (t2) paternal trisomy is such that the two paternal chromosomes are complementary chromosomes (independent chromosomes coming from two grandparents). The same definitions apply to the maternal monosomy and maternal trisomies.
  • D is the set of all measurements including measurements on embryo DE and on parents DF,DM. In the case where these are TAQMAN measurements on all chromosomes, one can say: D{D1, D2 . . . ,D′m}, DE={DE,1, DE,2 . . . DE,m}, where Dk=(DE,k, DF,k, DM,k), DEj={tE,ijA,tE,ijC} is the set of TAQMAN measurements on chromosome j.
  • tE,ijA is the ct value on channel-A of locus i of chromosome-j. Similarly, tE,ijC is the ct value on channel-C of locus i of chromosome-j. (A is just a logical name and denotes the major allele value at the locus, while C denotes the minor allele value at the locus.)
  • Q represents a unit-amount of genetic material after MDA of single cell's genomic DNA such that, if the copy number of chromosome-j is nj, then the total amount of genetic material at any locus of chromosome-j is njQ. For example, under trisomy, if a locus were AAC, then the amount of A-material at this locus is 2Q, the amount of C-material at this locus is Q, and the total combined amount of genetic material at this locus is 3Q.
  • q is the number of numerical steps that will be considered for the value of Q.
  • N is the number of SNPs per chromosome that will be measured.
  • (nA,nC) denotes an unordered allele patterns at a locus when the copy number for the associated chromosome is n. nA is the number of times allele A appears on the locus and nC is the number of times allele C appears on the locus. Each can take on values in 0, . . . , n, and it must be the case that nA+nC=n. For example, under trisomy, the set of allele patterns is {(0,3),(1,2),(2,1),(3,0)}. The allele pattern (2,1) for example corresponds to a locus value of A2C, i.e., that two chromosomes have allele value A and the third has an allele value of C at the locus. Under disomy, the set of allele patterns is {(0,2),(1,1),(2,0)}. Under monosomy, the set of allele patterns is {(0,1),(1,0)}.
  • QT is the (known) threshold value from the fundamental TAQMAN equation Q 02βt=QT.
  • β is the (known) doubling-rate from the fundamental TAQMAN equation Q 02βt=QT.
  • ⊥ (pronounced “bottom”) is the ct value that is interpreted as meaning “no signal”.
  • fZ(x) is the standard normal Gaussian pdf evaluated at x.
  • σ is the (known) standard deviation of the noise on TAQMAN ct values.
  • MAP Solution
  • In the solution below, the following assumptions are made:
  • Njs are independent of one another.
  • Allele values on neighboring loci are independent.
  • The goal is to classify the copy number of a designated chromosome. For instance, the MAP solution for chromosome a is given by
  • n ^ j = argmax n j { 1 , 2 , 3 } f ( Q ) P ( n j , D Q ) dQ = argmax n j { 1 , 2 , 3 } f ( Q ) n 1 { 1 , 2 , 3 } n j - 1 { 1 , 2 , 3 } n j + 1 { 1 , 2 , 3 } n m { 1 , 2 , 3 } P ( n 1 , n m , D Q ) dQ = argmax n j { 1 , 2 , 3 } f ( Q ) n 1 { 1 , 2 , 3 } n j - 1 { 1 , 2 , 3 } n j + 1 { 1 , 2 , 3 } n m { 1 , 2 , 3 } k = 1 m P ( n k ) P ( D k Q , n k ) dQ = argmax n j { 1 , 2 , 3 } f ( Q ) ( P ( n j ) P ( D j Q , n j ) ) ( k j n k { 1 , 2 , 3 } P ( n k ) P ( D k Q , n k ) ) dQ = argmax n j { 1 , 2 , 3 } f ( Q ) ( P ( n j ) h H P ( D j Q , n j , h ) P ( h n j ) ) ( k + j n k { 1 , 2 , 3 } P ( n k ) h H P ( D k Q , n k , h ) P ( h n k ) ) dQ = argmax n j { 1 , 2 , 3 } f ( Q ) ( P ( n j ) h H P ( h n j ) i P ( t E , ij A , t E , ij C , D F , ij D M , ij Q , n j , h ) ) × ( k j n k { 1 , 2 , 3 } P ( n k ) h H P ( h n k ) i P ( t E , jk A , t E , ik C , D F , ik D M , ik Q , n k , h ) ) dQ = argmax n j { 1 , 2 , 3 } f ( Q ) ( P ( n j ) h H P ( h n j ) i n P A + n P C = 2 n M A + n M C = 2 P ( n F A , n F C , n M A , n M C ) P ( t E , ij A , t E , ij C , D F , ij D M , ij Q , n j , h , n F A , n F C , n M A , n M C ) ) × ( k j n k { 1 , 2 , 3 } P ( n k ) h H P ( h n k ) i n F A + n F C = 2 n M A + n M C = 2 P ( n F A , n F C , n M A , n M C ) P ( t E , ik A , t E , ik C , D F , ik D M , ik Q , n k , h , n F A , n F C , n M A , n M C ) ) dQ = argmax n 1 { 1 , 2 , 3 } f ( Q } ( P ( n j ) h H P ( h n j ) i n F A + n F C = 2 n K A + n K C = 2 P ( n F A , n F C , n M A , n M C ) P ( t F , ij A n F A Q ) P ( t F , ij C n F C Q ) P ( t M , ij A n M A Q ) P ( t M , ij C n N C Q ) × n A + n C = n j P ( n A , n C n j , h , n F A , n F C , n M A , n M C ) P ( t E , ij A Q , n A ) P ( t E , ij C Q , n C ) ) × ( k j n k { 1 , 2 , 3 } P ( n k ) h H P ( h n k ) t n F A + n F C = 2 n M A + n M C = 2 P ( n F A , n F C , n M A , n M C ) P ( τ F , ik A n F A Q ) P ( τ F , ik C n F C Q ) P ( τ M , ik A n M A Q ) P ( τ m , ik C n M C Q ) × n A + n C = n 1 P ( n A , n C n k , h , n F A , n F C , n M A , n M C ) P ( τ E , ik A n A Q ) P ( t E , ik C n C Q ) ) dQ ( * )
  • Here it is assumed that Q′, the Q are known exactly for the parental data.
  • Copy Number Prior Probability
  • Equation (*) depends on being able to calculate values for P(nα) and P(nX), the distribution of prior probabilities of chromosome copy number, which is different depending on whether it is an autosomal chromosome or chromosome X. If these numbers are readily available for each chromosome, they may be used as is. If they are not available for all chromosomes, or are not reliable, some distributions may be assumed. Let the prior probability
  • P ( n a = 1 ) = P ( n a = 2 ) = P ( n a = 3 ) = 1 3
  • for autosomal chromosomes, let the probability of sex chromosomes being XY or XX be 1/2.
  • P ( n X = 0 ) = 1 3 × 1 4 = 1 12 . P ( n X = 1 ) = 1 3 × 3 4 + 1 3 × 1 2 + 1 3 × 1 2 × 1 4 = 11 24 = 0.458 ,
  • where 3/4 is the probability of the monosomic chromosome being X (as oppose to Y), 1/2 is the probability of being XX for two chromosomes and 1/4 is the probability of the third chromosome being Y.
  • P ( n X = 3 ) = 1 3 × 1 2 × 3 4 = 1 8 = 0.125 .
  • where 1/2 is the probability of being XX for two chromosomes and 3/4 is the probability of the third chromosome being X.
  • P ( n X = 2 ) = 1 - P ( n X = 0 ) - P ( n X = 1 ) - P ( n X = 3 ) = 4 12 = 0.333 .
  • Aneuploidy State Prior Probability
  • Equation (*) depends on being able to calculate values for P(h|nj), and these are shown in Table 6. The symbols used in the Table 6 are explained below
  • Symbol Meaning
    Ppm paternal monosomy probability
    Pmm maternal monosomy probability
    Ppt paternal trisomy probability given trisomy
    Pmt maternal trisomy probability given trisomy
    pt1 probability of type 1 trisomy for paternal trisomy, or
    P(type 1|paternal trisomy)
    pt2 probability of type 2 trisomy for paternal trisomy, or
    P(type 2|paternal trisomy)
    mt1 probability of type 1 trisomy for maternal trisomy, or
    P(type 1|maternal trisomy)
    mt2 probability of type 2 trisomy for maternal trisomy, or
    P(type 2|maternal trisomy)
  • Note that there are many other ways that one skilled in the art, after reading this disclosure, could assign or estimate appropriate prior probabilities without changing the essential concept of the patent.
  • Allele Distribution Model without Parents
  • Equation (*) depends on being able to calculate values for p(nA,nC|nα,i) and P(nA,nC|nX,i). These values may be calculated by assuming that the allele pattern (nA,nC) is drawn i.i.d according to the allele frequencies for its letters at locus i. An illustrative example is given here. Calculate P((2,1)|n7=3) under the assumption that the allele frequency for A is 60%, and the minor allele frequency for C is 40%. (As an aside, note that P((2,1)|n7=2)=0, since in this case the pair must sum to 2.) This probability is given by
  • P ( ( 2 , 1 ) n 7 = 3 ) = ( 3 2 ) ( .60 ) 2 ( .40 )
  • The general equation is
  • P ( n A , n C n j , i ) = ( n n A ) ( 1 - p ij ) n A ( p ij ) n C
  • Where pij is the minor allele frequency at locus i of chromosome j.
  • Allele Distribution Model Incorporating Parental Genotypes
  • Equation (*) depends on being able to calculate values for p(nA,nC|nj,h,TP,ijTM,ij) which are listed in Table 7. In a real situation, LDO will be known in either one of the parents, and the table would need to be augmented. If LDO are known in both parents, one can use the model described in the Allele Distribution Model without Parents section.
  • Population Frequency for Parental Truth
  • Equation (*) depends on being able to calculate p(TFAJTMAJ). The probabilities of the combinations of parental genotypes can be calculated based on the population frequencies. For example, P(AA,AA)=P(A)4, and P(AC,AC)=Pheteroz 2 where Pheteroz=2P(A)P(C) is the probability of a diploid sample to be heterozygous at one locus i.
  • Error Model
  • Equation (*) depends on being able to calculate values for P(tA|Q,n4) and P(tC|Q,nC). For this an error model is needed. One may use the following error model:
  • P ( t A Q , n A ) = { p d t A = and n A > 0 ( 1 - p d ) f z ( 1 σ ( t A - 1 β log Q T n A Q ) ) t A and n A > 0 1 - p a t A = and n A = 0 2 p a f z ( 1 σ ( t A - ) ) t A and n A = 0 }
  • This error model is used elsewhere in this disclosure, and the four cases mentioned above are described there. The computational considerations of carrying out the MAP estimation mathematics can be carried out by brute-force are also described in the same section.
  • Computational Complexity Estimation
  • Rewrite the equation (*) as follows,
  • n ^ j = argmax n j { 1 , 2 , 3 } f ( Q ) ( P ( n j ) i n A + n C = n j P ( n A , n C n j , i ) P ( t i , j A Q , n A ) P ( t i , j C Q , n C ) × ( k j n k { 1 , 2 , 3 } P ( n k ) i n A + n C = n k P ( n A , n C n k , i ) P ( t i , k A Q , n A ) P ( t i , k C Q , n C ) ) dQ ( * )
  • Let the computation time for P(nA,nC|nj,i) be tx, that for P(ti,jA|,nA) or P(ti,jC|Q,nC) be ty. Note that P(nA,nC|nj,i) may be pre-computed, since their values don't vary from experiment to experiment. For the discussion here, call a complete 23-chromosome aneuploidy screen an “experiment”. Computation of Πi ΣnA+nC=njP(nA,nC|nj,i)P(ti,j A|Q,nA)P(ti,j C|Q,nC) for 23 chromosomes takes

  • if n j=1,(2+t x+2*t y)*2N*m

  • if n j=2,(2+t x+2*t y)*3N*m

  • if n j=3,(2+t x+2*t y)*4N*m
  • The unit of time here is the time for a multiplication or an addition. In total, it takes (2+tx+2*ty)*9N*m Once these building blocks are computed, the overall integral may be calculated, which takes time on the order of (2+tx+2*ty)*9N*m*q. In the end, it takes 2*m comparisons to determine the best estimate for nj. Therefore, overall the computational complexity is O(N*m*q).
  • What follows is a re-derivation of the original derivation, with a slight difference in emphasis in order to elucidate the programming of the math. Note that the variable D below is not really a variable. It is always a constant set to the value of the data set actually in question, so it does not introduce another array dimension when representing in MATLAB. However, the variables Dj do introduce an array dimension, due to the presence of the index j.
  • n ^ j = argmax n j { 1 , 2 , 3 } P ( n j , D ) P ( n j , D ) = Q P ( n j , Q , D ) P ( n j , Q , D ) = P ( n j ) P ( Q ) P ( D j Q , n j ) P ( D k j Q ) P ( D j Q ) - n j { 1 , 2 , 3 } P ( D j , n j Q ) P ( D j , n j Q ) = P ( n j ) P ( D j Q , n j ) P ( D j Q , n j ) = i P ( D ij Q , n j ) P ( D ij Q , n j ) = n A + n C = n j P ( D ij , n A , n C Q , n j ) P ( D ij , n A , n C Q , n j ) = P ( n A , n C n j , i ) P ( t ij A Q , n A ) P ( t ij C Q , n C ) P ( n A , n C n j , i ) = ( n n A ) ( 1 - p ij ) n A ( p ij ) n C P ( t ij A Q , n A ) = { p d t A = and n A > 0 ( 1 - p d ) f z ( 1 σ ( t A - 1 β log Q T n A Q ) ) t A and n A > 0 1 - p a t A = and n A = 0 2 p z f z ( 1 σ ( t A - ) ) t A and n A = 0 }
  • F Qualitative Chromosome Copy Number Calling
  • One way to determine the number of copies of a chromosome segment in the genome of a target individual by incorporating the genetic data of the target individual and related individual(s) into a hypothesis, and calculating the most likely hypothesis is described here. In one embodiment of the invention, the aneuploidy calling method may be modified to use purely qualitative data. There are many approaches to solving this problem, and several of them are presented here. It should be obvious to one skilled in the art how to use other methods to accomplish the same end, and these will not change the essence of the disclosure.
  • Notation for Qualitative CNC
  • 1. N is the total number of SNPs on the chromosome.
    2. n is the chromosome copy number.
    3. nM is the number of copies supplied to the embryo by the mother: 0, 1, or 2.
    4. nF is the number of copies supplied to the embryo by the father: 0, 1, or 2.
    5. pd is the dropout rate, and f(pd) is a prior on this rate.
    6. pa is dropin rate, and f(pa) is a prior on this rate.
    7. c is the cutoff threshold for no-calls.
    8. D=(xk,yk) is the platform response on channels X and Y for SNP k.
    9. D(c)={G(xk,yk);c}={ĝk (c)} is the set of genotype calls on the chromosome. Note that the genotype calls depend on the no-call cutoff threshold c.
    10. ĝk (c) is the genotype call on the k-th SNP (as opposed to the true value): one of AA, AB, BB, or NC (no-call).
    11. Given a genotype call ĝ at SNP k, the variables (ĝX, ĝY) are indicator variables (1 or 0), indicating whether the genotype ĝ implies that channel X or Y has “lit up”. Formally, ĝx=1 just in case ĝ contains the allele A, and ĝY=i just in case contains the allele B.
    12. M={gk M} is the known true sequence of genotype calls on the mother. gM refers to the genotype value at some particular locus.
    13. F={gk F} is the known true sequence of genotype calls on the father. gF refers to the genotype value at some particular locus.
    14. nA,nB are the true number of copies of A and B on the embryo (implicitly at locus k), respectively. Values must be in {0, 1, 2, 3, 4}.
    15. cM A,cM B are the number of A alleles and B alleles respectively supplied by the mother to the embryo (implicitly at locus k). The values must be in {0, 1, 2}, and must not sum to more than 2. Similarly, cF A,cF B are the number of A alleles and B alleles respectively supplied by the father to the embryo (implicitly at locus k). Altogether, these four values exactly determine the true genotype of the embryo. For example, if the values were (1,0) and (1,1), then the embryo would have type AAB.
  • Solution 1: Integrate Over Dropout and Dropin Rates.
  • In the embodiment of the invention described here, the solution applies to just a single chromosome. In reality, there is loose coupling among all chromosomes to help decide on dropout rate pd, but the math is presented here for just a single chromosome. It should be obvious to one skilled in the art how one could perform this integral over fewer, more, or different parameters that vary from one experiment to another. It should also be obvious to one skilled in the art how to apply this method to handle multiple chromosomes at a time, while integrating over ADO and ADI. Further details are given in Solution 3B below.
  • P ( n D ( c ) , M , F ) = ( n M , n F ) n P ( n M , n F D ( c ) , M , F ) P ( n M , n F D ( c ) , M , F ) = P ( n M ) P ( n F ) P ( D ( c ) n M , n F , M , F ) ( n M , n F ) P ( n M ) P ( n F ) P ( D ( c ) n M , n F , M , F ) P ( D ( c ) n M , n F , M , F ) = f ( p d ) f ( p a ) P ( D ( c ) n M , n F , M , F , p d , p a ) dp d dp a P ( D ( c ) n M , n F , M , F , p d , p a ) = k P ( G ( x k , y k ; c ) n M , n F , g k M , g k F , p d , p a ) = g M { AA , AB , BB } g F { AA , AB , BB } g ^ { AA , AB , BB , NC } ( k : g k M = g M , g k F = g F , g ^ k ( c ) = g ^ } P ( g ^ n M , n F , g M , g F , p d , p a ) = g M { AA , AB , BB } g F { AA , AB , BB } g ^ { AA , AB , BB , NC } P ( g n M , n F , g M , g F , p d , p a ) { k ^ : g k M = g M , g k F = g F , g ^ k ( c ) = g ^ } exp ( g M { AA , AB , BB } g F { AA , AB , BB } g ^ { AA , AB , BB , NC } { k : g k M = g M , g k F = g F , g ^ k ( c ) = g ^ } log P ( g ^ n M , n F , g M , g F , p d , p a ) × ) P ( g ^ n M , n F , g M , g F , p d , p a ) = n A , n B P ( n A , n B n M , n F , g M , g F , ) _ geneticmodeling ( P ( g ^ X n A , p d , p a ) P ( g ^ Y n B , p d , p a ) ) _ platformmodeling P ( g ^ X n A , p d , p a ) = ( g ^ X ( ( 1 - p d n A ) + ( n A = 0 ) p a ) + ( 1 - g ^ X ) ( ( n A > 0 ) p d n A + ( n A = 0 ) ( 1 - p a ) ) )
  • The derivation other is the same, except applied to channel Y.
  • P ( n A , n B n M , n F , g M , g F , ) = c M A + c F A = n A c M B + c F B = n B P ( c M A , c M B n M , g M ) P ( c F A , c F B n F , g F ) P ( c M A , c M B n M , g M ) = ( c M A + c M B = n M ) { ( c M B = 0 ) , g M = AA ( c M A = 0 ) , g M = BB 1 n M + 1 , g M = AB
  • The other derivation is the same, except applied to the father.
  • Solution 2: Use ML to Estimate Optimal Cutoff Threshold c
  • Solution 2, Variation A
  • c ^ = argmax c ( 0 , a ] P ( D ( c ) M , F ) P ( n ) = ( n M , n F ) , n P ( n M , n F D ( c ^ ) , M , F )
  • In this embodiment, one first uses the ML estimation to get the best estimate of the cutoff threshold based on the data, and then use this c to do the standard Bayesian inference as in solution 1. Note that, as written, the estimate of c would still involve integrating over all dropout and dropin rates. However, since it is known that the dropout and dropin parameters tend to peak sharply in probability when they are “tuned” to their proper values with respect to c, one may save computation time by doing the following instead:
  • Solution 2, Variation B
  • c ^ , p ^ d , p ^ a = argmax c , p d , p a f ( p d ) f ( p a ) P ( D ( c ) M , F , p d , p a ) P ( n ) = ( n M , n F ) n P ( n M , n F D ( c ^ ) , M , F , p ^ d , p ^ a )
  • In this embodiment, it is not necessary to integrate a second time over the dropout and dropin parameters. The equation goes over all possible triples in the first line. In the second line, it just uses the optimal triple to perform the inference calculation.
  • Solution 3: Combining Data Across Chromosomes
  • The data across different chromosomes is conditionally independent given the cutoff and dropout/dropin parameters, so one reason to process them together is to get better resolution on the cutoff and dropout/dropin parameters, assuming that these are actually constant across all chromosomes (and there is good scientific reason to believe that they are roughly constant). In one embodiment of the invention, given this observation, it is possible to use a simple modification of the methods in solution 3 above. Rather than independently estimating the cutoff and dropout/dropin parameters on each chromosome, it is possible to estimate them once using all the chromosomes.
  • Notation
  • Since data from all chromosomes is being combined, use the subscript j to denote the j-th chromosome. For example, Dj(c) is the genotype data on chromosome j using c as the no-call threshold. Similarly, Mj,Fj are the genotype data on the parents on chromosome j.
  • Solution 3, Variation A: Use all Data to Estimate Cutoff Dropout/Dropin
  • c ^ , p ^ d , p ^ a = argmax c , p d , p a f ( p d ) f ( p a ) j P ( D j ( c ) | M j , F j , p d , p a ) P ( n j ) = ( n M , n F ) n j P ( n M , N F | D j ( c ^ ) , M j , F j , p ^ d , p ^ a )
  • Solution 3, Variation B:
  • Theoretically, this is the optimal estimate for the copy number on chromosome j.
  • n ^ j = argmax n ( n M , n F ) n f ( p d ) f ( p a ) P ( D j ( c ^ ) ) | n M , n F , M j , F j , p d , p a ) i j P ( D j ( c ^ ) ) | n M , n F , M i , F i , p d , p a ) dp d dp a
  • Estimating Dropout/Dropin Rates from Known Samples
  • For the sake of thoroughness, a brief discussion of dropout and dropin rates is given here. Since dropout and dropin rates are so important for the algorithm, it may be beneficial to analyze data with a known truth model to find out what the true dropout/dropin rates are. Note that there is no single tree dropout rate: it is a function of the cutoff threshold. That said, if highly reliable genomic data exists that can be used as a truth model, then it is possible to plot the dropout/dropin rates of MDA experiments as a function of the cutoff-threshold. Here a maximum likelihood estimation is used.
  • c ^ , p ^ d , p ^ a = argmax c , p d , p a jk P ( g ^ jk ( c ) | g jk , p d , p a )
  • In the above equation, ĝjk (c), is the genotype call on SNP k of chromosome j, using c as the cutoff threshold, while gjk, is the true genotype as determined from a genomic sample. The above equation returns the most likely triple of cutoff, dropout, and dropin. It should be obvious to one skilled in the art how one can implement this technique without parent information using prior probabilities associated with the genotypes of each of the SNPs of the target cell that will not undermine the validity of the work, and this will not change the essence of the invention.
  • G Bayesian Plus Sperm Method
  • Another way to determine the number of copies of a chromosome segment in the genome of a target individual is described here. In one embodiment of the invention, the genetic data of a sperm from the father and crossover maps can be used to enhance the methods described herein. Throughout this description, it is assumed that there is a chromosome of interest, and all notation is with respect to that chromosome. It is also assumed that there is a fixed cutoff threshold for genotyping. Previous comments about the impact of cutoff threshold choice apply, but will not be made explicit here. In order to best phase the embryonic information, one should combine data from all blastomeres on multiple embryos simultaneously. Here, for ease of explication, it is assumed that there is just one embryo with no additional blastomeres. However, the techniques mentioned in various other sections regarding the use of multiple blastomeres for allele-calling translate in a straightforward manner here.
  • Notation
  • 1. n is the chromosome copy number.
    2. nM is the number of copies supplied to the embryo by the mother: 0, 1, or 2.
    3. nF is the number of copies supplied to the embryo by the father: 0, 1, or 2.
    4. pd is the dropout rate, and f(pd) is a prior on this rate.
    5. pa is the dropin rate, and f(pa) is a prior on this rate.
    6. D={ĝk} is the set of genotype measurements on the chromosome of the embryo. ĝk is the genotype call on the k-th SNP (as opposed to the true value): one of AA, AB, BB, or NC (no-call). Note that the embryo may be aneuploid, in which case the true genotype at a SNP may be, for example, AAB, or even AAAB, but the genotype measurements will always be one of the four listed. (Note: elsewhere in this disclosure ‘B’ has been used to indicate a heterozygous locus. That is not the sense in which it is being used here. Here ‘A’ and ‘B’ are used to denote the two possible allele values that could occur at a given SNP.)
    7. M={gk M} is the known true sequence of genotypes on the mother. gk M is the genotype value at the k-th SNP.
    8. F={gk F} is the known true sequence of genotypes on the father. gk F is the genotype value at the k-th SNP.
    9. S={ĝk S} is the set of genotype measurements on a sperm from the father. ĝk S is the genotype call at the k-th SNP.
    10. (m1,m2) is the true but unknown ordered pair of phased haplotype information on the mother. m1k is the allele value at SNP k of the first haploid sequence. m2k is the allele value at SNP k of the second haploid sequence. (m1,m2) ϵM is used to indicate the set of phased pairs (m1,m2) that are consistent with the known genotype M. Similarly, (m1,m2) ϵgk M is used to indicate the set of phased pairs that are consistent with the known genotype of the mother at SNP k.
    11. (f1,f2) is the true but unknown ordered pair of phased haplotype information on the father. fik is the allele value at SNP k of the first haploid sequence. f2k is the allele value at SNP k of the second haploid sequence. (f1,f2) ϵF is used to indicate the set of phased pairs (f1,f2) that are consistent with the known genotype F. Similarly, (f1,f2) ϵgk F is used to indicate the set of phased pairs that are consistent with the known genotype of the father at SNP k.
    12. s1 is the true but unknown phased haplotype information on the measured sperm from the father. sik is the allele value at SNP k of this haploid sequence. It can be guaranteed that this sperm is euploid by measuring several sperm and selecting one that is euploid.
    13. χM={ϕ1, . . . φnM} is the multiset of crossover maps that resulted in maternal contribution to the embryo on this chromosome. Similarly, χF={θ1, . . . , θnF} is the multiset of crossover maps that results in paternal contribution to the embryo on this chromosome. Here the possibility that the chromosome may be aneuploid is explicitly modeled. Each parent can contribute zero, one, or two copies of the chromosome to the embryo. If the chromosome is an autosome, then euploidy is the case in which each parent contributes exactly one copy, i.e., χM={ϕ1} and χF={θ1}. But euploidy is only one of the 3×3=9 possible cases. The remaining eight are all different kinds of aneuploidy. For example, in the case of maternal trisomy resulting from an M2 copy error, one would have χM={ϕ1ϕ1} and χF={θ1}. In the case of maternal trisomy resulting from an M1 copy error, one would have χM-{ϕ12} and χF={θ1}. (χM, χF) c n will be used to indicate the set of sub-hypothesis pairs (χN, χF) that are consistent with the copy number n. χk M will be used to denote {ϕ1,k, . . . , ϕnMk}, the multiset of crossover map values restricted to the k-th SNP, and similarly for χF. χk M(m1,m2) is used to mean the multiset of allele values {ϕ1,k(m1,m2), . . . , ϕnMk(m1,m2)}={mϕi,k, . . . , mϕnM,k}. Keep in mind that ϕl,kϵ{1,2}.
    14. ψ is the crossover map that resulted in the measured sperm from the father. Thus s1=ψ(f1,f2). Note that it is not necessary to consider a crossover multiset because it is assumed that the measured sperm is euploid. ψk will be used to denote the value of this crossover map at the k-th SNP.
    15. Keeping in mind the previous two definitions, let {e1 M, . . . , en MM} be the multiset of true but unknown haploid sequences contributed to the embryo by the mother at this chromosome. Specifically, e1 M1(m1,m2), where ϕ1 is the l-th element of the multiset χM, and elk M is the allele value at the k-th snp. Similarly, let {e1 F, . . . , enF F} be the multiset of true but unknown haploid sequences contributed to the embryo by the father at this chromosome. Then el F-θ l(f1,f2), where θi is the l-th element of the multiset χF, and flk M is the allele value at the k-th SNP. Also, {e1 M, . . . , enM M}=χM(m1m2), and {e1 f′, . . . , enF F}=χF(f1,f2) may be written.
    16. P(ĝkk M(m1,m2), Xk F(f1,f2),pd,pc) denotes the probability of the genotype measurement on the embryo at SNP k given a hypothesized true underlying genotype on the embryo and given hypothesized underlying dropout and dropin rates. Note that χk M(m1,m2) and χk F(f1,f2) are both multisets, so are capable of expressing aneuploid genotypes. For example, χk M(m1,m2)={A,A} and χk F(f1,f2)={B} expresses the maternal trisomic genotype AAB.
  • Note that in this method, the measurements on the mother and father are treated as known truth, while in other places in this disclosure they are treated simply as measurements. Since the measurements on the parents are very precise, treating them as though they are known truth is a reasonable approximation to reality. They are treated as known truth here in order to demonstrate how such an assumption is handled, although it should be clear to one skilled in the art how the more precise method, used elsewhere in the patent, could equally well be used.
  • Solution
  • n ^ = argmax n P ( n , D , M , F , S ) P ( n , D , M , F , S ) = ( s U , s F ) n φ P ( χ M , χ F , ψ , D , M , F , S ) = ( χ M , χ F ) n P ( χ M ) P ( χ F ) φ P ( ψ ) f ( p d ) f ( p a ) k P ( g ^ k , g k M , g k F , g ^ k S | χ k M , χ k F , ψ k , p d , p a ) = dp d pd c ( χ M , χ F ) n P ( χ M ) P ( χ F ) φ P ( ψ ) f ( p d ) f ( p c ) × k ( f 1 , f 2 ) = 0 k M P ( f 1 ) P ( f 2 ) P ( g ^ k s | ψ k ( f 1 , f 2 ) , p d , p a ) ( m 1 , m 2 ) = 0 k M P ( m 1 ) P ( m 2 ) P ( g ^ k | χ k M ( m 1 , m 2 ) , χ k F ( f 1 , f 2 ) .
  • How to calculate each of the probabilities appearing in the last equation above has been described elsewhere in this disclosure. A method to calculate each of the probabilities appearing in the last equation above has also been described elsewhere in this disclosure. Although multiple sperm can be added in order to increase reliability of the copy number call, in practice one sperm is typically sufficient. This solution is computationally tractable for a small number of sperm.
  • H Simplified Method Using Only Polar Homozygotes
  • In another embodiment of the invention, a similar method to determine the number of copies of a chromosome can be implemented using a limited subset of SNPs in a simplified approach. The method is purely qualitative, uses parental data, and focuses exclusively on a subset of SNPs, the so-called polar homozygotes (described below). Polar homozygotic denotes the situation in which the mother and father are both homozygous at a SNP, but the homozygotes are opposite, or different allele values. Thus, the mother could be AA and the father BB, or vice versa. Since the actual allele values are not important—only their relationship to each other, i.e. opposites—the mother's alleles will be referred to as MM, and the father's as FF. In such a situation, if the embryo is euploid, it must be heterozygous at that allele. However, due to allele dropouts, a heterozygous SNP in the embryo may not be called as heterozygous. In fact, given the high rate of dropout associated with single cell amplification, it is far more likely to be called as either MM or FF, each with equal probability.
  • In this method, the focus is solely on those loci on a particular chromosome that are polar homozygotes and for which the embryo, which is therefore known to be heterozygous, but is nonetheless called homozygous. It is possible to form the statistic |MMA|/MM|+|FF|), where |MM| is the number of these SNPs that are called MM in the embryo and IFF1 is the number of these SNPs that are called FF in the embryo.
  • Under the hypothesis of euploidy, |MM|)/(|MM|+|FF|) is Gaussian in nature, with mean ½ and variance ¼N, where N=(|MM|+|FF|). Therefore the statistic is completely independent of the dropout rate, or, indeed, of any other factors. Due to the symmetry of the construction, the distribution of this statistic under the hypothesis of euploidy is known.
  • Under the hypothesis of trisomy, the statistic will not have a mean of ½. If, for example, the embryo has MMF trisomy, then the homozygous calls in the embryo will lean toward MM and away from FF, and vice versa. Note that because only loci where the parents are homozygous are under consideration, there is no need to distinguish M1 and M2 copy errors. In all cases, if the mother contributes 2 chromosomes instead of 1, they will be MM regardless of the underlying cause, and similarly for the father. The exact mean under trisomy will depend upon the dropout rate, p, but in no case will the mean be greater than ⅓, which is the limit of the mean as p goes to 1. Under monosomy, the mean would be precisely 0, except for noise induced by allele dropins.
  • In this embodiment, it is not necessary to model the distribution under aneuploidy, but only to reject the null hypothesis of euploidy, whose distribution is completely known. Any embryo for which the null hypothesis cannot be rejected at a predetermined significance level would be deemed normal.
  • In another embodiment of the invention, of the homozygotic loci, those that result in no-call (NC) on the embryo contain information, and can be included in the calculations, yielding more loci for consideration. In another embodiment, those loci that are not homozygotic, but rather follow the pattern AA|AB, can also be included in the calculations, yielding more loci for consideration. It should be obvious to one skilled in the art how to modify the method to include these additional loci into the calculation.
  • I Reduction to Practice of the PS Method as Applied to Allele Calling
  • In order to demonstrate a reduction to practice of the PS method as applied to cleaning the genetic data of a target individual, and its associated allele-call confidences, extensive Monte-Carlo simulations were run. The PS method's confidence numbers match the observed rate of correct calls in simulation. The details of these simulations are given in separate documents whose benefits are claimed by this disclosure. In addition, this aspect of the PS method has been reduced to practice on real triad data (a mother, a father and a born child). Results are shown below in Table 8. The TAQMAN assay was used to measure single cell genotype data consisting of diploid measurements of a large buccal sample from the father (columns p1,p2), diploid measurements of a buccal sample from the mother (m1,m2), haploid measurements on three isolated sperm from the father (h1,h2,h3), and diploid measurements of four single cells from a buccal sample from the born child of the triad. Note that all diploid data are unordered. All SNPs are from chromosome 7 and within 2 megabases of the CFTR gene, in which a defect causes cystic fibrosis.
  • The goal was to estimate (in E1,E2) the alleles of the child, by running PS on the measured data from a single child buccal cell (e1,e2), which served as a proxy for a cell from the embryo of interest. Since no maternal haplotype sequence was available, the three additional single cells of the child sample—(b11,b12), (b21,b22), (b22,b23), were used in the same way that additional blastomeres from other embryos are used to infer maternal haplotype once the paternal haplotype is determined from sperm. The true allele values (T1,T2) on the child are determined by taking three buccal samples of several thousand cells, genotyping them independently, and only choosing SNPs on which the results were concordant across all three samples. This process yielded 94 concordant SNPs. Those loci that had a valid genotype call, according to the ABI 7900 reader, on the child cell that represented the embryo, were then selected. For each of these 69 SNPs, the disclosed method determined de-noised allele calls on the embryo (E1,E2), as well as the confidence associated with each genotype call.
  • Twenty (29%) of the 69 raw allele calls in uncleaned genetic data from the child cell were incorrect (marked with a dash “-” in column e1 and e2, Table 8). Columns (E1,E2) show that PS corrected 18 of these as indicated by a box in column E1 and E2, but not in column ‘conf’, Table 8), while two remained miscalled (2.9% error rate; marked with a dash “-” in column ‘conf’, Table 8). Note that the two SNPs that were miscalled had low confidences of 53.8% and 74.4%. These low confidences indicate that the calls might be incorrect, due either to a lack of data or to inconsistent measurements on multiple sperm or “blastomeres.” The confidence in the genotype calls produced is an integral part of the PS report. Note that this demonstration, which sought to call the genotype of 69 SNPs on a chromosome, was more difficult than that encountered in practice, where the genotype at only one or two loci will typically be of interest, based on initial screening of parents' data. In some embodiments, the disclosed method may achieve a higher level of accuracy at loci of interest by: i) continuing to measure single sperm until multiple haploid allele calls have been made at the locus of interest; ii) including additional blastomere measurements; iii) incorporating maternal haploid data from extruded polar bodies, which are commonly biopsied in pre-implantation genetic diagnosis today. It should be obvious to one skilled in the art that there exist other modifications to the method that can also increase the level of accuracy, as well as how to implement these, without changing the essential concept of the disclosure.
  • J Reduction to Practice of the PS Method as Applied to Calling Aneuploidy
  • To demonstrate the reduction to practice of certain aspects of the invention disclosed herein, the method was used to call aneuploidy on several sets of single cells. In this case, only selected data from the genotyping platform was used: the genotype information from parents and embryo. A simple genotyping algorithm, called “pie slice”, was used, and it showed itself to be about 99.9% accurate on genomic data. It is less accurate on MDA data, due to the noise inherent in MDA. It is more accurate when there is a fairly high “dropout” rate in MDA. It also depends, crucially, on being able to model the probabilities of various genotyping errors in terms of parameters known as dropout rate and dropin rate.
  • The unknown chromosome copy numbers are inferred because different copy numbers interact differently with the dropout rate, dropin rate, and the genotyping algorithm. By creating a statistical model that specifies how the dropout rate, dropin rate, chromosome copy numbers, and genotype cutoff-threshold all interact, it is possible to use standard statistical inference methods to tease out the unknown chromosome copy numbers.
  • The method of aneuploidy detection described here is termed qualitative CNC, or qCNC for short, and employs the basic statistical inferencing methods of maximum-likelihood estimation, maximum-a-posteriori estimation, and Bayesian inference. The methods are very similar, with slight differences. The methods described here are similar to those described previously, and are summarized here for the sake of convenience.
  • Maximum Likelihood (ML)
  • Let X1, . . . , Xn˜f(x;θ). Here the Xi are independent, identically distributed random variables, drawn according to a probability distribution that belongs to a family of distributions parameterized by the vector θ. For example, the family of distributions might be the family of all Gaussian distributions, in which case θ=(μ, σ) would be the mean and variance that determine the specific distribution in question. The problem is as follows: 0 is unknown, and the goal is to get a good estimate of it based solely on the observations of the data X1, . . . , Xn. The maximum likelihood solution is given by
  • θ ^ = arg max θ i f ( X i ; θ )
  • Maximum A′ Posteriori (MAP) Estimation
  • Posit a prior distribution f(θ) that determines the prior probability of actually seeing θ as the parameter, allowing us to write X1, . . . , Xn˜f(x|θ). The MAP solution is given by
  • θ ^ - argmax θ f ( θ ) i ( f ( X i | θ )
  • Note that the ML solution is equivalent to the MAP solution with a uniform (possibly improper) prior.
  • Bayesian Inference
  • Bayesian inference comes into play when θ=(θ1, . . . , θd) is multidimensional but it is only necessary to estimate a subset (typically one) of the parameters θj. In this case, if there is a prior on the parameters, it is possible to integrate out the other parameters that are not of interest. Without loss of generality, suppose that θ1 is the parameter for which an estimate is desired. Then the Bayesian solution is given by:
  • θ ^ 1 = argmax θ 1 f ( θ 1 ) f ( θ 2 ) f ( θ d ) i ( f ( X i | θ ) d θ 2 d θ d
  • Copy Number Classification
  • Any one or some combination of the above methods may be used to determine the copy number count, as well as when making allele calls such as in the cleaning of embryonic genetic data. In one embodiment, the data may come from INFINIUM platform measurements {(xjk,yjk)}, where xjk is the platform response on channel X to SNP k of chromosome j, and yjk is the platform response on channel Y to SNP k of chromosome j. The key to the usefulness of this method lies in choosing the family of distributions from which it is postulated that these data are drawn. In one embodiment, that distribution is parameterized by many parameters. These parameters are responsible for describing things such as probe efficiency, platform noise. MDA characteristics such as dropout, dropin, and overall amplification mean, and, finally, the genetic parameters: the genotypes of the parents, the true but unknown genotype of the embryo, and, of course, the parameters of interest: the chromosome copy numbers supplied by the mother and father to the embryo.
  • In one embodiment, a good deal of information is discarded before data processing. The advantage of doing this is that it is possible to model the data that remains in a more robust manner. Instead of using the raw platform data {(xjk,yjk)}, it is possible to pre-process the data by running the genotyping algorithm on the data. This results in a set of genotype calls (yjk), where ykkϵ{NC,AA,AB,BB}. NC stands for “no-call”. Putting these together into the Bayesian inference paradigm above yields:
  • n ^ j M , n ^ j F = max n M , n F f ( p d ) f ( p a ) k P ( g jk | n M , n F , M j , F j , p d , p a ) dp d dp a
  • Explanation of the Notation:
  • {circumflex over (n)}j N,{circumflex over (n)}j F are the estimated number of chromosome copies supplied to the embryo by the mother and father respectively. These should sum to 2 for the autosomes, in the case of euploidy, i.e., each parent should supply exactly 1 chromosome.
  • pd and pa are the dropout and dropin rates for genotyping, respectively. These reflect some of the modeling assumptions. It is known that in single-cell amplification, some SNPs “drop out”, which is to say that they are not amplified and, as a consequence, do not show up when the SNP genotyping is attempted on the INFINIUM platform. This phenomenon is modeled by saying that each allele at each SNP “drops out” independently with probability pd during the MDA phase. Similarly, the platform is not a perfect measurement instrument. Due to measurement noise, the platform sometimes picks up a ghost signal, which can be modeled as a probability of dropin that acts independently at each SNP with probability pa.
  • Mj,Fj are the true genotypes on the mother and father respectively. The true genotypes are not known perfectly, but because large samples from the parents are genotyped, one may make the assumption that the truth on the parents is essentially known.
  • Probe Modeling
  • In one embodiment of the invention, platform response models, or error models, that vary from one probe to another can be used without changing the essential nature of the invention. The amplification efficiency and error rates caused by allele dropouts, allele dropins, or other factors, may vary between different probes. In one embodiment, an error transition matrix can be made that is particular to a given probe. Platform response models, or error models, can be relevant to a particular probe or can be parameterized according to the quantitative measurements that are performed, so that the response model or error model is therefore specific to that particular probe and measurement.
  • Genotyping
  • Genotyping also requires an algorithm with some built-in assumptions. Going from a platform response (x,y) to a genotype g requires significant calculation. It is essentially requires that the positive quadrant of the x/y plane be divided into those regions where AA, AB, BB, and NC will be called. Furthermore, in the most general case, it may be useful to have regions where AAA, AAB, etc., could be called for trisomies.
  • In one embodiment, use is made of a particular genotyping algorithm called the pie-slice algorithm, because it divides the positive quadrant of the x/y plane into three triangles, or “pie slices”. Those (x,y) points that fall in the pie slice that hugs the X axis are called AA, those that fall in the slice that hugs the Y axis are called BB, and those in the middle slice are called AB. In addition, a small square is superimposed whose lower-left corner touches the origin. (x,y) points falling in this square are designated NC, because both x and y components have small values and hence are unreliable.
  • The width of that small square is called the no-call threshold and it is a parameter of the genotyping algorithm. In order for the dropin/dropout model to correctly model the error transition matrix associated with the genotyping algorithm, the cutoff threshold must be tuned properly. The error transition matrix indicates for each true-genotype/called-genotype pair, the probability of seeing the called genotype given the true genotype. This matrix depends on the dropout rate of the MDA and upon the no-call threshold set for the genotyping algorithm.
  • Note that a wide variety of different allele calling, or genotyping, algorithms may be used without changing the fundamental concept of the invention. For example, the no-call region could be defined by a many different shapes besides a square, such as for example a quarter circle, and the no call thresholds may vary greatly for different genotyping algorithms.
  • Results of Aneuploidy Calling Experiments
  • Presented here are experiments that demonstrate the reduction to practice of the method disclosed herein to correctly call ploidy of single cells. The goal of this demonstration was twofold: first, to show that the disclosed method correctly calls the cell's ploidy state with high confidence using samples with known chromosome copy numbers, both euploid and aneuploid, as controls, and second to show that the method disclosed herein calls the cell's ploidy state with high confidence using blastomeres with unknown chromosome copy numbers.
  • In order to increase confidences, the ILLUMINA INFINIUM II platform, which allows measurement of hundreds of thousands of SNPs was used. In order to run this experiment in the context of PGD, the standard INFINIUM II protocol was reduced from three days to 20 hours. Single cell measurements were compared between the full and accelerated INFINIUM II protocols, and showed 85% concordance. The accelerated protocol showed an increase in locus drop-out (LDO) rate from <1% to 5-10%; however, because hundreds of thousands of SNPs are measured and because PS accommodates allele dropouts, this increase in LDO rate does not have a significant negative impact on the results.
  • The entire aneuploidy calling method was performed on eight known-euploid buccal cells isolated from two healthy children from different families, ten known-trisomic cells isolated from a human immortalized trisomic cell line, and six blastomeres with an unknown number of chromosomes isolated from three embryos donated to research. Half of each set of cells was analyzed by the accelerated 20-hour protocol, and the other half by the standard protocol. Note that for the immortalized trisomic cells, no parent data was available. Consequently, for these cells, a pair of pseudo-parental genomes was generated by drawing their genotypes from the conditional distribution induced by observation of a large tissue sample of the trisomic genotype at each locus.
  • Where truth was known, the method correctly called the ploidy state of each chromosome in each cell with high confidence. The data are summarized below in three tables. Each table shows the chromosome number in the first column, and each pair of color-matched columns represents the analysis of one cell with the copy number call on the left and the confidence with which the call is made on the right. Each row corresponds to one particular chromosome. Note that these tables contain the ploidy information of the chromosomes in a format that could be used for the report that is provided to the doctor to help in the determination of which embryos are to be selected for transfer to the prospective mother. (Note ‘1’ may result from both monosomy and uniparental disomy.) Table 9 shows the results for eight known-euploid buccal cells; all were correctly found to be euploid with high confidences (>0.99). Table 10 shows the results for ten known-trisomic cells (trisomic at chromosome 21); all were correctly found to be trisomic at chromosome 21 and disomic at all other chromosomes with high confidences (>0.92). Table 11 shows the results for six blastomeres isolated from three different embryos. While no truth models exist for donated blastomeres, it is possible to look for concordance between blastomeres originating from a single embryo, however, the frequency and characteristics of mosaicism in human embryos are not currently known, and thus the presence or lack of concordance between blastomeres from a common embryo is not necessarily indicative of correct ploidy determination. The first three blastomeres are from one embryo (e1) and of those, the first two (e1b1 and e1b3) have the same ploidy state at all chromosomes except one. The third cell (e1b6) is complex aneuploid. Both blastomeres from the second embryo were found to be monosomic at all chromosomes. The blastomere from the third embryo was found to be complex aneuploid. Note that some confidences are below 90%, however, if the confidences of all aneuploid hypotheses are combined, all chromosomes are called either euploid or aneuploid with confidence exceeding 92.8%.
  • K Laboratory Techniques
  • There are many techniques available allowing the isolation of cells and DNA fragments for genotyping, as well as for the subsequent genotyping of the DNA. The system and method described here can be applied to any of these techniques, specifically those involving the isolation of fetal cells or DNA fragments from maternal blood, or blastomeres from embryos in the context of IVF. It can be equally applied to genomic data in silico, i.e. not directly measured from genetic material. In one embodiment of the system, this data can be acquired as described below. This description of techniques is not meant to be exhaustive, and it should be clear to one skilled in the arts that there are other laboratory techniques that can achieve the same ends.
  • Isolation of Cells
  • Adult diploid cells can be obtained from bulk tissue or blood samples. Adult diploid single cells can be obtained from whole blood samples using FACS, or fluorescence activated cell sorting. Adult haploid single sperm cells can also be isolated from a sperm sample using FACS. Adult haploid single egg cells can be isolated in the context of egg harvesting during IVF procedures.
  • Isolation of the target single cell blastomeres from human embryos can be done using techniques common in in vitro fertilization clinics, such as embryo biopsy. Isolation of target fetal cells in maternal blood can be accomplished using monoclonal antibodies, or other techniques such as FACS or density gradient centrifugation.
  • DNA extraction also might entail non-standard methods for this application. Literature reports comparing various methods for DNA extraction have found that in some cases novel protocols, such as the using the addition of N-lauroylsarcosine, were found to be more efficient and produce the fewest false positives.
  • Amplification of Genomic DNA
  • Amplification of the genome can be accomplished by multiple methods including: ligation-mediated PCR (LM-PCR), degenerate oligonucleotide primer PCR (DOP-PCR), and multiple displacement amplification (MDA). Of the three methods, DOP-PCR reliably produces large quantities of DNA from small quantities of DNA, including single copies of chromosomes; this method may be most appropriate for genotyping the parental diploid data, where data fidelity is critical. MDA is the fastest method, producing hundred-fold amplification of DNA in a few hours; this method may be most appropriate for genotyping embryonic cells, or in other situations where time is of the essence.
  • Background amplification is a problem for each of these methods, since each method would potentially amplify contaminating DNA. Very tiny quantities of contamination can irreversibly poison the assay and give false data. Therefore, it is critical to use clean laboratory conditions, wherein pre- and post-amplification workflows are completely, physically separated. Clean, contamination free workflows for DNA amplification are now routine in industrial molecular biology, and simply require careful attention to detail.
  • Genotyping Assay and Hybridization
  • The genotyping of the amplified DNA can be done by many methods including MOLECULAR INVERSION PROBES (MIPs) such as AFFYMETRIX's GENFLEX TAG array, microarrays such as AFFYMETRIX's 500K array or the ILLUMINA BEAD ARRAYS, or SNP genotyping assays such as APPLIEDBIOSCIENCE's TAQMAN assay. The AFFYMETRIX 500K array, MIPs/GENFLEX, TAQMAN and ILLUMINA assay all require microgram quantities of DNA, so genotyping a single cell with either workflow would require some kind of amplification. Each of these techniques has various tradeoffs in terms of cost, quality of data, quantitative vs. qualitative data, customizability, time to complete the assay and the number of measurable SNPs, among others. An advantage of the 500K and ILLUMINA arrays are the large number of SNPs on which it can gather data, roughly 250,000, as opposed to MIPs which can detect on the order of 10,000 SNPs, and the TAQMAN assay which can detect even fewer. An advantage of the MIPs, TAQMAN and ILLUMINA assay over the 500K arrays is that they are inherently customizable, allowing the user to choose SNPs, whereas the 500K arrays do not permit such customization.
  • In the context of pre-implantation diagnosis during IVF, the inherent time limitations are significant; in this case it may be advantageous to sacrifice data quality for turn-around time. Although it has other clear advantages, the standard MIPs assay protocol is a relatively time-intensive process that typically takes 2.5 to three days to complete. In MIPs, annealing of probes to target DNA and post-amplification hybridization are particularly time-intensive, and any deviation from these times results in degradation in data quality. Probes anneal overnight (12-16 hours) to DNA sample. Post-amplification hybridization anneals to the arrays overnight (12-16 hours). A number of other steps before and after both annealing and amplification bring the total standard timeline of the protocol to 2.5 days. Optimization of the MIPs assay for speed could potentially reduce the process to fewer than 36 hours. Both the 500K arrays and the ILLUMINA assays have a faster turnaround: approximately 1.5 to two days to generate highly reliable data in the standard protocol. Both of these methods are optimizable, and it is estimated that the turn-around time for the genotyping assay for the 500 k array and/or the ILLUMINA assay could be reduced to less than 24 hours. Even faster is the TAQMAN assay which can be run in three hours. For all of these methods, the reduction in assay time will result in a reduction in data quality, however that is exactly what the disclosed invention is designed to address.
  • Naturally, in situations where the timing is critical, such as genotyping a blastomere during IVF, the faster assays have a clear advantage over the slower assays, whereas in cases that do not have such time pressure, such as when genotyping the parental DNA before IVF has been initiated, other factors will predominate in choosing the appropriate method. For example, another tradeoff that exists from one technique to another is one of price versus data quality. It may make sense to use more expensive techniques that give high quality data for measurements that are more important, and less expensive techniques that give lower quality data for measurements where the fidelity is not as critical. Any techniques which are developed to the point of allowing sufficiently rapid high-throughput genotyping could be used to genotype genetic material for use with this method.
  • Methods for Simultaneous Targeted Locus Amplification and Whole Genome Amplification.
  • During whole genome amplification of small quantities of genetic material, whether through ligation-mediated PCR (LM-PCR), multiple displacement amplification (MDA), or other methods, dropouts of loci occur randomly and unavoidably. It is often desirable to amplify the whole genome nonspecifically, but to ensure that a particular locus is amplified with greater certainty. It is possible to perform simultaneous locus targeting and whole genome amplification.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the basis for this method is to combine standard targeted polymerase chain reaction (PCR) to amplify particular loci of interest with any generalized whole genome amplification method. This may include, but is not limited to: preamplification of particular loci before generalized amplification by MDA or LM-PCR, the addition of targeted PCR primers to universal primers in the generalized PCR step of LM-PCR, and the addition of targeted PCR primers to degenerate primers in MDA.
  • L Techniques for Screening for Aneuploidy Using High and Medium Throughput Genotyping
  • In one embodiment of the system the measured genetic data can be used to detect for the presence of aneuploides and/or mosaicism in an individual. Disclosed herein are several methods of using medium or high-throughput genotyping to detect the number of chromosomes or DNA segment copy number from amplified or unamplified DNA from tissue samples. The goal is to estimate the reliability that can be achieved in detecting certain types of aneuploidy and levels of mosaicism using different quantitative and/or qualitative genotyping platforms such as ABI Taqman, MIPS, or Microarrays from Illumina, Agilent and Affymetrix. In many of these cases, the genetic material is amplified by PCR before hybridization to probes on the genotyping array to detect the presence of particular alleles. How these assays are used for genotyping is described elsewhere in this disclosure.
  • Described below are several methods for screening for abnormal numbers of DNA segments, whether arising from deletions, aneuploides and/or mosaicism. The methods are grouped as follows: (i) quantitative techniques without making allele calls; (ii) qualitative techniques that leverage allele calls; (iii) quantitative techniques that leverage allele calls; (iv) techniques that use a probability distribution function for the amplification of genetic data at each locus. All methods involve the measurement of multiple loci on a given segment of a given chromosome to determine the number of instances of the given segment in the genome of the target individual. In addition, the methods involve creating a set of one or more hypotheses about the number of instances of the given segment; measuring the amount of genetic data at multiple loci on the given segment; determining the relative probability of each of the hypotheses given the measurements of the target individual's genetic data; and using the relative probabilities associated with each hypothesis to determine the number of instances of the given segment. Furthermore, the methods all involve creating a combined measurement M that is a computed function of the measurements of the amounts of genetic data at multiple loci. In all the methods, thresholds are determined for the selection of each hypothesis Hi based on the measurement M, and the number of loci to be measured is estimated, in order to have a particular level of false detections of each of the hypotheses.
  • The probability of each hypothesis given the measurement M is P(Hi|M)=P(M|Hi)P(Hi)/P(M). Since P(M) is independent of Hi, we can determine the relative probability of the hypothesis given M by considering only P(M|Hi)P(Hi). In what follows, in order to simplify the analysis and the comparison of different techniques, we assume that P(Hi) is the same for all {Hi}, so that we can compute the relative probability of all the P(Hi|M) by considering only P(M|Hi). Consequently, our determination of thresholds and the number of loci to be measured is based on having particular probabilities of selecting false hypotheses under the assumption that P(Hi) is the same for all {Hi}. It will be clear to one skilled in the art after reading this disclosure how the approach would be modified to accommodate the fact that P(Hi) varies for different hypotheses in the set {Hi}. In some embodiments, the thresholds are set so that hypothesis Ho is selected which maximizes P(Hi|M) over all i. However, thresholds need not necessarily be set to maximize P(Hi|M), but rather to achieve a particular ratio of the probability of false detections between the different hypotheses in the set {Hi}.
  • It is important to note that the techniques referred to herein for detecting aneuploides can be equally well used to detect for uniparental disomy, unbalanced translocations, and for the sexing of the chromosome (male or female; XY or XX). All of the concepts concern detecting the identity and number of chromosomes (or segments of chromosomes) present in a given sample, and thus are all addressed by the methods described in this document. It should be obvious to one skilled in the art how to extend any of the methods described herein to detect for any of these abnormalities.
  • The Concept of Matched Filtering
  • The methods applied here are similar to those applied in optimal detection of digital signals. It can be shown using the Schwartz inequality that the optimal approach to maximizing Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR) in the presence of normally distributed noise is to build an idealized matching signal, or matched filter, corresponding to each of the possible noise-free signals, and to correlate this matched signal with the received noisy signal. This approach requires that the set of possible signals are known as well as the statistical distribution mean and Standard Deviation (SD) of the noise. Herein is described the general approach to detecting whether chromosomes, or segments of DNA, are present or absent in a sample. No differentiation will be made between looking for whole chromosomes or looking for chromosome segments that have been inserted or deleted. Both will be referred to as DNA segments. It should be clear after reading this description how the techniques may be extended to many scenarios of aneuploidy and sex determination, or detecting insertions and deletions in the chromosomes of embryos, fetuses or born children. This approach can be applied to a wide range of quantitative and qualitative genotyping platforms including Taqman, qPCR, Illumina Arrays, Affymetrix Arrays, Agilent Arrays, the MIPS kit etc.
  • Formulation of the General Problem
  • Assume that there are probes at SNPs where two allelic variations occur, x and y. At each locus i, i=1 . . . N, data is collected corresponding to the amount of genetic material from the two alleles. In the Taqman assay, these measures would be, for example, the cycle time, Ct, at which the level of each allele-specific dye crosses a threshold. It will be clear how this approach can be extended to different measurements of the amount of genetic material at each locus or corresponding to each allele at a locus. Quantitative measurements of the amount of genetic material may be nonlinear, in which case the change in the measurement of a particular locus caused by the presence of the segment of interest will depend on how many other copies of that locus exist in the sample from other DNA segments. In some cases, a technique may require linear measurements, such that the change in the measurement of a particular locus caused by the presence of the segment of interest will not depend on how many other copies of that locus exist in the sample from other DNA segments. An approach is described for how the measurements from the Taqman or qPCR assays may be linearized, but there are many other techniques for linearizing nonlinear measurements that may be applied for different assays.
  • The measurements of the amount of genetic material of allele x at loci 1 . . . N is given by data dx=[dx1 . . . dxN]. Similarly for allele y, dy=[dy1 . . . dyN]. Assume that each segment j has alleles aj=[aj1 . . . ajN] where each element aji is either x or y. Describe the measurement data of the amount of genetic material of allele x as dx=sxx where sx is the signal and υx is a disturbance. The signal sx=[fx(a11, . . . aJ1) . . . fx(aJN, . . . , aJN)] where fx is the mapping from the set of alleles to the measurement, and J is the number of DNA segment copies. The disturbance vector υx is caused by measurement error and, in the case of nonlinear measurements, the presence of other genetic material besides the DNA segment of interest. Assume that measurement errors are normally distributed and that they are large relative to disturbances caused by nonlinearity (see section on linearizing measurements) so that υxi≈nxi where nxi has variance σxi 2 and vector nx is normally distributed ˜N(0,R), R=E(nxnx T). Now, assume some filter h is applied to this data to perform the measurement mx=hTdx=hTsx+hTυx. In order to maximize the ratio of signal to noise (hTsx/hTnx) it can be shown that h is given by the matched filter h=μR−1sx where μ is a scaling constant. The discussion for allele x can be repeated for allele y.
  • Method 1a: Measuring Aneuploidy or Sex by Quantitative Techniques that do not Make Allele Calls when the Mean and Standard Deviation for Each Locus is Known
  • Assume for this section that the data relates to the amount of genetic material at a locus irrespective of allele value (e.g. using qPCR), or the data is only for alleles that have 100% penetrance in the population, or that data is combined on multiple alleles at each locus (see section on linearizing measurements)) to measure the amount of genetic material at that locus. Consequently, in this section one may refer to data dx and ignore dy. Assume also that there are two hypotheses: h0 that there are two copies of the DNA segment (these are typically not identical copies), and h1 that there is only 1 copy. For each hypothesis, the data may be described as dxi(h0)=sxi(h0)+nxi and dxi(h1)=sxi(h1)+nxi respectively, where sxi(h0) is the expected measurement of the genetic material at locus i (the expected signal) when two DNA segments are present and sxi(h1) is the expected data for one segment. Construct the measurement for each locus by differencing out the expected signal for hypothesis h0: mxi=dxi−sxi(h0). If h1 is true, then the expected value of the measurement is E(mxi)=sxi(h1)−sxi(h0). Using the matched filter concept discussed above, set h=(1/N)R−1(sxi(h1)−sxi(h0)). The measurement is described as m=hTdx=(1/N)Σi=1 . . . N((sxi(h1)−sxi(h0))/σxi 2)mxi.
  • If h1 is true, the expected value of E(m|h1)=m1=(1/N)Σi=1 . . . N(sxi(h1)−sxi(h0))2xi 2 and the standard deviation of m is σm|h1 2=(1/N2i=1 . . . N((sxi(h1)−sxi(h0))2xi 4xi 2=(1/N2i=1 . . . N(sxi(h1)−sxi(h0))2xi 2.
  • If h0 is true, the expected value of m is E(m|h0)=m0=0 and the standard deviation of m is again σm|h0 2=(1/N2i=1 . . . N(sxi(h1)−sxi(h0))2xi 2.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates how to determine the probability of false negatives and false positive detections. Assume that a threshold t is set half-way between m1 and m0 in order to make the probability of false negatives and false positives equal (this need not be the case as is described below). The probability of a false negative is determined by the ratio of (m1−t)/σm|h1=(m1−m0)/(2σm|h1). “5-Sigma” statistics may be used so that the probability of false negatives is 1-normcdf(5,0,1)=2.87e-7. In this case, the goal is for (m1−m0)/(2σm|h0)>5 or 10sqrt((1/N2i=1 . . . N(sxi(h1)−sxi(h0))2xi 2)<(1/N)Σi=1 . . . N(sxi(h1)−sxi(h0))2xi 2 or sqrt(Σi=1 . . . N(sxi(h1)−sxi(h0))2xi 2)>10. In order to compute the size of N, Mean Signal to Noise Ratio can be computed from aggregated data: MSNR=(1/N)Σi=1 . . . N(sxi(h1)−sxi(h0))2xi 2. N can then be found from the inequality above: sqrt(N).sqrt(MSNR)>10 or N>100/MSNR.
  • This approach was applied to data measured with the Taqman Assay from Applied BioSystems using 48 SNPs on the X chromosome. The measurement for each locus is the time, Ct, that it takes the die released in the well corresponding to this locus to exceed a threshold. Sample 0 consists of roughly 0.3 ng (50 cells) of total DNA per well of mixed female origin where subjects had two X chromosomes; sample 1 consisted of roughly 0.3 ng of DNA per well of mixed male origin where subject had one X chromosome. FIGS. 2 and 3 show the histograms of measurements for samples 1 and 0. The distributions for these samples are characterized by m0=29.97; SD0=1.32, m1=31.44, SD1=1.592. Since this data is derived from mixed male and female samples, some of the observed SD is due to the different allele frequencies at each SNP in the mixed samples. In addition, some of the observed SD will be due to the varying efficiency of the different assays at each SNP, and the differing amount of dye pipetted into each well. FIG. 4 provides a histogram of the difference in the measurements at each locus for the male and female sample. The mean difference between the male and female samples is 1.47 and the SD of the difference is 0.99. While this SD will still be subject to the different allele frequencies in the mixed male and female samples, it will no longer be affected the different efficiencies of each assay at each locus. Since the goal is to differentiate two measurements each with a roughly similar SD, the adjusted SD may be approximated for each measurement for all loci as 0.99/sqrt(2)=0.70. Two runs were conducted for every locus in order to estimate σxi for the assay at that locus so that a matched filter could be applied. A lower limit of σxi was set at 0.2 in order to avoid statistical anomalies resulting from only two runs to compute σxi. Only those loci (numbering 37) for which there were no allele dropouts over both alleles, over both experiment runs and over both male and female samples were used in the plots and calculations. Applying the approach above to this data, it was found that MSNR=2.26, hence N=2252/2.26̂2=17 loci. Although applied here only to the X chromosome, and to differentiating 1 copy from 2 copies, this experiment indicates the number of loci necessary to detect M2 copy errors for all chromosomes, where two exact copies of a chromosome occur in a trisomy, using Method 3 described below.
  • The measurement used for each locus is the cycle number, Ct, that it takes the die released in the well corresponding to a particular allele at the given locus to exceed a threshold that is automatically set by the ABI 7900HT reader based on the noise of the no-template control. Sample 0 consisted of roughly 60 pg (equivalent to genome of 10 cells) of total DNA per well from a female blood sample (XX); sample 1 consisted of roughly 60 pg of DNA per well from a male blood sample (X). As expected, the Ct measurement of female samples is on average lower than that of male samples.
  • There are several approaches to comparing the Taqman Assay measurements quantitatively between female and male samples. Here illustrated is one approach. To combine information from the FAM and VIC channel for each locus, Ct values of the two channels were converted to the copy numbers of their respective alleles, summed, and then converted back to a composite Ct value for that locus. The conversion between Ct value and the copy number was based on the equation Nc=10(−a*Ct+b) which is typically used to model the exponential growth of the die measurement during real-time PCR. The coefficients a and b were determined empirically from the Ct values using multiple measurements on quantities of 6 pg and 60 pg of DNA. We determined that a≈0.298, b≈0.493; hence we used the linearizing formula Nc=10(−0.298Ct+10.493).
  • FIG. 14, top panel, shows the means and standard deviations of the differences between the composite Ct values of male and female samples at each of the 19 loci measured. The mean difference between the male and female samples is 1.19 and the SD of the differences is 0.62. Note that this locus-specific SD will not be affected by the different efficiencies of the assay at each locus. Three runs were conducted for every locus in order to estimate σxi for the assay at that locus so that a matched filter could be created and applied. Note that a lower limit of standard deviation at each locus was set at 0.6 in order to avoid statistical anomalies resulting from the small number of runs at each locus. Only those loci for which there were no allele dropouts over at least two experiment runs and over both male and female samples were used in the plots and calculations. Applying the approach above to this data, it was found that MSNR=9.7. Hence N=6 loci are required in order to have 99.99% confidence of the test, assuming those 6 loci generate the same MSNR (Mean Signal to Noise Ratio) as the 19 loci used in this test. The combined measure m and its expected standard deviation after applying the matched filter for male and female samples is shown in FIG. 14, bottom.
  • The same approach was applied to samples diluted 10 times from the above mentioned DNA. Now each well consisted of roughly 6 pg (equivalent amount of a single cell genome) of total DNA of female and male blood samples. As is the previous case, three replicates were tested for each locus in order to estimate the mean and standard deviations of the difference in Ct levels between male and female samples, and a lower limit of 0.6 was set on the standard deviation at each locus in order to avoid statistical anomalies resulting from the small number of runs at each locus. Only those loci for which there were no allele dropouts over at least two experiment runs and over both male and female samples were used in the plots and calculations. This resulted in 13 loci that were used in creating the matched filter. FIG. 15, with the same lay out as in FIG. 14, shows how the differences between male and female measurements are combined into a single measure. The estimated number, N, of SNPs that need to be measured in order to assure 99.99% confidence of the test is 11. This assumes that these 11 loci have the same MSNR (Mean Signal to Noise Ration) as the 13 loci tested in this experiment.
  • Note that this result of 11 loci is significantly lower than we expect to employ in practice. The primary reason is that this experiment performed an allele-specific amplification in each Taqman well, in which 6 pg of DNA is placed. The expected standard deviation for each locus is larger when one initially performs a whole-genome amplification in order to generate a sufficient quantity of genetic material that can be placed in each well. In a later section, we describe the experiment that addresses this issue, using Multiple Displacement Amplification (MDA) whole genome amplification of single cells.
  • A similar approach to that described above was also applied to data measured with the SYBR qPCR Assay using 20 SNPs on the X chromosome of female and male blood samples. Again, the measurement for each locus is the cycle number, Ct, that it takes the die released in the well corresponding to this locus to exceed a threshold. Note that we do not need to combine measurements from different dyes in this case, since only one dye is used to represent the total amount of genetic material at a locus, independent of allele value. Sample 0 and 1 consisted of roughly 60 pg (10 cells) of total DNA per well of female and male samples, respectively. FIG. 16, top show the means and standard deviations of differences of Ct for male and female samples at each of the 20 loci. The mean difference between the male and female samples is 1.03 and the SD of the difference is 0.78. Three runs were conducted for every locus and only those loci for which there were no allele dropouts over at least two experiment runs and over both male and female samples were used. Applying the approach above to this data, it was found that N=14 loci in order to have 99.99% confidence of the test, assuming those 14 loci have the same MSNR as the 20 used in this experiment.
  • And again, in order to estimate the number of SNPs needed for single cell measurements, this technique was applied to samples that consist of 6 pg of total DNA of female and male origin, see FIG. 17. The estimated number N, of SNPs that need to be measured in order to assure 99.99% confidence in differentiating one chromosome copy from two, is 27, assuming those 27 loci have the same MSNR as the 20 used in this experiment. As described above, this result of 27 loci is lower than we expect to employ in practice, since this experiment uses locus-specific amplification in each qPCR well. We next describe an experiment that addresses this issue. The experiments discussed hitherto were designed to specifically address locus or allele-specific amplification of small DNA quantities, without complicating the experiment by introducing issues of cells lysis and whole genome amplification. The quantitative measurements were done on small quantities of DNA diluted from a large sample, without using whole genome pre-amplification of single cells. Despite the goal to simplify the experiment, separate dilution and pipetting of the two samples affected the amount of DNA used to compare male with female samples at each locus. To ameliorate this effect, the diluted concentrations were measured using spectrometer comparisons to DNA with known concentrations and were calibrated appropriately.
  • We now describe an experiment that employs the protocol that will be used for real aneuploidy screening, including cell lysis and whole genome amplification. The level of amplification is in excess of 10,000 in order to generate sufficient genetic material to populate roughly 1,000 Taqman wells with 60 pg of DNA from each cell. In order to estimate the standard deviation of single genotyping assays with whole-genome pre-amplifications, multiple experiments were conducted where a single female HeLa cell (XX) was pre-amplified using Multiple Displacement Amplification (MDA) and the amounts of DNA at 20 loci on its X chromosome were measured using quantitative PCR assays. This experiment was repeated for 16 single HeLa Cells in 16 separate MDA pre-amplifications. The results of the experiment are designed to be conservative, since the standard deviation between loci from separate amplifications will be greater than the standard deviation expected between loci used in the same reaction. In actual implementation, we will compare loci of chromosomes that were involved in the same MDA amplification. Furthermore, it is conservative since we assume that the Ct of a cell with one X chromosome will be one cycle more than that of the HeLa cell (XX), i.e. we increased the Ct measurements of a double-X cell by 1 to simulate a single-X cell. This is a conservative estimate because the difference between Ct values are typically greater than 1 due to inefficiencies of the MDA and PCR assays i.e. with a perfectly efficient PCR reaction, the amount of DNA is doubled in each cycle. However, the amplification is typically less than a factor of two in each PCR cycle due to imperfect hybridization and other effects. This experiment was designed to establish an upper limit on the amount of loci that we will need to measure to screen aneuploidy that involve M2 copy errors where quantitative data is necessary. Applying the Matched Filter technique for this data, as shown in FIG. 18A, the minimum number of SNPs to achieve 99.99% is estimated as N=131.
  • To really estimate how many SNPs are required for this approach to differentiate one or two copies of chromosomes in real aneuploidy screening, it is highly desirable to test the system on samples with one sample containing twice the amount of genetic material as in the other. This precise control is not easily achieved by sample handling in separate wells because the dilution, pipetting and/or amplification efficiency vary from well to well. Here an experiment was designed to overcome these issues by using an internal control, namely by comparing the amount of genetic material on Chromosome 7 and Chromosome X of a male sample. Multiple experiments were conducted where a single male MRC-5 cell (X) was pre-amplified using Multiple Displacement Amplification (MDA) and the amounts of DNA at 11 loci on its Chromosome 7 and 13 loci on its Chromosome X were measured using ABI Taqman assays. The difference in numbers of loci on Chromosome 7 and X was chosen because larger standard deviation of measured amount of genetic material is expected for Chromosome X. This experiment was repeated for 15 single MRC-S Cells in 15 separate MDA pre-amplifications. After combining readouts from both FAM and VIC channels of all loci, we used the averaged composite Ct values on Chromosome 7 as the reference, which corresponds to the “normal” sample referred to in aneuploidy screening. Composite Ct values on Chromosome X were differenced by the reference, and if a significant difference voted by many loci is detected, it then corresponds to the “aneuploidy” condition. To create a matched filter, standard deviation of these differences at each loci was measured using the results of 15 independent single cell experiments. The mean and standard deviation at each loci was shown in FIG. 18B. And MSNR=0.631. So the number of SNPs to be measured to achieve 99.99% confidence, N=88. Note that this is the upper limit because we are still using single cells pre-amplified separately.
  • Method 1b: Measuring Aneuploidy or Sex by Quantitative Techniques that do not Make Allele Calls when the Mean and Std. Deviation is not Known or is Uniform
  • When the characteristics of each locus are not known well, the simplifying assumptions that all the assays at each locus will behave similarly can be made, namely that E(mxi) and a are constant across all loci i, so that it is possible to refer instead only to E(mx) and σx. In this case, the matched filtering approach m=hTdx reduces to finding the mean of the distribution of dx. This approach will be referred to as comparison of means, and it will be used to estimate the number of loci required for different kinds of detection using real data.
  • As above, consider the scenario when there are two chromosomes present in the sample (hypothesis h0) or one chromosome present (h1). For h0, the distribution is N(μ00 2) and for h1 the distribution is N(μ11 2). Measure each of the distributions using N0 and N1 samples respectively, with measured sample means and SDs m1, m0, s1, and s0. The means can be modeled as random variables M0, M1 that are normally distributed as M0˜N(μ0, σ0 2/N0) and M1˜N(μ1, σ1 2/N1). Assume N1 and N0 are large enough (>30) so that one can assume that M1˜N(m1, s1 2/N1) and M0˜N(m0, s0 2/N0). In order to test whether the distributions are different, the difference of the means test may be used, where d=m1−m0. The variance of the random variable D is σd 21 2/N10 2/N0 which may be approximated as σd 2=s1 2/N1+s0 2/N0. Given h0, E(d)=0; given h1, E(d)=μ1−μ0. Different techniques for making the call between h1 for h0 will now be discussed.
  • Data measured with a different run of the Taqman Assay using 48 SNPs on the X chromosome was used to calibrate performance. Sample 1 consists of roughly 0.3 ng of DNA per well of mixed male origin containing one X chromosome; sample 0 consisted of roughly 0.3 ng of DNA per well of mixed female origin containing two X chromosomes. N1=42 and N0=45. FIGS. 5 and 6 show the histograms for samples 1 and 0. The distributions for these samples are characterized by m1=32.259, s1=1.460, σm1=s1/sqrt(N1)=0.225; m0=30.75; s0=1.202, σm0=s0/sqrt(N0)=0.179. For these samples d=1.509 and σd=0.2879.
  • Since this data is derived from mixed male and female samples, much of the standard deviation is due to the different allele frequencies at each SNP in the mixed samples. SD is estimated by considering the variations in Ct for one SNP at a time, over multiple runs. This data is shown in FIG. 7. The histogram is symmetric around 0 since Ct for each SNP is measured in two runs or experiments and the mean value of Ct for each SNP is subtracted out. The average std. dev. across 20 SNPs in the mixed male sample using two runs is s=0.597. This SD will be conservatively used for both male and female samples, since SD for the female sample will be smaller than for the male sample. In addition, note that the measurement from only one dye is being used, since the mixed samples are assumed to be heterozygous for all SNPs. The use of both dyes requires the measurements of each allele at a locus to be combined, which is more complicated (see section on linearizing measurements). Combining measurements on both dyes would double signal amplitude and increase noise amplitude by roughly sqrt(2), resulting in an SNR improvement of roughly sqrt(2) or 3 dB.
  • Detection Assuming No Mosaicism and No Reference Sample
  • Assume that m0 is known perfectly from many experiments, and every experiment runs only one sample to compute m1 to compare with m0. N1 is the number of assays and assume that each assay is a different SNP locus. A threshold t can be set half way between m0 and m1 to make the likelihood of false positives equal the number of false negatives, and a sample is labeled abnormal if it is above the threshold. Assume s1=s2=s=0.597 and use the 5-sigma approach so that the probability of false negatives or positives is 1−normcdf(5,0,1)=2.87e-7. The goal is for 5s1/sqrt(N1)<(m1−m0)/2, hence N1=100 s1 2/(m1−m0)2=16. Now, an approach where the probability of a false positive is allowed to be higher than the probability of a false negatives, which is the harmful scenario, may also be used. If a positive is measured, the experiment may be rerun. Consequently, it is possible to say that the probability of a false negative should be equal to the square of the probability of a false positive. Consider FIG. 1, let t=threshold, and assume Sigma_0=Sigma_1=s. Thus (1−normcdf((t−m0)/s,0,1))2=1−normcdf((m1−t)/s,0,1). Solving this, it can be shown that t=m0+0.32(m1−m0). Hence the goal is for 5s/sqrt(N1)<m1−m0−0.32(m1−m0)=(m1−m0)/1.47, hence N1=(52)(1.472)s2/(m1−m0)2=9.
  • Detection with Mosaicism without Running a Reference Sample
  • Assume the same situation as above, except that the goal is to detect mosaicism with a probability of 97.7% (i.e. 2-sigma approach). This is better than the standard approach to amniocentesis which extracts roughly 20 cells and photographs them. If one assumes that 1 in 20 cells is aneuploid and this is detected with 100% reliability, the probability of having at least one of the group being aneuploid using the standard approach is 1-0.9520=64%. If 0.05% of the cells are aneuploid (call this sample 3) then m3=0.95m0+0.05m1 and var(m3)=(0.95s0 2+0.05s1 2)/N1. Thus, std(m3)2<(m3−m0)/2=>sqrt(0.95s0 2+0.05s1 2)/sqrt(N1)<0.05(m1−m2)/4=>N1=16(0.95s2 2+0.05s1 2)/(0.052(m1−m2)2)=1001. Note that using the goal of 1-sigma statistics, which is still better than can be achieved using the conventional approach (i.e. detection with 84.1% probability), it can be shown in a similar manner that N1=250.
  • Detection with No Mosaicism and Using a Reference Sample
  • Although this approach may not be necessary, assume that every experiment runs two samples in order to compare m1 with truth sample m2. Assume that N=N1=N0. Compute d=m1−m0 and, assuming σ10, set a threshold t=(m0+m1)/2 so that the probability of false positives and false negatives is equal. To make the probability of false negatives 2.87e-7, it must be the case that (m1-m2)/2>5 sqrt(s1 2/N+s2 2/N)=>N=100(s1 2+s2 2)/(m1-m2)2=32.
  • Detection with Mosaicism and Running a Reference Sample
  • As above, assume the probability of false negatives is 2.3% (i.e. 2-sigma approach). If 0.05% of the cells are aneuploid (call this sample 3) then m3=0.95m0+0.05m1 and var(m3)=(0.95 s0 2+0.05 s1 2)/N1. d=m3−m2 and σd 2=(1.95 s0 2+0.05 s1 2)/N. It must be that std(m3)2<(m0- m2)/2=>sqrt(1.95s2 2+0.05s1 2)/sqrt(N)<0.05(mi-m2)/4=>N=16(1.95s2 2+0.05s1 2)/(0.052(mi-m2)2)=2002. Again using 1-sigma approach, it can be shown in a similar manner that N=500.
  • Consider the case if the goal is only to detect 5% mosaicism with a probability of 64% as is the current state of the art. Then, the probability of false negative would be 36%. In other words, it would be necessary to find x such that 1−normcdf(x,0,1)=36%. Thus N=4(0.36̂2)(1.95s2 2+0.05s1 2)/(0.052(m1-m2)2)=65 for the 2-sigma approach, or N=33 for the 1-sigma approach. Note that this would result in a very high level of false positives, which needs to be addressed, since such a level of false positives is not currently a viable alternative.
  • Also note that if N is limited to 384 (i.e. one 384 well Taqman plate per chromosome), and the goal is to detect mosaicism with a probability of 97.72%, then it will be possible to detect mosaicism of 8.1% using the 1-sigma approach. In order to detect mosaicism with a probability of 84.1% (or with a 15.9% false negative rate), then it will be possible to detect mosaicism of 5.8% using the 1-sigma approach. To detect mosaicism of 19% with a confidence of 97.72% it would require roughly 70 loci. Thus one could screen for 5 chromosomes on a single plate.
  • The summary of each of these different scenarios is provided in Table 1. Also included in this table are the results generated from qPCR and the SYBR assays. The methods described above were used and the simplifying assumption was made that the performance of the qPCR assay for each locus is the same. FIGS. 8 and 9 show the histograms for samples 1 and 0, as described above. N0=N1=47. The distributions of the measurements for these samples are characterized by m1=27.65, s1=1.40, σm1=s1/sqrt(N1)=0.204; m0=26.64; s0=1.146, σm0=s0/sqrt(N0)=0.167. For these samples d=1.01 and σd=0.2636. FIG. 10 shows the difference between Ct for the male and female samples for each locus, with a standard deviation of the difference over all loci of 0.75. The SD was approximated for each measurement of each locus on the male or female sample as 0.75/sqrt(2)=0.53.
  • Method 2: Qualitative Techniques that Use Allele Calls
  • In this section, no assumption is made that the assay is quantitative. Instead, the assumption is that the allele calls are qualitative, and that there is no meaningful quantitative data coming from the assays. This approach is suitable for any assay that makes an allele call. FIG. 11 describes how different haploid gametes form during meiosis, and will be used to describe the different kinds of aneuploidy that are relevant for this section. The best algorithm depends on the type of aneuploidy that is being detected.
  • Consider a situation where aneuploidy is caused by a third segment that has no section that is a copy of either of the other two segments. From FIG. 11, the situation would arise, for example, if p1 and p4, or p2 and p3, both arose in the child cell in addition to one segment from the other parent. This is very common, given the mechanism which causes aneuploidy. One approach is to start off with a hypothesis h0 that there are two segments in the cell and what these two segments are. Assume, for the purpose of illustration, that h0 is for p3 and m4 from FIG. 11. In a preferred embodiment this hypothesis comes from algorithms described elsewhere in this document. Hypothesis h1 is that there is an additional segment that has no sections that are a copy of the other segments. This would arise, for example, if p2 or m1 was also present. It is possible to identify all loci that are homozygous in p3 and m4. Aneuploidy can be detected by searching for heterozygous genotype calls at loci that are expected to be homozygous.
  • Assume every locus has two possible alleles, x and y. Let the probability of alleles x and y in general be px and py respectively, and px+py=1. If h1 is true, then for each locus i for which p3 and m4 are homozygous, then the probability of a non-homozygous call is py or px, depending on whether the locus is homozygous in x or y respectively. Note: based on knowledge of the parent data, i.e. p1, p2, p4 and m1, m2, m3, it is possible to further refine the probabilities for having non-homozygous alleles x or y at each locus. This will enable more reliable measurements for each hypothesis with the same number of SNPs, but complicates notation, so this extension will not be explicitly dealt with. It should be clear to someone skilled in the art how to use this information to increase the reliability of the hypothesis.
  • The probability of allele dropouts is pd. The probability of finding a heterozygous genotype at locus i is p0i given hypothesis h0 and p1i given hypothesis h1.
  • Given h0: p0i=0
  • Given h1: p1i=px(1−pd) or p1i=py(1−pd) depending on whether the locus is homozygous for x or y.
  • Create a measurement m=1/Nh Σi=1 . . . Nh Ii where Ii is an indicator variable, and is 1 if a heterozygous call is made and 0 otherwise. Nh is the number of homozygous loci. One can simplify the explanation by assuming that px=py and p0i, p1i for all loci are the same two values p0 and p1. Given h0, E(m)=p0=0 and σ2 m|h0=p0(1−p0)/Nh. Given h1, E(m)=p1 and σ2 m|h1=p1(1−p1)Nh. Using 5 sigma-statistics, and making the probability of false positives equal the probability of false negatives, it can be shown that (p1−p0)/2>5σm|h1 hence Nh=100(p0(1−p0)+p1(1−p1))/(p1−p0)2. For 2-sigma confidence instead of 5-sigma confidence, it can be shown that Nn=4.22(p0(1−p0)+p1(1−p1))/(p1−p0)2.
  • It is necessary to sample enough loci N that there will be sufficient available homozygous loci Nn-avail such that the confidence is at least 97.7% (2-sigma). Characterize Nh-availi=1 . . . N Ji where Ji is an indicator variable of value 1 if the locus is homozygous and 0 otherwise. The probability of the locus being homozygous is px 2+py 2. Consequently, E(Nh-avail)=N(px 2+py 2) and σNh-avail 2=N(px 2+py 2)(1−px 2−py 2). To guarantee N is large enough with 97.7% confidence, it must be that E(Nh-avail)−2σNh-avail=Nh where Nh is found from above.
  • For example, if one assumes pd=0.3, px=py=0.5, one can find Nh=186 and N=391 for 5-sigma confidence. Similarly, it is possible to show that Nh=30 and N=68 for 2-sigma confidence i.e. 97.7% confidence in false negatives and false positives.
  • Note that a similar approach can be applied to looking for deletions of a segment when h0 is the hypothesis that two known chromosome segment are present, and h1 is the hypothesis that one of the chromosome segments is missing. For example, it is possible to look for all of those loci that should be heterozygous but are homozygous, factoring in the effects of allele dropouts as has been done above.
  • Also note that even though the assay is qualitative, allele dropout rates may be used to provide a type of quantitative measure on the number of DNA segments present.
  • Method 3: Making Use of Known Alleles of Reference Sequences, and Quantitative Allele Measurements
  • Here, it is assumed that the alleles of the normal or expected set of segments are known. In order to check for three chromosomes, the first step is to clean the data, assuming two of each chromosome. In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the data cleaning in the first step is done using methods described elsewhere in this document. Then the signal associated with the expected two segments is subtracted from the measured data. One can then look for an additional segment in the remaining signal. A matched filtering approach is used, and the signal characterizing the additional segment is based on each of the segments that are believed to be present, as well as their complementary chromosomes. For example, considering FIG. 11, if the results of PS indicate that segments p2 and m1 are present, the technique described here may be used to check for the presence of p2, p3, m1 and m4 on the additional chromosome. If there is an additional segment present, it is guaranteed to have more than 50% of the alleles in common with at least one of these test signals. Note that another approach, not described in detail here, is to use an algorithm described elsewhere in the document to clean the data, assuming an abnormal number of chromosomes, namely 1, 3, 4 and 5 chromosomes, and then to apply the method discussed here. The details of this approach should be clear to someone skilled in the art after having read this document.
  • Hypothesis h0 is that there are two chromosomes with allele vectors a1, a2. Hypothesis h1 is that there is a third chromosome with allele vector a3. Using a method described in this document to clean the genetic data, or another technique, it is possible to determine the alleles of the two segments expected by h0: a1=[a11 . . . a1N] and a2=[a21 . . . azN] where each element aji is either x or y. The expected signal is created for hypothesis h0: s0x=[f0x(a11, a21) . . . fx0(a1N, a2N)], s0y=[fy(a11, a21) . . . fy(a1N, a2N)] where fx, fy describe the mapping from the set of alleles to the measurements of each allele. Given h0, the data may be described as dxi=s0xi+nxi, nxi˜N(0,σxi 2); dyi=s0yi+nyi, ny1˜N(0,σyi 2). Create a measurement by differencing the data and the reference signal: mxi=dxi−sxi; myi=dyi−syi. The full measurement vector is m=[mx T my T]T.
  • Now, create the signal for the segment of interest the segment whose presence is suspected, and will be sought in the residual based on the assumed alleles of this segment: a3=[a31 . . . a3N]. Describe the signal for the residual as: sr=[srx T sry T]T where srx=[frx(a31) . . . frx(a3N)], sry=[fry(a31) . . . fry(a3N)] where frx(a3i)=δxi if a3i=x and 0 otherwise, fry(a3i)=δyi if a3i=y and 0 otherwise. This analysis assumes that the measurements have been linearized (see section below) so that the presence of one copy of allele x at locus i generates data δxi+nxi and the presence of κx copies of the allele x at locus i generates data κxδxi+nxi. Note however that this assumption is not necessary for the general approach described here. Given h1, if allele a3i=x then mxixi+nxi, myi=nyi and if a3i=y then mxi=nxi, myiyi+nyi. Consequently, a matched filter h=(1/N)R−1sr can be created where R=diag([σx1 2 . . . ν xN y1 2 . . . σ yN 2]). The measurement is m=hTd.

  • h 0 : m=(1/Ni=1 . . . N s rxi n xixi 2 +s ryi n yiyi 2

  • h 1 : m=(1/Ni=1 . . . N s rxixi +n xi)/σxi 2 +s ryiyi ±n yi)/σyi 2
  • In order to estimate the number of SNPs required, make the simplifying assumptions that all assays for all alleles and all loci have similar characteristics, namely that δxiyi=δ and σxiyi=σ for i=1 . . . N. Then, the mean and standard deviation may be found as follows:

  • h 0 : E(m)=m 0=0;σm|h0 2=(1/N 2σ4)(N/2)(σ2δ22δ2)=δ2/( 2)

  • h 1 : E(m)=m 1=(1/N)(N/2)(δ22)=δ22m|h1 2=(1/N4)(N)(σ2δ2)=δ2/( 2)
  • Now compute a signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) for this test of h1 versus h0. The signal is m1−m022, and the noise variance of this measurement is σm|h0 2±σm|h1 2=2δ2/(Nσ2). Consequently, the SNR for this test is (δ44)/(2δ2/(Nσ2))=Nδ2/(2σ2).
  • Compare this SNR to the scenario where the genetic information is simply summed at each locus without performing a matched filtering based on the allele calls. Assume that h=(1/N)ι where ι is the vector of N ones, and make the simplifying assumptions as above that δxiyi=δ and σxiyi=σ for i=1 . . . N. For this scenario, it is straightforward to show that if m=hTd:

  • h 0 : E(m)=m 0=0;σm|h0 2 =Nσ 2 /N 2 +Nσ 2 /N 2=2σ2 /N

  • h 1 : E(m)=m 1=(1/N)(Nδ/2+Nδ/2)=δ;σm|h1 2=(1/N 2)( 2 +Nσ 2)=2σ2 /N
  • Consequently, the SNR for this test is Nδ2/(4σ2). In other words, by using a matched filter that only sums the allele measurements that are expected for segment a3, the number of SNPs required is reduced by a factor of 2. This ignores the SNR gain achieved by using matched filtering to account for the different efficiencies of the assays at each locus.
  • Note that if we do not correctly characterize the reference signals sxi and syi then the SD of the noise or disturbance on the resulting measurement signals mxi and myi will be increased. This will be insignificant if δ<<σ, but otherwise it will increase the probability of false detections. Consequently, this technique is well suited to test the hypothesis where three segments are present and two segments are assumed to be exact copies of each other. In this case, sxi and syi will be reliably known using techniques of data cleaning based on qualitative allele calls described elsewhere. In one embodiment method 3 is used in combination with method 2 which uses qualitative genotyping and, aside from the quantitative measurements from allele dropouts, is not able to detect the presence of a second exact copy of a segment.
  • We now describe another quantitative technique that makes use of allele calls. The method involves comparing the relative amount of signal at each of the four registers for a given allele. One can imagine that in the idealized case involving a single, normal cell, where homogenous amplification occurs, (or the relative amounts of amplification are normalized), four possible situations can occur: (i) in the case of a heterozygous allele, the relative intensities of the four registers will be approximately 1:1:0:0, and the absolute intensity of the signal will correspond to one base pair; (ii) in the case of a homozygous allele, the relative intensities will be approximately 1:0:0:0, and the absolute intensity of the signal will correspond to two base pairs; (iii) in the case of an allele where ADO occurs for one of the alleles, the relative intensities will be approximately 1:0:0:0, and the absolute intensity of the signal will correspond to one base pair; and (iv) in the case of an allele where ADO occurs for both of the alleles, the relative intensities will be approximately 0:0:0:0, and the absolute intensity of the signal will correspond to no base pairs.
  • In the case of aneuploides, however, different situations will be observed. For example, in the case of trisomy, and there is no ADO, one of three situations will occur: (i) in the case of a triply heterozygous allele, the relative intensities of the four registers will be approximately 1:1:1:0, and the absolute intensity of the signal will correspond to one base pair; (ii) in the case where two of the alleles are homozygous, the relative intensities will be approximately 2:1:0:0, and the absolute intensity of the signal will correspond to two and one base pairs, respectively; (iii) in the case where are alleles are homozygous, the relative intensities will be approximately 1:0:0:0, and the absolute intensity of the signal will correspond to three base pairs. If allele dropout occurs in the case of an allele in a cell with trisomy, one of the situations expected for a normal cell will be observed. In the case of monosomy, the relative intensities of the four registers will be approximately 1:0:0:0, and the absolute intensity of the signal will correspond to one base pair. This situation corresponds to the case of a normal cell where ADO of one of the alleles has occurred, however in the case of the normal cell, this will only be observed at a small percentage of the alleles. In the case of uniparental disomy, where two identical chromosomes are present, the relative intensities of the four registers will be approximately 1:0:0:0, and the absolute intensity of the signal will correspond to two base pairs. In the case of UPD where two different chromosomes from one parent are present, this method will indicate that the cell is normal, although further analysis of the data using other methods described in this patent will uncover this.
  • In all of these cases, either in cells that are normal, have aneuploides or UPD, the data from one SNP will not be adequate to make a decision about the state of the cell. However, if the probabilities of each of the above hypothesis are calculated, and those probabilities are combined for a sufficient number of SNPs on a given chromosome, one hypothesis will predominate, it will be possible to determine the state of the chromosome with high confidence.
  • Methods for Linearizing Quantitative Measurements
  • Many approaches may be taken to linearize measurements of the amount of genetic material at a specific locus so that data from different alleles can be easily summed or differenced. We first discuss a generic approach and then discuss an approach that is designed for a particular type of assay.
  • Assume data d refers to a nonlinear measurement of the amount of genetic material of allele x at locus i. Create a training set of data using N measurements, where for each measurement, it is estimated or known that the amount of genetic material corresponding to data dxi is βxi. The training set βxi, i=1 . . . N, is chosen to span all the different amounts of genetic material that might be encountered in practice. Standard regression techniques can be used to train a function that maps from the nonlinear measurement, dxi, to the expectation of the linear measurement, E(βxi). For example, a linear regression can be used to train a polynomial function of order P, such that E(βxi)=[1 dxi dxi 2 . . . dxi P]c where c is the vector of coefficients c=[c0 c1 . . . cP]T. To train this linearizing function, we create a vector of the amount of genetic material for N measurements βx=[βx1 . . . βxN]T and a matrix of the measured data raised to powers 0 . . . P: D=[[1 dx1 dx1 2 . . . dx1 P]T [1 dx2 dx2 2 . . . dx2 P]T . . . [1 dxN dxN 2 . . . dxN P]T]T. The coefficients can then be found using a least squares fit c=(DTD)−1DTβx.
  • Rather than depend on generic functions such as fitted polynomials, we may also create specialized functions for the characteristics of a particular assay. We consider, for example, the Taqman assay or a qPCR assay. The amount of die for allele x and some locus i, as a function of time up to the point where it crosses some threshold, may be described as an exponential curve with a bias offset: gxi(t)=αxixiexp(γxit) where a is the bias offset, γxi is the exponential growth rate, and βxi corresponds to the amount of genetic material. To cast the measurements in terms of βxi, compute the parameter αxi by looking at the asymptotic limit of the curve gxi(−∞) and then may find βxi and γxi by taking the log of the curve to obtain log(gxi(t)−αxi)=log(βxi)+γxit and performing a standard linear regression. Once we have values for αxi and γxi, another approach is to compute βxi from the time, tx, at which the threshold gx is exceeded. βxi=(gx−αxi)exp(−γxitx). This will be a noisy measurement of the true amount of genetic data of a particular allele.
  • Whatever techniques is used, we may model the linearized measurement as βxixδxi+nxi where κx is the number of copies of allele x, δxi is a constant for allele x and locus i, and nxi˜N(0, σx 2) where σx2 can be measured empirically.
  • Method 4: Using a Probability Distribution Function for the Amplification of Genetic Data at Each Locus
  • The method described here is relevant for high throughput genotype data either generated by a PCR-based approach, for example using an Affymetrix Genotyping Array, or using the Molecular Inversion Probe (MIPs) technique, with the Affymetrix GenFlex Tag Array. In the former case, the genetic material is amplified by PCR before hybridization to probes on the genotyping array to detect the presence of particular alleles. In the latter case, padlock probes are hybridized to the genomic DNA and a gap-fill enzyme is added which can add one of the four nucleotides. If the added nucleotide (A, C, T, G) is complementary to the SNP under measurement, then it will hybridize to the DNA, and join the ends of the padlock probe by ligation. The closed padlock probes are then differentiated from linear probes by exonucleolysis. The probes that remain are then opened at a cleavage site by another enzyme, amplified by PCR, and detected by the GenFlex Tag Array. Whichever technique is used, the quantity of material for a particular SNP will depend on the number of initial chromosomes in the cell on which that SNP is present. However, due to the random nature of the amplification and hybridization process, the quantity of genetic material from a particular SNP will not be directly proportional to the starting number of chromosomes. Let qs,A, qs,G, qs,T, qs,C represent the amplified quantity of genetic material for a particular SNP s for each of the four nucleic acids (A, C, T, G) constituting the alleles. Note that these quantities are typically measured from the intensity of signals from particular hybridization probes on the array. This intensity measurement can be used instead of a measurement of quantity, or can be converted into a quantity estimate using standard techniques without changing the nature of the invention. Let qs be the sum of all the genetic material generated from all alleles of a particular SNP: qs=qs,A+qs,G+qs,T+qs,C. Let N be the number of chromosomes in a cell containing the SNP s. N is typically 2, but may be 0, 1 or 3 or more. For either high-throughput genotyping method discussed above, and many other methods, the resulting quantity of genetic material can be represented as qs=(A+Aθ,s)N+θs where A is the total amplification that is either estimated a-priori or easily measured empirically, Aθ,s is the error in the estimate of A for the SNP s, and θs is additive noise introduced in the amplification, hybridization and other process for that SNP. The noise terms Aθ,s and θs are typically large enough that qs will not be a reliable measurement of N. However, the effects of these noise terms can be mitigated by measuring multiple SNPs on the chromosome. Let S be the number of SNPs that are measured on a particular chromosome, such as chromosome 21. We can then generate the average quantity of genetic material over all SNPs on a particular chromosome
  • q = 1 S s = 1 S q s = NA + 1 S s = 1 S A θ , s N + θ s ( 15 )
  • Assuming that Aθ,s and θs are normally distributed random variables with 0 means and variances σ2 A θ,s , and σ2 θ s , we can model q=NA+φ where φ is a normally distributed random variable with 0 mean and variance
  • 1 S ( N 2 σ A θ , s 2 + σ θ 2 ) .
  • Consequently, if we measure a sufficient number of SNPs on the chromosome such that. S>>(N2σ2 A θ,s 2 θ), we can accurately estimate N=q/A.
  • The quantity of material for a particular SNP will depend on the number of initial segments in the cell on which that SNP is present. However, due to the random nature of the amplification and hybridization process, the quantity of genetic material from a particular SNP will not be directly proportional to the starting number of segments. Let qs,A, qs,G, qs,T, qs,C represent the amplified quantity of genetic material for a particular SNP s for each of the four nucleic acids (A,C,T,G) constituting the alleles. Note that these quantities may be exactly zero, depending on the technique used for amplification. Also note that these quantities are typically measured from the intensity of signals from particular hybridization probes. This intensity measurement can be used instead of a measurement of quantity, or can be converted into a quantity estimate using standard techniques without changing the nature of the invention. Let qs be the sum of all the genetic material generated from all alleles of a particular SNP: qs=qs,A+qs,G+qs,T+qs,C. Let N be the number of segments in a cell containing the SNP s. N is typically 2, but may be 0,1 or 3 or more. For any high or medium throughput genotyping method discussed, the resulting quantity of genetic material can be represented as qs=(A+Aθ,s)N+θs where A is the total amplification that is either estimated a-priori or easily measured empirically, Aθ,s is the error in the estimate of A for the SNP s, and θs is additive noise introduced in the amplification, hybridization and other process for that SNP. The noise terms Aθ,s and θs are typically large enough that qs will not be a reliable measurement of N. However, the effects of these noise terms can be mitigated by measuring multiple SNPs on the chromosome. Let S be the number of SNPs that are measured on a particular chromosome, such as chromosome 21. It is possible to generate the average quantity of genetic material over all SNPs on a particular chromosome as follows:
  • q = 1 S s = 1 S q s = NA + 1 S s = 1 S A θ , s N + θ s ( 16 )
  • Assuming that Aθ,s and θs are normally distributed random variables with 0 means and variances σ2 A θ,s , and σ2 θ s , one can model q=NA+φ where φ is a normally distributed random variable with 0 mean and variance
  • 1 S ( N 2 σ A θ , S 2 + σ θ 2 ) .
  • Consequently, if sufficient number of SNPs are measured on the chromosome such that S>>(N2σ2 A θ,s 2 θ), then N=q/A can be accurately estimated.
  • In another embodiment, assume that the amplification is according to a model where the signal level from one SNP is s=a+α where (a+α) has a distribution that looks like the picture in FIG. 12A, left. The delta function at 0 models the rates of allele dropouts of roughly 30%, the mean is a, and if there is no allele dropout, the amplification has uniform distribution from 0 to a0. In terms of the mean of this distribution a0 is found to be a0=2.86a. Now model the probability density function of a using the picture in FIG. 12B, right. Let sc be the signal arising from c loci; let n be the number of segments; let αi be a random variable distributed according to FIGS. 12A and 12B that contributes to the signal from locus i; and let a be the standard deviation for all {αi}. sc=anc+τi=1 . . . nc αi; mean(sc)=anc; std(sc)=sqrt(nc)σ. If σ is computed according to the distribution in FIG. 12B, right, it is found to be σ=0.907a2. We can find the number of segments from n=sc/(ac) and for “5-sigma statistics” we require std(n)<0.1 so std(sc)/(ac)=0.1=>0.95a·sqrt(nc)/(ac)=0.1 so c=0.952 n/0.12=181.
  • Another model to estimate the confidence in the call, and how many loci or SNPs must be measured to ensure a given degree of confidence, incorporates the random variable as a multiplier of amplification instead of as an additive noise source, namely s=a(1+α). Taking logs, log(s)=log(a)+log(1+α). Now, create a new random variable γ=log(1+α) and this variable may be assumed to be normally distributed ˜N(0,σ). In this model, amplification can range from very small to very large, depending on a, but never negative. Therefore a=eγ-1; and sci=1 . . . cna(1+αi). For notation, mean(sc) and expectation value E(sc) are used interchangeably

  • E(S c)=acn+aEi=1 . . . cnαi)=acn+aEi=1 . . . cnαi)=acn(1+E(α))
  • To find E(α) the probability density function (pdf) must be found for a which is possible since a is a function of γ which has a known Gaussian pdf. pa(α)=pγ(γ)(dγ/dα). So:
  • p γ ( γ ) = 1 2 π σ e - γ 2 2 σ 2 and d γ d α = d d α ( log ( 1 + α ) ) = 1 1 + α e - γ and : p α ( α ) = 1 2 π σ e - γ 2 2 σ 2 e - γ = 1 2 π σ e - ( lo g ( 1 + α ) ) 2 2 σ 2 1 1 + α
  • This has the form shown in FIG. 13 for σ=1. Now, E(α) can be found by integrating over this pdf E(α)=∫−∞ αpα(α)dα which can be done numerically for multiple different σ. This gives E(sc) or mean(sc) as a function of σ. Now, this pdf can also be used to find var(sc):

  • var(S c)=E(S c −E(S c))2 =Ei=1 . . . cn a(1+αi)−acn−aEi=1 . . . cnαi))2 =Ei=1 . . . cn i −aEi=1 . . . cnαi))2 =a 2 Ei=1 . . . cnαi −cnE(α))2 =a 2 E((Σi=1 . . . cnαi)2−2cnE(α)(Σi=1 . . . cnαi)+c 2 n 2 E(α)2)=a 2 E(cnα 2 +cn(cn−1)αiαj−2cnE(α)(Σi=1 . . . cnαi)+c 2 n 2 E(α)2)=a 2 c 2 n 2(E2)+(cn−1)Eiαj)−2cnE(α)2 +cnE(α)2)=a 2 c 2 n 2(E2)+(cn−1)Eiαj)−cnE(α)2)
  • which can also be solved numerically using pα(α) for multiple different a to get var(sc) as a function of σ. Then, we may take a series of measurements from a sample with a known number of loci c and a known number of segments n and find std(sc)/E(sc) from this data. That will enable us to compute a value for σ. In order to estimate n, E(sc)=nac(1+E(α)) so
  • n ^ = s c a c ( 1 + ( E ( α ) )
  • can be measured so that
  • std ( n ^ ) = std ( S c ) a c ( 1 + ( E ( α ) ) std ( n )
  • When summing a sufficiently large number of independent random variables of 0-mean, the distribution approaches a Gaussian form, and thus sc (and {circumflex over (n)}) can be treated as normally distributed and as before we may use 5-sigma statistics:
  • std ( n ^ ) = std ( S c ) a c ( 1 + ( E ( α ) ) < 0.1
  • in order to have an error probability of 2normcdf(5,0,1)=2.7e-7. From this, one can solve for the number of loci c.
  • Sexing
  • In one embodiment of the system, the genetic data can be used to determine the sex of the target individual. After the method disclosed herein is used to determine which segments of which chromosomes from the parents have contributed to the genetic material of the target, the sex of the target can be determined by checking to see which of the sex chromosomes have been inherited from the father: X indicates a female, and Y indicates a make. It should be obvious to one skilled in the art how to use this method to determine the sex of the target.
  • Validation of the Hypotheses
  • In some embodiments of the system, one drawback is that in order to make a prediction of the correct genetic state with the highest possible confidence, it is necessary to make hypotheses about every possible states. However, as the possible number of genetic states are exceptionally large, and computational time is limited, it may not be reasonable to test every hypothesis. In these cases, an alternative approach is to use the concept of hypothesis validation. This involves estimating limits on certain values, sets of values, properties or patterns that one might expect to observe in the measured data if a certain hypothesis, or class of hypotheses are true. Then, the measured values can tested to see if they fall within those expected limits, and/or certain expected properties or patterns can be tested for, and if the expectations are not met, then the algorithm can flag those measurements for further investigation.
  • For example, in a case where the end of one arm of a chromosome is broken off in the target DNA, the most likely hypothesis may be calculated to be “normal” (as opposed, for example to “aneuploid”). This is because the particular hypotheses that corresponds to the true state of the genetic material, namely that one end of the chromosome has broken off, has not been tested, since the likelihood of that state is very low. If the concept of validation is used, then the algorithm will note that a high number of values, those that correspond to the alleles that lie on the broken off section of the chromosome, lay outside the expected limits of the measurements. A flag will be raised, inviting further investigation for this case, increasing the likelihood that the true state of the genetic material is uncovered.
  • It should be obvious to one skilled in the art how to modify the disclosed method to include the validation technique. Note that one anomaly that is expected to be very difficult to detect using the disclosed method is balanced translocations.
  • M Notes
  • As noted previously, given the benefit of this disclosure, there are more embodiments that may implement one or more of the systems, methods, and features, disclosed herein.
  • In all cases concerning the determination of the probability of a particular qualitative measurement on a target individual based on parent data, it should be obvious to one skilled in the art, after reading this disclosure, how to apply a similar method to determine the probability of a quantitative measurement of the target individual rather than qualitative. Wherever genetic data of the target or related individuals is treated qualitatively, it will be clear to one skilled in the art, after reading this disclosure, how to apply the techniques disclosed to quantitative data.
  • It should be obvious to one skilled in the art that a plurality of parameters may be changed without changing the essence of the invention. For example, the genetic data may be obtained using any high throughput genotyping platform, or it may be obtained from any genotyping method, or it may be simulated, inferred or otherwise known. A variety of computational languages could be used to encode the algorithms described in this disclosure, and a variety of computational platforms could be used to execute the calculations. For example, the calculations could be executed using personal computers, supercomputers, a massively parallel computing platform, or even non-silicon based computational platforms such as a sufficiently large number of people armed with abacuses.
  • Some of the math in this disclosure makes hypotheses concerning a limited number of states of aneuploidy. In some cases, for example, only monosomy, disomy and trisomy are explicitly treated by the math. It should be obvious to one skilled in the art how these mathematical derivations can be expanded to take into account other forms of aneuploidy, such as nullsomy (no chromosomes present), quadrosomy, etc., without changing the fundamental concepts of the invention.
  • When this disclosure discusses a chromosome, this may refer to a segment of a chromosome, and when a segment of a chromosome is discussed, this may refer to a full chromosome. It is important to note that the math to handle a segment of a chromosome is the same as that needed to handle a full chromosome. It should be obvious to one skilled in the art how to modify the method accordingly
  • It should be obvious to one skilled in the art that a related individual may refer to any individual who is genetically related, and thus shares haplotype blocks with the target individual. Some examples of related individuals include: biological father, biological mother, son, daughter, brother, sister, half-brother, half-sister, grandfather, grandmother, uncle, aunt, nephew, niece, grandson, granddaughter, cousin, clone, the target individual himself/herself/itself, and other individuals with known genetic relationship to the target. The term ‘related individual’ also encompasses any embryo, fetus, sperm, egg, blastomere, blastocyst, or polar body derived from a related individual.
  • It is important to note that the target individual may refer to an adult, a juvenile, a fetus, an embryo, a blastocyst, a blastomere, a cell or set of cells from an individual, or from a cell line, or any set of genetic material. The target individual may be alive, dead, frozen, or in stasis.
  • It is also important to note that where the target individual refers to a blastomere that is used to diagnose an embryo, there may be cases caused by mosaicism where the genome of the blastomere analyzed does not correspond exactly to the genomes of all other cells in the embryo.
  • It is important to note that it is possible to use the method disclosed herein in the context of cancer genotyping and/or karyotyping, where one or more cancer cells is considered the target individual, and the non-cancerous tissue of the individual afflicted with cancer is considered to be the related individual. The non-cancerous tissue of the individual afflicted with the target could provide the set of genotype calls of the related individual that would allow chromosome copy number determination of the cancerous cell or cells using the methods disclosed herein.
  • It is important to note that the method described herein concerns the cleaning of genetic data, and as all living or once living creatures contain genetic data, the methods are equally applicable to any live or dead human, animal, or plant that inherits or inherited chromosomes from other individuals.
  • It is important to note that in many cases, the algorithms described herein make use of prior probabilities, and/or initial values. In some cases the choice of these prior probabilities may have an impact on the efficiency and/or effectiveness of the algorithm. There are many ways that one skilled in the art, after reading this disclosure, could assign or estimate appropriate prior probabilities without changing the essential concept of the patent.
  • It is also important to note that the embryonic genetic data that can be generated by measuring the amplified DNA from one blastomere can be used for multiple purposes. For example, it can be used for detecting aneuploidy, uniparental disomy, sexing the individual, as well as for making a plurality of phenotypic predictions based on phenotype-associated alleles. Currently, in IVF laboratories, due to the techniques used, it is often the case that one blastomere can only provide enough genetic material to test for one disorder, such as aneuploidy, or a particular monogenic disease. Since the method disclosed herein has the common first step of measuring a large set of SNPs from a blastomere, regardless of the type of prediction to be made, a physician, parent, or other agent is not forced to choose a limited number of disorders for which to screen. Instead, the option exists to screen for as many genes and/or phenotypes as the state of medical knowledge will allow. With the disclosed method, one advantage to identifying particular conditions to screen for prior to genotyping the blastomere is that if it is decided that certain loci are especially relevant, then a more appropriate set of SNPs which are more likely to cosegregate with the locus of interest, can be selected, thus increasing the confidence of the allele calls of interest.
  • It is also important to note that it is possible to perform haplotype phasing by molecular haplotyping methods. Because separation of the genetic material into haplotypes is challenging, most genotyping methods are only capable of measuring both haplotypes simultaneously, yielding diploid data. As a result, the sequence of each haploid genome cannot be deciphered. In the context of using the disclosed method to determine allele calls and/or chromosome copy number on a target genome, it is often helpful to know the maternal haplotype; however, it is not always simple to measure the maternal haplotype. One way to solve this problem is to measure haplotypes by sequencing single DNA molecules or clonal populations of DNA molecules. The basis for this method is to use any sequencing method to directly determine haplotype phase by direct sequencing of a single DNA molecule or clonal population of DNA molecules. This may include, but not be limited to: cloning amplified DNA fragments from a genome into a recombinant DNA constructs and sequencing by traditional dye-end terminator methods, isolation and sequencing of single molecules in colonies, and direct single DNA molecule or clonal DNA population sequencing using next-generation sequencing methods.
  • The systems, methods, and techniques of the present invention may be used to in conjunction with embyro screening or prenatal testing procedures. The systems, methods, and techniques of the present invention may be employed in methods of increasing the probability that the embryos and fetuses obtain by in vitro fertilization are successfully implanted and carried through the full gestation period. Further, the systems, methods, and techniques of the present invention may be employed in methods of decreasing the probability that the embryos and fetuses obtain by in vitro fertilization that are implanted and gestated are not specifically at risk for a congenital disorder.
  • Thus, according to some embodiments, the present invention extends to the use of the systems, methods, and techniques of the invention in conjunction with pre-implantation diagnosis procedures.
  • According to some embodiments, the present invention extends to the use of the systems, methods, and techniques of the invention in conjunction with prenatal testing procedures.
  • According to some embodiments, the systems, methods, and techniques of the invention are used in methods to decrease the probability for the implantation of an embryo specifically at risk for a congenital disorder by testing at least one cell removed from early embryos conceived by in vitro fertilization and transferring to the mother's uterus only those embryos determined not to have inherited the congenital disorder.
  • According to some embodiments, the systems, methods, and techniques of the invention are used in methods to decrease the probability for the implantation of an embryo specifically at risk for a chromosome abnormality by testing at least one cell removed from early embryos conceived by in vitro fertilization and transferring to the mother's uterus only those embryos determined not to have chromosome abnormalities.
  • According to some embodiments, the systems, methods, and techniques of the invention are used in methods to increase the probability of implanting an embryo obtained by in vitro fertilization that is at a reduced risk of carrying a congenital disorder.
  • According to some embodiments, the systems, methods, and techniques of the invention are used in methods to increase the probability of gestating a fetus.
  • According to preferred embodiments, the congenital disorder is a malformation, neural tube defect, chromosome abnormality, Down's syndrome (or trisomy 21), Trisomy 18, spina bifida, cleft palate, Tay Sachs disease, sickle cell anemia, thalassemia, cystic fibrosis, Huntington's disease, and/or fragile x syndrome. Chromosome abnormalities include, but are not limited to, Down syndrome (extra chromosome 21), Turner Syndrome (45×0) and Klinefelter's syndrome (a male with 2 X chromosomes).
  • According to preferred embodiments, the malformation is a limb malformation. Limb malformations include, but are not limited to, amelia, ectrodactyly, phocomelia, polymelia, polydactyly, syndactyly, polysyndactyly, oligodactyly, brachydactyly, achondroplasia, congenital aplasia or hypoplasia, amniotic band syndrome, and cleidocranial dysostosis.
  • According to preferred embodiments, the malformation is a congenital malformation of the heart. Congenital malformations of the heart include, but are not limited to, patent ductus arteriosus, atrial septal defect, ventricular septal defect, and tetralogy of fallot.
  • According to preferred embodiments, the malformation is a congenital malformation of the nervous system. Congenital malformations of the nervous system include, but are not limited to, neural tube defects (e.g., spina bifida, meningocele, meningomyelocele, encephalocele and anencephaly), Arnold-Chiari malformation, the Dandy-Walker malformation, hydrocephalus, microencephaly, megencephaly, lissencephaly, polymicrogyria, holoprosencephaly, and agenesis of the corpus callosum.
  • According to preferred embodiments, the malformation is a congenital malformation of the gastrointestinal system. Congenital malformations of the gastrointestinal system include, but are not limited to, stenosis, atresia, and imperforate anus.
  • According to some embodiments, the systems, methods, and techniques of the invention are used in methods to increase the probability of implanting an embryo obtained by in vitro fertilization that is at a reduced risk of carrying a predisposition for a genetic disease.
  • According to preferred embodiments, the genetic disease is either monogenic or multigenic. Genetic diseases include, but are not limited to, Bloom Syndrome, Canavan Disease, Cystic fibrosis, Familial Dysautonomia, Riley-Day syndrome, Fanconi Anemia (Group C), Gaucher Disease, Glycogen storage disease 1a, Maple syrup urine disease, Mucolipidosis IV, Niemann-Pick Disease, Tay-Sachs disease, Beta thalessemia, Sickle cell anemia, Alpha thalessemia, Beta thalessemia, Factor XI Deficiency, Friedreich's Ataxia, MCAD, Parkinson disease-juvenile, Connexin26, SMA, Rett syndrome, Phenylketonuria, Becker Muscular Dystrophy, Duchennes Muscular Dystrophy, Fragile X syndrome, Hemophilia A, Alzheimer dementia-early onset, Breast/Ovarian cancer, Colon cancer, Diabetes/MODY, Huntington disease, Myotonic Muscular Dystrophy, Parkinson Disease-early onset, Peutz-Jeghers syndrome, Polycystic Kidney Disease, Torsion Dystonia
  • Combinations of the Aspects of the Invention
  • As noted previously, given the benefit of this disclosure, there are more aspects and embodiments that may implement one or more of the systems, methods, and features, disclosed herein. Below is a short list of examples illustrating situations in which the various aspects of the disclosed invention can be combined in a plurality of ways. It is important to note that this list is not meant to be comprehensive; many other combinations of the aspects, methods, features and embodiments of this invention are possible.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, it is possible to combine several of the aspect of the invention such that one could perform both allele calling as well as aneuploidy calling in one step, and to use quantitative values instead of qualitative for both parts. It should be obvious to one skilled in the art how to combine the relevant mathematics without changing the essence of the invention.
  • In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the disclosed method is employed to determine the genetic state of one or more embryos for the purpose of embryo selection in the context of IVF. This may include the harvesting of eggs from the prospective mother and fertilizing those eggs with sperm from the prospective father to create one or more embryos. It may involve performing embryo biopsy to isolate a blastomere from each of the embryos. It may involve amplifying and genotyping the genetic data from each of the blastomeres. It may include obtaining, amplifying and genotyping a sample of diploid genetic material from each of the parents, as well as one or more individual sperm from the father. It may involve incorporating the measured diploid and haploid data of both the mother and the father, along with the measured genetic data of the embryo of interest into a dataset. It may involve using one or more of the statistical methods disclosed in this patent to determine the most likely state of the genetic material in the embryo given the measured or determined genetic data. It may involve the determination of the ploidy state of the embryo of interest. It may involve the determination of the presence of a plurality of known disease-linked alleles in the genome of the embryo. It may involve making phenotypic predictions about the embryo. It may involve generating a report that is sent to the physician of the couple so that they may make an informed decision about which embryo(s) to transfer to the prospective mother.
  • Another example could be a situation where a 44-year old woman undergoing IVF is having trouble conceiving. The couple arranges to have her eggs harvested and fertilized with sperm from the man, producing nine viable embryos. A blastomere is harvested from each embryo, and the genetic data from the blastomeres are measured using an ILLUMINA INFINIUM BEAD ARRAY. Meanwhile, the diploid data are measured from tissue taken from both parents also using the ILLUMINA INFINIUM BEAD ARRAY. Haploid data from the father's sperm is measured using the same method. The method disclosed herein is applied to the genetic data of the blastomere and the diploid maternal genetic data to phase the maternal genetic data to provide the maternal haplotype. Those data are then incorporated, along with the father's diploid and haploid data, to allow a highly accurate determination of the copy number count for each of the chromosomes in each of the embryos. Eight of the nine embryos are found to be aneuploid, and the one embryo is found to be euploid. A report is generated that discloses these diagnoses, and is sent to the doctor. The report has data similar to the data found in Tables 9, 10 and 11. The doctor, along with the prospective parents, decides to transfer the euploid embryo which implants in the mother's uterus.
  • Another example may involve a pregnant woman who has been artificially inseminated by a sperm donor, and is pregnant. She is wants to minimize the risk that the fetus she is carrying has a genetic disease. She undergoes amniocentesis and fetal cells are isolated from the withdrawn sample, and a tissue sample is also collected from the mother. Since there are no other embryos, her data are phased using molecular haplotyping methods. The genetic material from the fetus and from the mother are amplified as appropriate and genotyped using the ILLUMINA INFINIUM BEAD ARRAY, and the methods described herein reconstruct the embryonic genotype as accurately as possible. Phenotypic susceptibilities are predicted from the reconstructed fetal genetic data and a report is generated and sent to the mother's physician so that they can decide what actions may be best.
  • Another example could be a situation where a racehorse breeder wants to increase the likelihood that the foals sired by his champion racehorse become champions themselves. He arranges for the desired mare to be impregnated by IVF, and uses genetic data from the stallion and the mare to clean the genetic data measured from the viable embryos. The cleaned embryonic genetic data allows the breeder to select the embryos for implantation that are most likely to produce a desirable racehorse.
  • Tables 1-11
  • Table 1. Probability distribution of measured allele calls given the true genotype.
  • Table 2. Probabilities of specific allele calls in the embryo using the U and H notation.
  • Table 3. Conditional probabilities of specific allele calls in the embryo given all possible parental states.
  • Table 4. Constraint Matrix (A).
  • Table 5. Notation for the counts of observations of all specific embryonic allelic states given all possible parental states.
  • Table 6. Aneuploidy states (h) and corresponding P(h|nj), the conditional probabilities given the copy numbers.
  • Table 7. Probability of aneuploidy hypothesis (H) conditional on parent genotype.
  • Table 8. Results of PS algorithm applied to 69 SNPs on chromosome 7.
  • Table 9. Aneuploidy calls on eight known euploid cells.
  • Table 10. Aneuploidy calls on ten known trisomic cells.
  • Table 11. Aneuploidy calls for six blastomeres.
  • TABLE 1
    Probability distribution of measured
    allele calls given the true genotype.
    p(dropout) = 0.5,
    p(gain) = 0.02 measured
    true AA AB BB XX
    AA 0.735 0.015 0.005 0.245
    AB 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250
    BB 0.005 0.015 0.735 0.245
  • TABLE 2
    Probabilities of specific allele calls in
    the embryo using the U and H notation.
    Embryo readouts
    Embryo truth state U H Ū empty
    U p11 p12 p13 p14
    H p21 p22 p23 p24
  • TABLE 3
    Conditional probabilities of specific allele calls
    in the embryo given all possible parental states.
    Embryo readouts
    Expected truth types and
    Parental state in conditional probabilities
    matings the embryo U H Ū empty
    U × U U p11 p12 p13 p14
    U × Ū H p21 p22 p23 p24
    U × H 50% U, 50% H p31 p32 p33 p34
    H × H 25% U, 25% Ū, p41 p42 p43 p44
    50% H
  • TABLE 4
    Constraint Matrix (A).
    1 1 1 1
    1 1 1 1
    1 −1
    −.5 −.5 1
    −.5 −.5 1
    −.5 −.5 1
    −.5 −.5 1
    −.25 −.25 −.5 1
    −.5 −.5 1
    −.25 −.25 −.5 1
    −.5 −.5 1
  • TABLE 5
    Notation for the counts of observations of all specific embryonic
    allelic states given all possible parental states.
    Embryo readouts
    types and
    Parental Expected embryo observed counts
    matings truth state U H Ū Empty
    U × U U n11 n12 n13 n14
    U × Ū H n21 n22 n23 n24
    U × H 50% U, 50% H n31 n32 n33 n34
    H × H 25% U, 25% Ū, n41 n42 n43 n44
    50% H
  • TABLE 6
    Anenploidy states (h) and corresponding P(h|nj), the
    conditional probabilities given the copy numbers.
    N H P(h|n) In General
    1 paternal monosomy 0.5 Ppm
    1 maternal monosomy 0.5 Pmm
    2 Disomy 1 1
    3 paternal trisomy t1 0.5 * pt1 ppt * pt1
    3 paternal trisomy t2 0.5 * pt2 ppt * pt2
    3 maternal trisomy t1 0.5 * pm1 pmt * mt1
    3 maternal trisomy t2 0.5 * pm2 pmt * mt2
  • TABLE 7
    Probability of aneuploidy hypothesis (H) conditional on parent genotype.
    embryo
    allele
    counts (mother, father) genotype
    copy # nA nC hypothesis H AA, AA AA, AC AA, CC AC, AA AC, AC AC, CC CC, AA CC, AC CC, CC
    1 1 0 father only 1 1 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0 0 0
    1 1 0 mother only 1 0.5 0 1 0.5 0 1 0.5 0
    1 0 1 father only 0 0 0 0 0.5 0.5 1 1 1
    1 0 1 mother only 0 0.5 1 0.5 0.5 1 0 0.5 1
    2 2 0 disomy 1 0.5 0 0.5 0.25 0 0 0 0
    2 1 1 disomy 0 0.5 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 0.5 0
    2 0 2 disomy 0 0 0 0 0.25 0.5 0 0.5 1
    3 3 0 father t1 1 0.5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
    3 3 0 father t2 1 0.5 0 0.5 0.25 0 0 0 0
    3 3 0 mother t1 1 0 0 0.5 0 0 0 0 0
    3 3 0 mother t2 1 0.5 0 0.5 0.25 0 0 0 0
    3 2 1 father t1 0 0.5 1 1 0.5 0 0 0 0
    3 2 1 father t2 0 0.5 1 0 0.25 0.5 0 0 0
    3 2 1 mother t1 0 1 0 0.5 0.5 0 1 0 0
    3 2 1 mother t2 0 0 0 0.5 0.25 0 1 0.5 0
    3 1 2 father t1 0 0 0 0 0.5 1 1 0.5 0
    3 1 2 father t2 0 0 0 0.5 0.25 0 1 0.5 0
    3 1 2 mother t1 0 0 1 0 0.5 0.5 0 1 0
    3 1 2 mother t2 0 0.5 1 0 0.25 0.5 0 0 0
    3 0 3 father t1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.5 1
    3 0 3 father t2 0 0 0 0 0.25 0.5 0 0.5 1
    3 0 3 mother t1 0 0 0 0 0 0.5 0 0 1
    3 0 3 mother t2 0 0 0 0 0.25 0.5 0 0.5 1
  • TABLE 8
    Results of PS algorithm applied to 69 SNPs on chromosome 7
    probe
    id Snp id p1 p2 m1 m2 b11 b12 b21 b22 b31 b32 h1 h2 h3 e1 e2 T1 T2 E1 E2 conf
    80 C_2972977_10 A A A A A A A A X X A A X A A A A A A 0.9983
    81 C_2972981_10 T T T T X X X X X X X X X T T T T T T 0.9775
    98 C_11611980_10 G A A A A A G G X X G X X G A
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00001
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00002
    0.9890
    26 C_2280961_1_ G C G C X X X X X X X X X G C
    8 C_341386_1_ C C C C X X C C C C C X C C C C C C C 0.9985
    9 C_341387_1_ C C C C C C C C C C X X C C C C C C C 0.9988
    71 C_2606775_1_ G G G G X X X X X X X X X G G G G G G 0.9851
    72 C_2606779_1_ G G G G X X G G G G X G X G G G G G G 0.9972
    27 C_2280966_10 T A T A X X X X X X X X X T A
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00003
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00004
    0.9211
    73 C_26606790_10 T C T C X X T T X X X X X T C
    105 C_22273192_10 G G G A X X G G G A G G X G A
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00005
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00006
    0.9917
    106 C_25619317_10 A A A A X X A A X X X X X A A A A A A 0.9940
    64 C_2559556_10 G G T G X X T T X X G G X T G
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00007
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00008
    0.9798
    20 C_2258563_20 T T T C C C X X X X T X T T C
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00009
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00010
    0.9324
    49 C_2546376_1_ A A G A G G X X G A A X A G A
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00011
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00012
    0.9887
    50 C_2546377_20 G A G A G G X X G A X X A G A G A G A 0.9668
    21 C_2258567_10 T C T C X X X X X X X C X T C T C T C 0.8924
    52 C_2546385_10 T T T A X X A A X X T X T T A
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00013
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00014
    0.9283
    53 C_2546435_1_ C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 0.9994
    104 C_16163603_10 T C T C T C X X X X X X X T C T C T C 0.9840
    92 C_8966543_10 A A G A A A G G X X X A X G A
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00015
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00016
    0.8622
    96 C_11436986_10 G A G A X X G A G A X G G G A G A G A 0.9977
    82 C_2982699_10 A A G A A A A A X X A A A A A A A A A 0.9292
    99 C_15796183_10 A A C A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 0.9705
    43 C_2546319_10 T T T T T T T T T T X T X T T T T T T 0.9992
    44 C_2546335_20 T C T T T T X X X X X T X T T T T T T 0.8508
    45 C_2546344_10 T T T T X X T T T T T T X T T T T T T 0.9961
    46 C_2546353_1_ T T T C X X T T X X T T T T C
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00017
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00018
    0.9346
    56 C_2555662_10 T C T C X X C C X X C C C T C
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00019
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00020
    0.9328
    57 C_2555670_10 T C T T T T T T T C T X T T C
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00021
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00022
    0.9604
    58 C_2555685_10 T C T T T T T T T T T C C T T T T T T 0.9982
    59 C_2555706_10 A A G A A A X X A A X G G A A A A A A 0.9345
    15 C_1843560_10 T C T C X X X X X X C C T T C
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00023
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00024
    0.9683
    102 C_16151234_10 G A G G X X X X X X A X G G A
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00025
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00026
    0.9944
    94 C_11436903_10 G C C C C C G C G C X C C G C
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00027
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00028
    0.9991
    18 C_2256696_20 G A G G G G G G G G A A X G G G G G G 0.9638
    7 C_328336_10 T T T T T T X X X X X X T T T T T T T 0.9927
    37 C_2543108_10 T G G G X X G G G G G X T G G G G G G 0.9976
    107 C_25632606_10 A A A A A A X X A A A X A A A A A A A 0.9984
    38 C_2543111_10 T C C C C C X X C C C X X C C C C C C 0.9948
    40 C_2543116_10 T C T T X X T T T T T C C T T T T T T 0.9977
    86 C_8852708_10 T C C C X X C C C C X X X C C C C C C 0.9317
    67 C_2602203_10 A A C A A A X X A A X X X A A A A A A 0.9187
    24 C_2279233_10 T C C C C C X X C C X T T C C C C C C 0.9968
    68 C_2602208_10 A A A A A A X X X X X X X A A A A A A 0.9937
    69 C_2609221_10 T G T T X X X X X X X X X T T T T T T 0.9810
    14 C_656774_1_ G A A A X X A A X X X X X A A A A A A 0.8485
    85 C_3021372_10 G A G G G G G G X X G A A G G G G G G 0.9973
    83 C_3621345_10 A A A A X X A A X X X X X A A A A A A 0.9955
    12 C_656644_20 C C C C C C C C C C X X X C C C C C C 0.9992
    11 C_656642_1_ A A G G G G G G G G X A X G G G G G G 0.7858
    61 C_2558137_10 T C T T T T X X T T C C C T T T T T T 0.9957
    87 C_8853467_10 G G G G X X X X X X X X X G G G G G G 0.9866
    3 C_17027_10 T T T T T T T X X T T T T T T T T T T 0.9959
    28 C_2540863_10 T C C C T T T T X X X X X T C
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00029
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00030
    0.9561
    31 C_2540896_1— T C T T X X X X X X X X X T C
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00031
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00032
    0.9058
    59 C_2555706_10 A A G A A A X X A A X G G A A A A A A 0.9345
    15 C_1843560_10 T C T C X X X X X X C C T T C
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00033
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00034
    0.9683
    102 C_16151234_10 G A G G X X X X X X A X G G A
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00035
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00036
    0.9944
    94 C_11436903_10 G C C C C C G C G C X C C G C
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00037
    Figure US20180300448A1-20181018-C00038
    0.9991
    18 C_2256696_20 G A G G G G G G G G A A X G G G G G G 0.9638
    7 C_328336_10 T T T T T T X X X X X X T T T T T T T 0.9927
    10 C_349428_10 A A A A A A A A A A X A X A A A A A A 0.9974
    5 C_321446_10 T T T G X X T T X X T T T T T T T T T 0.8457
    42 C_2545620_10 A A A A A A X X A A X X X A A A A A A 0.9944
    19 C_2258307_10 G G G A G G G G G G X X X G G G G G G 0.9684
    90 C_8853956_10 G G G A X X G G X X G X X G G G G G G 0.8460
  • TABLE 9
    Aneuploidy calls on eight known euploid cells
    Chr # Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 4 Cell 5 Cell 6 Cell 7 Cell 8
    1 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    2 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    3 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    4 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    5 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    6 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    7 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    8 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    9 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    10 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    11 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    12 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    13 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    14 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    15 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    16 2 1.00000 2 0.99997 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    17 2 1.00000 2 0.99995 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    18 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    19 2 1.00000 2 0.99998 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    20 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    21 2 0.99993 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    22 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 0.99040 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 0.99992
    X 2 0.99999 2 0.99994 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
  • TABLE 10
    Aneuploidy calls on ten known trisomic cells
    Chr # Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 4 Cell 5 Cell 6 Cell 7 Cell 8 Cell 9 Cell 10
    1 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    2 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    3 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    4 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    5 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    6 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    7 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 0.92872 2 1.00000
    8 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    9 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    10 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    11 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    12 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    13 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    14 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    15 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 0.99998 2 1.00000
    16 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 0.99999 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    17 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 0.96781 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    18 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    19 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 0.99999 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    20 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 0.99997 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    21 1.00000 1.00000 1.00000 1.00000 1.00000 1.00000 1.00000 1.00000 1.00000 1.00000
    22 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000
    23 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 1 1.00000
  • TABLE 11
    Aneuploidy calls for six blastomeres
    Chr # e1b1 e1b3 e1b6 e2b1 e2b2 e3b2
    1 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 3 1.00000
    2 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 3 1.00000 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 2 0.99994
    3 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 3 1.00000
    4 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 3 1.00000
    5 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 3 0.99964
    6 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 3 1.00000
    7 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 2 0.99866
    8 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 3 0.99966 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 3 1.00000
    9 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 3 0.99999
    10 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 1 1.00000
    11 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 3 1.00000 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 2 0.99931
    12 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 1 1.00000
    13 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 3 0.98902 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 2 0.99969
    14 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 0.99991 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 3 1.00000
    15 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 0.99986 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 3 0.99999
    16 2 1.00000 3 0.98609 2 0.74890 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 2 0.94126
    17 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 0.97983 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 2 1.00000
    18 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 2 0.98367 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 1 1.00000
    19 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 4 0.64546 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 3 1.00000
    20 2 1.00000 2 1.00000 3 0.58327 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 2 0.95078
    21 2 0.99952 2 1.00000 2 0.97594 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 1 0.99776
    22 2 1.00000 2 0.98219 2 0.99217 1 1.00000 1 0.99989 2 1.00000
    23 2 1.00000 3 1.00000 3 1.00000 1 1.00000 1 1.00000 3 0.99998
    24 1 0.99122 1 0.99778 1 0.99999

Claims (13)

What is claimed:
1. A method for measuring the amounts of fetal chromosome segments in a maternal blood sample, comprising:
obtaining fetal and maternal chromosome segments from cell-free DNA in a maternal blood sample;
ligating at least one adapter to the chromosome segments;
performing clonal amplification of the amplified chromosome segments to generate clonally amplified chromosome segments; and
measuring the amounts of clonally amplified fetal chromosome segments by performing next generation sequencing, wherein the measuring comprises quantitative allele measurements performed irrespective of allele value.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the fetal chromosome segments map to chromosomes 13, 18, and/or 21.
3. The method of claim 2, wherein the method further comprises detecting trisomy at chromosomes 13, 18, and/or 21.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein the method further comprises comparing the measured amounts of fetal chromosome segments for a target chromosome from the maternal blood sample with measured amounts of fetal chromosome segments for the target chromosome from reference maternal blood samples that are disomic for the target chromosome.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein the measuring comprises measurement of alleles having 100% penetrance.
6. The method of claim 1, wherein the next generation sequencing is performed using sequencing-by-synthesis.
7. The method of claim 1, wherein the clonally amplified maternal chromosome segments are measured along with the clonally amplified fetal chromosome segments by performing next generation sequencing.
8. A method for measuring the amounts of fetal chromosome segments in a maternal blood sample, comprising:
obtaining fetal and maternal chromosome segments from cell-free DNA of a maternal blood sample;
ligating at least one adapter to the chromosome segments;
performing clonal amplification of the amplified chromosome segments to generate clonally amplified chromosome segments;
measuring the amounts of clonally amplified fetal chromosome segments and the amounts of clonally amplified maternal chromosome segments by performing next generation sequencing, wherein the measuring comprises quantitative allele measurements performed irrespective of allele value and without prior knowledge of fetal genotype; and
comparing the measured amounts of clonally amplified maternal chromosome segments with the measured amounts of clonally amplified fetal chromosome segments.
9. The method of claim 8, wherein the fetal chromosome segments map to chromosomes 13, 18, and/or 21.
10. The method of claim 9, wherein the method further comprises detecting trisomy at chromosomes 13, 18, and/or 21.
11. The method of claim 8, wherein the method further comprises comparing the measured amounts of fetal chromosome segments for a target chromosome from the maternal blood sample with measured amounts of fetal chromosome segments for the target chromosome from reference maternal blood samples that are disomic for the target chromosome.
12. The method of claim 8, wherein the measuring comprises measurement of alleles having 100% penetrance.
13. The method of claim 8, wherein the next generation sequencing is performed using sequencing-by-synthesis.
US16/014,903 2005-07-29 2018-06-21 System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number Abandoned US20180300448A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16/014,903 US20180300448A1 (en) 2005-07-29 2018-06-21 System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number

Applications Claiming Priority (20)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US70341505P 2005-07-29 2005-07-29
US73988205P 2005-11-26 2005-11-26
US74230505P 2005-12-06 2005-12-06
US75439605P 2005-12-29 2005-12-29
US77497606P 2006-02-21 2006-02-21
US78950606P 2006-04-04 2006-04-04
US81774106P 2006-06-30 2006-06-30
US11/496,982 US20070027636A1 (en) 2005-07-29 2006-07-31 System and method for using genetic, phentoypic and clinical data to make predictions for clinical or lifestyle decisions
US84661006P 2006-09-22 2006-09-22
US11/603,406 US8532930B2 (en) 2005-11-26 2006-11-22 Method for determining the number of copies of a chromosome in the genome of a target individual using genetic data from genetically related individuals
US11/634,550 US20070178501A1 (en) 2005-12-06 2006-12-06 System and method for integrating and validating genotypic, phenotypic and medical information into a database according to a standardized ontology
US91829207P 2007-03-16 2007-03-16
US92619807P 2007-04-25 2007-04-25
US93245607P 2007-05-31 2007-05-31
US93444007P 2007-06-13 2007-06-13
US310107P 2007-11-13 2007-11-13
US863707P 2007-12-21 2007-12-21
US12/076,348 US8515679B2 (en) 2005-12-06 2008-03-17 System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number
US13/949,212 US10083273B2 (en) 2005-07-29 2013-07-23 System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number
US16/014,903 US20180300448A1 (en) 2005-07-29 2018-06-21 System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/949,212 Continuation US10083273B2 (en) 2005-07-29 2013-07-23 System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20180300448A1 true US20180300448A1 (en) 2018-10-18

Family

ID=63790093

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/949,212 Active US10083273B2 (en) 2005-07-29 2013-07-23 System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number
US16/014,903 Abandoned US20180300448A1 (en) 2005-07-29 2018-06-21 System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/949,212 Active US10083273B2 (en) 2005-07-29 2013-07-23 System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (2) US10083273B2 (en)

Cited By (31)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10227652B2 (en) 2005-07-29 2019-03-12 Natera, Inc. System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data from target individuals using genetic data from genetically related individuals
US10262755B2 (en) 2014-04-21 2019-04-16 Natera, Inc. Detecting cancer mutations and aneuploidy in chromosomal segments
US10260096B2 (en) 2005-07-29 2019-04-16 Natera, Inc. System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number
US10351906B2 (en) 2014-04-21 2019-07-16 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US10522242B2 (en) 2009-09-30 2019-12-31 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive prenatal ploidy calling
US10526658B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2020-01-07 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US10533219B2 (en) 2016-12-07 2020-01-14 Natera, Inc. Compositions and methods for identifying nucleic acid molecules
US10577655B2 (en) 2013-09-27 2020-03-03 Natera, Inc. Cell free DNA diagnostic testing standards
US10590482B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2020-03-17 Natera, Inc. Amplification of cell-free DNA using nested PCR
US10597723B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2020-03-24 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
WO2020219444A1 (en) * 2019-04-22 2020-10-29 Personal Genome Diagnostics Inc. Methods and systems for genetic analysis
US10894976B2 (en) 2017-02-21 2021-01-19 Natera, Inc. Compositions, methods, and kits for isolating nucleic acids
US11111543B2 (en) 2005-07-29 2021-09-07 Natera, Inc. System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number
US11111544B2 (en) 2005-07-29 2021-09-07 Natera, Inc. System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number
US11306357B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-04-19 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive prenatal ploidy calling
US11319596B2 (en) 2014-04-21 2022-05-03 Natera, Inc. Detecting mutations and ploidy in chromosomal segments
US11322224B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-05-03 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive prenatal ploidy calling
US11326208B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-05-10 Natera, Inc. Methods for nested PCR amplification of cell-free DNA
US11332785B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-05-17 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive prenatal ploidy calling
US11332793B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-05-17 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US11339429B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-05-24 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive prenatal ploidy calling
US11408031B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-08-09 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive prenatal paternity testing
US11479812B2 (en) 2015-05-11 2022-10-25 Natera, Inc. Methods and compositions for determining ploidy
US11485996B2 (en) 2016-10-04 2022-11-01 Natera, Inc. Methods for characterizing copy number variation using proximity-litigation sequencing
US11525159B2 (en) 2018-07-03 2022-12-13 Natera, Inc. Methods for detection of donor-derived cell-free DNA
US11939634B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2024-03-26 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US12020778B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2024-06-25 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive prenatal ploidy calling
US12024738B2 (en) 2018-04-14 2024-07-02 Natera, Inc. Methods for cancer detection and monitoring
US12084720B2 (en) 2017-12-14 2024-09-10 Natera, Inc. Assessing graft suitability for transplantation
US12100478B2 (en) 2012-08-17 2024-09-24 Natera, Inc. Method for non-invasive prenatal testing using parental mosaicism data
US12146195B2 (en) 2017-04-17 2024-11-19 Natera, Inc. Methods for lung cancer detection

Families Citing this family (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10083273B2 (en) 2005-07-29 2018-09-25 Natera, Inc. System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number
US20070027636A1 (en) * 2005-07-29 2007-02-01 Matthew Rabinowitz System and method for using genetic, phentoypic and clinical data to make predictions for clinical or lifestyle decisions
US20070178501A1 (en) * 2005-12-06 2007-08-02 Matthew Rabinowitz System and method for integrating and validating genotypic, phenotypic and medical information into a database according to a standardized ontology
US20080070792A1 (en) 2006-06-14 2008-03-20 Roland Stoughton Use of highly parallel snp genotyping for fetal diagnosis
US8372584B2 (en) 2006-06-14 2013-02-12 The General Hospital Corporation Rare cell analysis using sample splitting and DNA tags
US20080050739A1 (en) 2006-06-14 2008-02-28 Roland Stoughton Diagnosis of fetal abnormalities using polymorphisms including short tandem repeats
US20110033862A1 (en) * 2008-02-19 2011-02-10 Gene Security Network, Inc. Methods for cell genotyping
US20110092763A1 (en) * 2008-05-27 2011-04-21 Gene Security Network, Inc. Methods for Embryo Characterization and Comparison
US20110178719A1 (en) * 2008-08-04 2011-07-21 Gene Security Network, Inc. Methods for Allele Calling and Ploidy Calling
WO2015048535A1 (en) 2013-09-27 2015-04-02 Natera, Inc. Prenatal diagnostic resting standards
CN108491685B (en) * 2018-03-08 2022-01-04 广州真诺电子科技有限公司 Genetic engineering method based on cell mechanics matrix model

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10260096B2 (en) * 2005-07-29 2019-04-16 Natera, Inc. System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number

Family Cites Families (241)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5153117A (en) 1990-03-27 1992-10-06 Genetype A.G. Fetal cell recovery method
US6582908B2 (en) 1990-12-06 2003-06-24 Affymetrix, Inc. Oligonucleotides
IL103935A0 (en) 1991-12-04 1993-05-13 Du Pont Method for the identification of microorganisms by the utilization of directed and arbitrary dna amplification
GB9305984D0 (en) 1993-03-23 1993-05-12 Royal Free Hosp School Med Predictive assay
WO1995006137A1 (en) 1993-08-27 1995-03-02 Australian Red Cross Society Detection of genes
US5716776A (en) 1994-03-04 1998-02-10 Mark H. Bogart Enrichment by preferential mitosis of fetal lymphocytes from a maternal blood sample
US6025128A (en) 1994-09-29 2000-02-15 The University Of Tulsa Prediction of prostate cancer progression by analysis of selected predictive parameters
US6479235B1 (en) 1994-09-30 2002-11-12 Promega Corporation Multiplex amplification of short tandem repeat loci
US6720140B1 (en) 1995-06-07 2004-04-13 Invitrogen Corporation Recombinational cloning using engineered recombination sites
US6852487B1 (en) 1996-02-09 2005-02-08 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Detection of nucleic acid sequence differences using the ligase detection reaction with addressable arrays
US6108635A (en) 1996-05-22 2000-08-22 Interleukin Genetics, Inc. Integrated disease information system
US6300077B1 (en) 1996-08-14 2001-10-09 Exact Sciences Corporation Methods for the detection of nucleic acids
US6100029A (en) 1996-08-14 2000-08-08 Exact Laboratories, Inc. Methods for the detection of chromosomal aberrations
US6221654B1 (en) 1996-09-25 2001-04-24 California Institute Of Technology Method and apparatus for analysis and sorting of polynucleotides based on size
US5860917A (en) 1997-01-15 1999-01-19 Chiron Corporation Method and apparatus for predicting therapeutic outcomes
US5824467A (en) 1997-02-25 1998-10-20 Celtrix Pharmaceuticals Methods for predicting drug response
GB9704444D0 (en) 1997-03-04 1997-04-23 Isis Innovation Non-invasive prenatal diagnosis
ATE280177T1 (en) 1997-03-20 2004-11-15 Hoffmann La Roche MODIFIED PRIMERS
US6143496A (en) 1997-04-17 2000-11-07 Cytonix Corporation Method of sampling, amplifying and quantifying segment of nucleic acid, polymerase chain reaction assembly having nanoliter-sized sample chambers, and method of filling assembly
US5994148A (en) 1997-06-23 1999-11-30 The Regents Of University Of California Method of predicting and enhancing success of IVF/ET pregnancy
US6833242B2 (en) 1997-09-23 2004-12-21 California Institute Of Technology Methods for detecting and sorting polynucleotides based on size
US6180349B1 (en) 1999-05-18 2001-01-30 The Regents Of The University Of California Quantitative PCR method to enumerate DNA copy number
US7058517B1 (en) 1999-06-25 2006-06-06 Genaissance Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for obtaining and using haplotype data
US6964847B1 (en) 1999-07-14 2005-11-15 Packard Biosciences Company Derivative nucleic acids and uses thereof
GB9917307D0 (en) 1999-07-23 1999-09-22 Sec Dep Of The Home Department Improvements in and relating to analysis of DNA
US6440706B1 (en) 1999-08-02 2002-08-27 Johns Hopkins University Digital amplification
US6251604B1 (en) 1999-08-13 2001-06-26 Genopsys, Inc. Random mutagenesis and amplification of nucleic acid
US7510834B2 (en) 2000-04-13 2009-03-31 Hidetoshi Inoko Gene mapping method using microsatellite genetic polymorphism markers
GB0009179D0 (en) 2000-04-13 2000-05-31 Imp College Innovations Ltd Non-invasive prenatal diagnosis
WO2001090415A2 (en) 2000-05-20 2001-11-29 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Method of producing a dna library using positional amplification
JP2004511210A (en) 2000-05-23 2004-04-15 バリアジェニックス インコーポレーテッド Method for genetic analysis of DNA to detect sequence variation
CA2410879A1 (en) 2000-06-07 2001-12-13 Baylor College Of Medicine Novel compositions and methods for array-based nucleic acid hybridization
US7058616B1 (en) 2000-06-08 2006-06-06 Virco Bvba Method and system for predicting resistance of a disease to a therapeutic agent using a neural network
GB0016742D0 (en) 2000-07-10 2000-08-30 Simeg Limited Diagnostic method
US20020107640A1 (en) 2000-11-14 2002-08-08 Ideker Trey E. Methods for determining the true signal of an analyte
EP1368369A4 (en) 2000-11-15 2006-02-22 Hoffmann La Roche Methods and reagents for identifying rare fetal cells in the material circulation
US7218764B2 (en) 2000-12-04 2007-05-15 Cytokinetics, Inc. Ploidy classification method
WO2002073504A1 (en) 2001-03-14 2002-09-19 Gene Logic, Inc. A system and method for retrieving and using gene expression data from multiple sources
US6489135B1 (en) 2001-04-17 2002-12-03 Atairgintechnologies, Inc. Determination of biological characteristics of embryos fertilized in vitro by assaying for bioactive lipids in culture media
FR2824144B1 (en) 2001-04-30 2004-09-17 Metagenex S A R L METHOD OF PRENATAL DIAGNOSIS ON FETAL CELLS ISOLATED FROM MATERNAL BLOOD
WO2002087431A1 (en) 2001-05-01 2002-11-07 Structural Bioinformatics, Inc. Diagnosing inapparent diseases from common clinical tests using bayesian analysis
WO2003010537A1 (en) 2001-07-24 2003-02-06 Curagen Corporation Family based tests of association using pooled dna and snp markers
US6958211B2 (en) 2001-08-08 2005-10-25 Tibotech Bvba Methods of assessing HIV integrase inhibitor therapy
US6807491B2 (en) 2001-08-30 2004-10-19 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Method and apparatus for combining gene predictions using bayesian networks
AUPR749901A0 (en) 2001-09-06 2001-09-27 Monash University Method of identifying chromosomal abnormalities and prenatal diagnosis
US8986944B2 (en) 2001-10-11 2015-03-24 Aviva Biosciences Corporation Methods and compositions for separating rare cells from fluid samples
WO2003031646A1 (en) 2001-10-12 2003-04-17 The University Of Queensland Multiple genetic marker selection and amplification
US7297485B2 (en) 2001-10-15 2007-11-20 Qiagen Gmbh Method for nucleic acid amplification that results in low amplification bias
US20030119004A1 (en) 2001-12-05 2003-06-26 Wenz H. Michael Methods for quantitating nucleic acids using coupled ligation and amplification
KR100966779B1 (en) 2001-12-11 2010-06-29 가부시키가이샤 네테크 Blood cell separation system
WO2003062441A1 (en) 2002-01-18 2003-07-31 Genzyme Corporation Methods for fetal dna detection and allele quantitation
EP1483720A1 (en) 2002-02-01 2004-12-08 Rosetta Inpharmactis LLC. Computer systems and methods for identifying genes and determining pathways associated with traits
US6977162B2 (en) 2002-03-01 2005-12-20 Ravgen, Inc. Rapid analysis of variations in a genome
US20060229823A1 (en) 2002-03-28 2006-10-12 Affymetrix, Inc. Methods and computer software products for analyzing genotyping data
WO2003093426A2 (en) 2002-05-02 2003-11-13 University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill In vitro mutagenesis, phenotyping, and gene mapping
US7442506B2 (en) 2002-05-08 2008-10-28 Ravgen, Inc. Methods for detection of genetic disorders
US20070178478A1 (en) 2002-05-08 2007-08-02 Dhallan Ravinder S Methods for detection of genetic disorders
US7727720B2 (en) 2002-05-08 2010-06-01 Ravgen, Inc. Methods for detection of genetic disorders
US20040229231A1 (en) 2002-05-28 2004-11-18 Frudakis Tony N. Compositions and methods for inferring ancestry
JP4589106B2 (en) 2002-05-31 2010-12-01 ジェネティック テクノロジーズ リミテッド Maternal antibodies as fetal cell markers for identifying and enriching fetal cells from maternal blood
AU2003243475A1 (en) 2002-06-13 2003-12-31 New York University Early noninvasive prenatal test for aneuploidies and heritable conditions
US20050009069A1 (en) 2002-06-25 2005-01-13 Affymetrix, Inc. Computer software products for analyzing genotyping
US7459273B2 (en) 2002-10-04 2008-12-02 Affymetrix, Inc. Methods for genotyping selected polymorphism
WO2004033649A2 (en) 2002-10-07 2004-04-22 University Of Medicine And Dentistry Of New Jersey High throughput multiplex dna sequence amplifications
AU2003291481A1 (en) 2002-11-11 2004-06-03 Affymetrix, Inc. Methods for identifying dna copy number changes
ES2329364T3 (en) 2003-01-17 2009-11-25 The Trustees Of Boston University HAPLOTIPOS ANALYSIS.
WO2004065628A1 (en) 2003-01-21 2004-08-05 Guoliang Fu Quantitative multiplex detection of nucleic acids
EP1997889A3 (en) * 2003-01-29 2009-09-23 454 Corporation Method for preparing single-stranded dna libraries
US20040209299A1 (en) 2003-03-07 2004-10-21 Rubicon Genomics, Inc. In vitro DNA immortalization and whole genome amplification using libraries generated from randomly fragmented DNA
US20040197832A1 (en) 2003-04-03 2004-10-07 Mor Research Applications Ltd. Non-invasive prenatal genetic diagnosis using transcervical cells
CA2525956A1 (en) 2003-05-28 2005-01-06 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Plant breeding method
US20040259100A1 (en) 2003-06-20 2004-12-23 Illumina, Inc. Methods and compositions for whole genome amplification and genotyping
WO2005021793A1 (en) 2003-08-29 2005-03-10 Pantarhei Bioscience B.V. Prenatal diagnosis of down syndrome by detection of fetal rna markers in maternal blood
EP1664077B1 (en) 2003-09-05 2016-04-13 Trustees of Boston University Method for non-invasive prenatal diagnosis
WO2005028645A1 (en) 2003-09-24 2005-03-31 Kyushu Tlo Company, Limited SNPs IN 5’ REGULATORY REGION OF MDR1 GENE
CN101985619B (en) 2003-10-08 2014-08-20 波士顿大学信托人 Methods for prenatal diagnosis of chromosomal abnormalities
CA2482097C (en) 2003-10-13 2012-02-21 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Methods for isolating nucleic acids
EP1524321B2 (en) 2003-10-16 2014-07-23 Sequenom, Inc. Non-invasive detection of fetal genetic traits
US20050221341A1 (en) 2003-10-22 2005-10-06 Shimkets Richard A Sequence-based karyotyping
CA2544178A1 (en) 2003-10-30 2005-05-19 Tufts-New England Medical Center Prenatal diagnosis using cell-free fetal dna in amniotic fluid
JP4437050B2 (en) 2004-03-26 2010-03-24 株式会社日立製作所 Diagnosis support system, diagnosis support method, and diagnosis support service providing method
US7805282B2 (en) 2004-03-30 2010-09-28 New York University Process, software arrangement and computer-accessible medium for obtaining information associated with a haplotype
ES2337702T3 (en) 2004-03-31 2010-04-28 Adnagen Ag MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES WITH SPECIFICITY FOR FETAL Erythrocytes.
US7414118B1 (en) 2004-04-14 2008-08-19 Applied Biosystems Inc. Modified oligonucleotides and applications thereof
US7468249B2 (en) 2004-05-05 2008-12-23 Biocept, Inc. Detection of chromosomal disorders
US7709194B2 (en) 2004-06-04 2010-05-04 The Chinese University Of Hong Kong Marker for prenatal diagnosis and monitoring
KR20070034588A (en) 2004-06-14 2007-03-28 더 보오드 오브 트러스티스 오브 더 유니버시티 오브 일리노이즈 CD34 + / CD36 + antibodies that bind to fetal cells but do not bind to adult cells
WO2006002491A1 (en) 2004-07-06 2006-01-12 Genera Biosystems Pty Ltd Method of detecting aneuploidy
DE102004036285A1 (en) 2004-07-27 2006-02-16 Advalytix Ag Method for determining the frequency of sequences of a sample
EP1784508B1 (en) 2004-08-09 2012-10-03 Generation Biotech, LLC Method for nucleic acid isolation and amplification
WO2006023769A2 (en) 2004-08-18 2006-03-02 Abbott Molecular, Inc. Determining data quality and/or segmental aneusomy using a computer system
US8024128B2 (en) 2004-09-07 2011-09-20 Gene Security Network, Inc. System and method for improving clinical decisions by aggregating, validating and analysing genetic and phenotypic data
US20060088574A1 (en) 2004-10-25 2006-04-27 Manning Paul B Nutritional supplements
US20060134662A1 (en) 2004-10-25 2006-06-22 Pratt Mark R Method and system for genotyping samples in a normalized allelic space
EP1828419A1 (en) 2004-11-17 2007-09-05 ReproCure, LLC Methods of determining human egg competency
US20070042384A1 (en) 2004-12-01 2007-02-22 Weiwei Li Method for isolating and modifying DNA from blood and body fluids
US20090098534A1 (en) 2005-02-25 2009-04-16 The Regents Of The University Of California Full Karyotype Single Cell Chromosome Analysis
US7618777B2 (en) 2005-03-16 2009-11-17 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Composition and method for array hybridization
CA2601735C (en) 2005-03-18 2015-10-06 The Chinese University Of Hong Kong Markers for prenatal diagnosis and monitoring of trisomy 21
TWI367259B (en) 2005-03-18 2012-07-01 Univ Hong Kong Chinese A method for the detection of chromosomal aneuploidies
US10083273B2 (en) 2005-07-29 2018-09-25 Natera, Inc. System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number
US20070027636A1 (en) 2005-07-29 2007-02-01 Matthew Rabinowitz System and method for using genetic, phentoypic and clinical data to make predictions for clinical or lifestyle decisions
US8532930B2 (en) 2005-11-26 2013-09-10 Natera, Inc. Method for determining the number of copies of a chromosome in the genome of a target individual using genetic data from genetically related individuals
US9424392B2 (en) 2005-11-26 2016-08-23 Natera, Inc. System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data from target individuals using genetic data from genetically related individuals
US20070178501A1 (en) 2005-12-06 2007-08-02 Matthew Rabinowitz System and method for integrating and validating genotypic, phenotypic and medical information into a database according to a standardized ontology
US8515679B2 (en) 2005-12-06 2013-08-20 Natera, Inc. System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number
GB0522310D0 (en) * 2005-11-01 2005-12-07 Solexa Ltd Methods of preparing libraries of template polynucleotides
GB0523276D0 (en) 2005-11-15 2005-12-21 London Bridge Fertility Chromosomal analysis by molecular karyotyping
JP6121642B2 (en) 2005-11-26 2017-04-26 ナテラ, インコーポレイテッド System and method for cleaning and using genetic data for making predictions
WO2007070482A2 (en) 2005-12-14 2007-06-21 Xueliang Xia Microarray-based preimplantation genetic diagnosis of chromosomal abnormalities
ES2429408T5 (en) 2006-02-02 2020-01-16 Univ Leland Stanford Junior Non-invasive fetal genetic test by digital analysis
WO2007092538A2 (en) 2006-02-07 2007-08-16 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Methods for making nucleotide probes for sequencing and synthesis
US9012184B2 (en) 2006-02-08 2015-04-21 Illumina Cambridge Limited End modification to prevent over-representation of fragments
ATE508209T1 (en) 2006-02-28 2011-05-15 Univ Louisville Res Found DETECTION OF CHROMOSOME ABNORMALITIES IN THE FETUS USING TANDEM SINGLE NUCLEOTIDE POLYMORPHISMS
WO2007112418A2 (en) 2006-03-28 2007-10-04 Baylor College Of Medicine Screening for down syndrome
WO2007121276A2 (en) 2006-04-12 2007-10-25 Biocept, Inc. Enrichment of circulating fetal dna
US7702468B2 (en) 2006-05-03 2010-04-20 Population Diagnostics, Inc. Evaluating genetic disorders
US7901884B2 (en) 2006-05-03 2011-03-08 The Chinese University Of Hong Kong Markers for prenatal diagnosis and monitoring
US20080070792A1 (en) 2006-06-14 2008-03-20 Roland Stoughton Use of highly parallel snp genotyping for fetal diagnosis
US8372584B2 (en) 2006-06-14 2013-02-12 The General Hospital Corporation Rare cell analysis using sample splitting and DNA tags
US8137912B2 (en) * 2006-06-14 2012-03-20 The General Hospital Corporation Methods for the diagnosis of fetal abnormalities
EP2061801A4 (en) 2006-06-14 2009-11-11 Living Microsystems Inc Diagnosis of fetal abnormalities by comparative genomic hybridization analysis
WO2007149791A2 (en) 2006-06-15 2007-12-27 Stratagene System for isolating biomolecules from a sample
US20080182244A1 (en) 2006-08-04 2008-07-31 Ikonisys, Inc. Pre-Implantation Genetic Diagnosis Test
CA2661640A1 (en) 2006-08-24 2008-02-28 University Of Massachusetts Medical School Mapping of genomic interactions
JP5420412B2 (en) 2006-09-14 2014-02-19 アイビス バイオサイエンシズ インコーポレイティッド Targeted whole genome amplification method for pathogen identification
US20080085836A1 (en) 2006-09-22 2008-04-10 Kearns William G Method for genetic testing of human embryos for chromosome abnormalities, segregating genetic disorders with or without a known mutation and mitochondrial disorders following in vitro fertilization (IVF), embryo culture and embryo biopsy
US20110039258A1 (en) 2006-10-16 2011-02-17 Celula Inc. Methods and compositions for differential expansion of fetal cells in maternal blood and their use
WO2008051928A2 (en) 2006-10-23 2008-05-02 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Target-oriented whole genome amplification of nucliec acids
WO2008059578A1 (en) 2006-11-16 2008-05-22 Olympus Corporation Multiplex pcr method
WO2008081451A2 (en) 2007-01-03 2008-07-10 Monaliza Medical Ltd. Methods and kits for analyzing genetic material of a fetus
WO2008115497A2 (en) 2007-03-16 2008-09-25 Gene Security Network System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromsome copy number
ITTO20070307A1 (en) 2007-05-04 2008-11-05 Silicon Biosystems Spa METHOD AND DEVICE FOR NON-INVASIVE PRENATAL DIAGNOSIS
CA2688155C (en) 2007-05-31 2020-02-11 The Regents Of The University Of California High specificity and high sensitivity detection based on steric hindrance & enzyme-related signal amplification
WO2008157264A2 (en) 2007-06-15 2008-12-24 Sequenom, Inc. Combined methods for the detection of chromosomal aneuploidy
US20090023190A1 (en) 2007-06-20 2009-01-22 Kai Qin Lao Sequence amplification with loopable primers
WO2009009769A2 (en) 2007-07-11 2009-01-15 Artemis Health, Inc. Diagnosis of fetal abnormalities using nucleated red blood cells
EP2557520B1 (en) 2007-07-23 2021-04-07 The Chinese University of Hong Kong Determining a nucleic acid sequence imbalance
US20100112590A1 (en) 2007-07-23 2010-05-06 The Chinese University Of Hong Kong Diagnosing Fetal Chromosomal Aneuploidy Using Genomic Sequencing With Enrichment
US20090053719A1 (en) 2007-08-03 2009-02-26 The Chinese University Of Hong Kong Analysis of nucleic acids by digital pcr
WO2009019215A1 (en) 2007-08-03 2009-02-12 Dkfz Deutsches Krebsforschungszentrum Method for prenatal diagnosis using exosomes and cd24 as a marker
WO2009032779A2 (en) 2007-08-29 2009-03-12 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and compositions for the size-specific seperation of nucleic acid from a sample
US9404150B2 (en) 2007-08-29 2016-08-02 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and compositions for universal size-specific PCR
US8748100B2 (en) 2007-08-30 2014-06-10 The Chinese University Of Hong Kong Methods and kits for selectively amplifying, detecting or quantifying target DNA with specific end sequences
JP5707132B2 (en) 2007-09-07 2015-04-22 フルイダイム コーポレイション Copy number variation determination, method and system
EP2191012A1 (en) 2007-09-21 2010-06-02 Streck, Inc. Nucleic acid isolation in preserved whole blood
EP2201143B2 (en) 2007-09-21 2016-08-24 Katholieke Universiteit Leuven Tools and methods for genetic tests using next generation sequencing
JP5726529B2 (en) 2007-11-30 2015-06-03 ジーイー・ヘルスケア・バイオサイエンス・コーポレイション Method for isolating genomic DNA, RNA and protein from a single sample
EP2077337A1 (en) 2007-12-26 2009-07-08 Eppendorf Array Technologies SA Amplification and detection composition, method and kit
WO2009092035A2 (en) 2008-01-17 2009-07-23 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and compositions for the analysis of biological molecules
EP4450642A2 (en) 2008-01-17 2024-10-23 Sequenom, Inc. Single molecule nucleic acid sequence analysis processes and compositions
US20110033862A1 (en) 2008-02-19 2011-02-10 Gene Security Network, Inc. Methods for cell genotyping
US20090221620A1 (en) 2008-02-20 2009-09-03 Celera Corporation Gentic polymorphisms associated with stroke, methods of detection and uses thereof
CN107385040B (en) 2008-04-03 2022-02-15 艾瑞普特公司 Amplicon rescue multiplex polymerase chain reaction for amplification of multiple targets
US20110092763A1 (en) 2008-05-27 2011-04-21 Gene Security Network, Inc. Methods for Embryo Characterization and Comparison
US20110178719A1 (en) 2008-08-04 2011-07-21 Gene Security Network, Inc. Methods for Allele Calling and Ploidy Calling
US8697363B2 (en) 2008-08-26 2014-04-15 Fluidigm Corporation Methods for detecting multiple target nucleic acids in multiple samples by use nucleotide tags
DE102008045705A1 (en) 2008-09-04 2010-04-22 Macherey, Nagel Gmbh & Co. Kg Handelsgesellschaft Method for obtaining short RNA and kit therefor
JP2012502632A (en) 2008-09-17 2012-02-02 ジーイー・ヘルスケア・バイオサイエンス・コーポレイション Small RNA isolation method
EP3378951B1 (en) 2008-09-20 2020-05-13 The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University Noninvasive diagnosis of aneuploidy by sequencing
EP2379746B1 (en) 2008-12-22 2017-03-08 Celula Inc. Methods and genotyping panels for detecting alleles, genomes, and transcriptomes
US11634747B2 (en) 2009-01-21 2023-04-25 Streck Llc Preservation of fetal nucleic acids in maternal plasma
US8450063B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2013-05-28 Fluidigm Corporation Determination of copy number differences by amplification
EP3778919A1 (en) 2009-02-18 2021-02-17 Streck Inc. Preservation of cell-free nucleic acids
WO2010115044A2 (en) 2009-04-02 2010-10-07 Fluidigm Corporation Selective tagging of short nucleic acid fragments and selective protection of target sequences from degradation
WO2010127186A1 (en) 2009-04-30 2010-11-04 Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. Nucleic acid constructs and methods of use
US20130196862A1 (en) 2009-07-17 2013-08-01 Natera, Inc. Informatics Enhanced Analysis of Fetal Samples Subject to Maternal Contamination
US8563242B2 (en) 2009-08-11 2013-10-22 The Chinese University Of Hong Kong Method for detecting chromosomal aneuploidy
AU2010298620B2 (en) 2009-09-24 2016-08-11 Qiagen Gaithersburg Inc. Compositions, methods, and kits for isolating and analyzing nucleic acids using an anion exchange material
CN102597266A (en) 2009-09-30 2012-07-18 纳特拉公司 Methods for non-invasive prenatal ploidy calling
EA033752B1 (en) 2009-11-05 2019-11-21 Univ Hong Kong Chinese Method for determining at least a portion of fetal genome on the basis of analysing a maternal biological sample
EP2509418A4 (en) 2009-12-08 2013-03-20 Hemaquest Pharmaceuticals Inc Methods and low dose regimens for treating red blood cell disorders
US9315857B2 (en) 2009-12-15 2016-04-19 Cellular Research, Inc. Digital counting of individual molecules by stochastic attachment of diverse label-tags
US8835358B2 (en) 2009-12-15 2014-09-16 Cellular Research, Inc. Digital counting of individual molecules by stochastic attachment of diverse labels
US8574842B2 (en) 2009-12-22 2013-11-05 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Direct molecular diagnosis of fetal aneuploidy
EP2516680B1 (en) 2009-12-22 2016-04-06 Sequenom, Inc. Processes and kits for identifying aneuploidy
GB2479471B (en) 2010-01-19 2012-02-08 Verinata Health Inc Method for determining copy number variations
US10388403B2 (en) 2010-01-19 2019-08-20 Verinata Health, Inc. Analyzing copy number variation in the detection of cancer
US20120010085A1 (en) 2010-01-19 2012-01-12 Rava Richard P Methods for determining fraction of fetal nucleic acids in maternal samples
US20110312503A1 (en) 2010-01-23 2011-12-22 Artemis Health, Inc. Methods of fetal abnormality detection
US9677118B2 (en) 2014-04-21 2017-06-13 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US20140206552A1 (en) 2010-05-18 2014-07-24 Natera, Inc. Methods for preimplantation genetic diagnosis by sequencing
AU2011255641A1 (en) 2010-05-18 2012-12-06 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive prenatal ploidy calling
US11322224B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-05-03 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive prenatal ploidy calling
WO2013052557A2 (en) 2011-10-03 2013-04-11 Natera, Inc. Methods for preimplantation genetic diagnosis by sequencing
US20130123120A1 (en) 2010-05-18 2013-05-16 Natera, Inc. Highly Multiplex PCR Methods and Compositions
US20110301854A1 (en) 2010-06-08 2011-12-08 Curry Bo U Method of Determining Allele-Specific Copy Number of a SNP
US8700338B2 (en) 2011-01-25 2014-04-15 Ariosa Diagnosis, Inc. Risk calculation for evaluation of fetal aneuploidy
US20120034603A1 (en) 2010-08-06 2012-02-09 Tandem Diagnostics, Inc. Ligation-based detection of genetic variants
JP6196157B2 (en) 2010-11-30 2017-09-20 ザ チャイニーズ ユニバーシティ オブ ホンコン Detection of cancer-related genetic or molecular abnormalities
US8877442B2 (en) 2010-12-07 2014-11-04 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Non-invasive determination of fetal inheritance of parental haplotypes at the genome-wide scale
US20150064695A1 (en) 2010-12-17 2015-03-05 Celula Inc. Methods for screening and diagnosing genetic conditions
AU2011348100B2 (en) 2010-12-22 2016-08-25 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive prenatal paternity testing
US20120190020A1 (en) 2011-01-25 2012-07-26 Aria Diagnostics, Inc. Detection of genetic abnormalities
EP2902500B1 (en) 2011-02-09 2017-01-11 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive prenatal ploidy calling
JP6153874B2 (en) 2011-02-09 2017-06-28 ナテラ, インコーポレイテッド Method for non-invasive prenatal ploidy calls
GB2488358A (en) 2011-02-25 2012-08-29 Univ Plymouth Enrichment of foetal DNA in maternal plasma
HUE057424T2 (en) 2011-04-12 2022-05-28 Verinata Health Inc Resolving genome fractions using polymorphism counts
CN103843001B (en) 2011-04-14 2017-06-09 考利达基因组股份有限公司 The treatment and analysis of complex nucleic acid sequence data
EP3246416B1 (en) 2011-04-15 2024-06-05 The Johns Hopkins University Safe sequencing system
WO2012149438A1 (en) 2011-04-28 2012-11-01 Life Technologies Corporation Methods and compositions for multiplex pcr
EP2546361B1 (en) 2011-07-11 2015-06-03 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method of amplifying target nucleic acid with reduced amplification bias and method for determining relative amount of target nucleic acid in sample
US20130024127A1 (en) 2011-07-19 2013-01-24 John Stuelpnagel Determination of source contributions using binomial probability calculations
GB201115095D0 (en) 2011-09-01 2011-10-19 Singapore Volition Pte Ltd Method for detecting nucleosomes containing nucleotides
US8712697B2 (en) 2011-09-07 2014-04-29 Ariosa Diagnostics, Inc. Determination of copy number variations using binomial probability calculations
JP5536729B2 (en) 2011-09-20 2014-07-02 株式会社ソニー・コンピュータエンタテインメント Information processing apparatus, application providing system, application providing server, application providing method, and information processing method
ES2937410T3 (en) 2011-09-26 2023-03-28 Qiagen Gmbh Rapid method to isolate extracellular nucleic acids
WO2013078470A2 (en) 2011-11-22 2013-05-30 MOTIF, Active Multiplex isolation of protein-associated nucleic acids
WO2013086464A1 (en) 2011-12-07 2013-06-13 The Broad Institute, Inc. Markers associated with chronic lymphocytic leukemia prognosis and progression
US20130190653A1 (en) 2012-01-25 2013-07-25 Angel Gabriel Alvarez Ramos Device for blood collection from the placenta and the umbilical cord
EP2820155B1 (en) 2012-02-28 2017-07-26 Population Genetics Technologies Ltd. Method for attaching a counter sequence to a nucleic acid sample
WO2013130848A1 (en) 2012-02-29 2013-09-06 Natera, Inc. Informatics enhanced analysis of fetal samples subject to maternal contamination
ES2905448T3 (en) 2012-05-10 2022-04-08 Massachusetts Gen Hospital Methods for determining a nucleotide sequence
EP2852687A4 (en) 2012-05-21 2016-10-05 Scripps Research Inst Methods of sample preparation
WO2014004726A1 (en) 2012-06-26 2014-01-03 Caifu Chen Methods, compositions and kits for the diagnosis, prognosis and monitoring of cancer
EP2875149B1 (en) 2012-07-20 2019-12-04 Verinata Health, Inc. Detecting and classifying copy number variation in a cancer genome
AU2012385961B9 (en) 2012-07-24 2017-05-18 Natera, Inc. Highly multiplex PCR methods and compositions
US20140051585A1 (en) 2012-08-15 2014-02-20 Natera, Inc. Methods and compositions for reducing genetic library contamination
US20140100126A1 (en) 2012-08-17 2014-04-10 Natera, Inc. Method for Non-Invasive Prenatal Testing Using Parental Mosaicism Data
ES2968333T3 (en) 2012-09-04 2024-05-09 Guardant Health Inc Methods for analyzing polynucleotide-free cells
US20140065621A1 (en) 2012-09-04 2014-03-06 Natera, Inc. Methods for increasing fetal fraction in maternal blood
EP2943590A4 (en) 2013-01-13 2017-02-15 Unitaq Bio Methods and compositions for pcr using blocked and universal primers
US10385394B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-08-20 The Translational Genomics Research Institute Processes of identifying and characterizing X-linked disorders
EP2971168B1 (en) 2013-03-15 2021-05-05 Guardant Health, Inc. Method of detecting cancer
CN113337604A (en) 2013-03-15 2021-09-03 莱兰斯坦福初级大学评议会 Identification and use of circulating nucleic acid tumor markers
CA2902167A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Abbott Molecular Inc. Method for amplification and assay of rna fusion gene variants, method of distinguishing same and related primers, probes, and kits
WO2015048535A1 (en) 2013-09-27 2015-04-02 Natera, Inc. Prenatal diagnostic resting standards
WO2015083004A1 (en) 2013-12-02 2015-06-11 Population Genetics Technologies Ltd. Method for evaluating minority variants in a sample
ES2660989T3 (en) 2013-12-28 2018-03-27 Guardant Health, Inc. Methods and systems to detect genetic variants
JP6494045B2 (en) 2014-02-11 2019-04-03 エフ.ホフマン−ラ ロシュ アーゲーF. Hoffmann−La Roche Aktiengesellschaft Target sequencing and UID filtering
WO2015164432A1 (en) 2014-04-21 2015-10-29 Natera, Inc. Detecting mutations and ploidy in chromosomal segments
ES2810300T3 (en) 2014-07-03 2021-03-08 Rhodx Inc Labeling and evaluation of a target sequence
EP3169780B1 (en) 2014-07-17 2020-02-12 Qiagen GmbH Method for isolating rna with high yield
CA2965500A1 (en) 2014-10-24 2016-04-28 Abbott Molecular Inc. Enrichment of small nucleic acids
ES2906221T3 (en) 2015-02-27 2022-04-13 Becton Dickinson Co Methods for barcoding nucleic acids for sequencing
JP7508191B2 (en) 2015-03-30 2024-07-01 ベクトン・ディキンソン・アンド・カンパニー Methods and compositions for combinatorial barcoding
WO2016172373A1 (en) 2015-04-23 2016-10-27 Cellular Research, Inc. Methods and compositions for whole transcriptome amplification
US10844428B2 (en) 2015-04-28 2020-11-24 Illumina, Inc. Error suppression in sequenced DNA fragments using redundant reads with unique molecular indices (UMIS)
WO2016183106A1 (en) 2015-05-11 2016-11-17 Natera, Inc. Methods and compositions for determining ploidy
GB201618485D0 (en) 2016-11-02 2016-12-14 Ucl Business Plc Method of detecting tumour recurrence
US10011870B2 (en) 2016-12-07 2018-07-03 Natera, Inc. Compositions and methods for identifying nucleic acid molecules

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10260096B2 (en) * 2005-07-29 2019-04-16 Natera, Inc. System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number
US10266893B2 (en) * 2005-07-29 2019-04-23 Natera, Inc. System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number

Cited By (65)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US12065703B2 (en) 2005-07-29 2024-08-20 Natera, Inc. System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number
US11111544B2 (en) 2005-07-29 2021-09-07 Natera, Inc. System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number
US11111543B2 (en) 2005-07-29 2021-09-07 Natera, Inc. System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number
US10260096B2 (en) 2005-07-29 2019-04-16 Natera, Inc. System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number
US10266893B2 (en) 2005-07-29 2019-04-23 Natera, Inc. System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number
US10227652B2 (en) 2005-07-29 2019-03-12 Natera, Inc. System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data from target individuals using genetic data from genetically related individuals
US10392664B2 (en) 2005-07-29 2019-08-27 Natera, Inc. System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number
US11306359B2 (en) 2005-11-26 2022-04-19 Natera, Inc. System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data from target individuals using genetic data from genetically related individuals
US10597724B2 (en) 2005-11-26 2020-03-24 Natera, Inc. System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data from target individuals using genetic data from genetically related individuals
US10240202B2 (en) 2005-11-26 2019-03-26 Natera, Inc. System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data from target individuals using genetic data from genetically related individuals
US10711309B2 (en) 2005-11-26 2020-07-14 Natera, Inc. System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data from target individuals using genetic data from genetically related individuals
US10522242B2 (en) 2009-09-30 2019-12-31 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive prenatal ploidy calling
US11746376B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2023-09-05 Natera, Inc. Methods for amplification of cell-free DNA using ligated adaptors and universal and inner target-specific primers for multiplexed nested PCR
US11525162B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-12-13 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US10590482B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2020-03-17 Natera, Inc. Amplification of cell-free DNA using nested PCR
US11339429B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-05-24 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive prenatal ploidy calling
US10597723B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2020-03-24 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US11939634B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2024-03-26 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US11332793B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-05-17 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US10655180B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2020-05-19 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US10557172B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2020-02-11 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US10731220B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2020-08-04 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US10774380B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2020-09-15 Natera, Inc. Methods for multiplex PCR amplification of target loci in a nucleic acid sample
US10793912B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2020-10-06 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US10526658B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2020-01-07 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US12020778B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2024-06-25 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive prenatal ploidy calling
US11111545B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2021-09-07 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US12110552B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2024-10-08 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US10538814B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2020-01-21 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US11286530B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-03-29 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US11408031B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-08-09 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive prenatal paternity testing
US11306357B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-04-19 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive prenatal ploidy calling
US11312996B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-04-26 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US11519035B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-12-06 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US11322224B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-05-03 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive prenatal ploidy calling
US11482300B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-10-25 Natera, Inc. Methods for preparing a DNA fraction from a biological sample for analyzing genotypes of cell-free DNA
US11326208B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-05-10 Natera, Inc. Methods for nested PCR amplification of cell-free DNA
US11332785B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-05-17 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive prenatal ploidy calling
US12100478B2 (en) 2012-08-17 2024-09-24 Natera, Inc. Method for non-invasive prenatal testing using parental mosaicism data
US10577655B2 (en) 2013-09-27 2020-03-03 Natera, Inc. Cell free DNA diagnostic testing standards
US10597709B2 (en) 2014-04-21 2020-03-24 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US11319596B2 (en) 2014-04-21 2022-05-03 Natera, Inc. Detecting mutations and ploidy in chromosomal segments
US11371100B2 (en) 2014-04-21 2022-06-28 Natera, Inc. Detecting mutations and ploidy in chromosomal segments
US11408037B2 (en) 2014-04-21 2022-08-09 Natera, Inc. Detecting mutations and ploidy in chromosomal segments
US11414709B2 (en) 2014-04-21 2022-08-16 Natera, Inc. Detecting mutations and ploidy in chromosomal segments
US11530454B2 (en) 2014-04-21 2022-12-20 Natera, Inc. Detecting mutations and ploidy in chromosomal segments
US11319595B2 (en) 2014-04-21 2022-05-03 Natera, Inc. Detecting mutations and ploidy in chromosomal segments
US11390916B2 (en) 2014-04-21 2022-07-19 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US11486008B2 (en) 2014-04-21 2022-11-01 Natera, Inc. Detecting mutations and ploidy in chromosomal segments
US10262755B2 (en) 2014-04-21 2019-04-16 Natera, Inc. Detecting cancer mutations and aneuploidy in chromosomal segments
US10597708B2 (en) 2014-04-21 2020-03-24 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplifications of target loci
US10351906B2 (en) 2014-04-21 2019-07-16 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US11946101B2 (en) 2015-05-11 2024-04-02 Natera, Inc. Methods and compositions for determining ploidy
US11479812B2 (en) 2015-05-11 2022-10-25 Natera, Inc. Methods and compositions for determining ploidy
US11485996B2 (en) 2016-10-04 2022-11-01 Natera, Inc. Methods for characterizing copy number variation using proximity-litigation sequencing
US11530442B2 (en) 2016-12-07 2022-12-20 Natera, Inc. Compositions and methods for identifying nucleic acid molecules
US10577650B2 (en) 2016-12-07 2020-03-03 Natera, Inc. Compositions and methods for identifying nucleic acid molecules
US10533219B2 (en) 2016-12-07 2020-01-14 Natera, Inc. Compositions and methods for identifying nucleic acid molecules
US11519028B2 (en) 2016-12-07 2022-12-06 Natera, Inc. Compositions and methods for identifying nucleic acid molecules
US10894976B2 (en) 2017-02-21 2021-01-19 Natera, Inc. Compositions, methods, and kits for isolating nucleic acids
US12146195B2 (en) 2017-04-17 2024-11-19 Natera, Inc. Methods for lung cancer detection
US12084720B2 (en) 2017-12-14 2024-09-10 Natera, Inc. Assessing graft suitability for transplantation
US12024738B2 (en) 2018-04-14 2024-07-02 Natera, Inc. Methods for cancer detection and monitoring
US11525159B2 (en) 2018-07-03 2022-12-13 Natera, Inc. Methods for detection of donor-derived cell-free DNA
WO2020219444A1 (en) * 2019-04-22 2020-10-29 Personal Genome Diagnostics Inc. Methods and systems for genetic analysis

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US10083273B2 (en) 2018-09-25
US20140032128A1 (en) 2014-01-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US12065703B2 (en) System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number
US11111543B2 (en) System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number
US10266893B2 (en) System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number
US20180300448A1 (en) System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number
US10597724B2 (en) System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data from target individuals using genetic data from genetically related individuals
US8515679B2 (en) System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number
US20130252824A1 (en) System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data from target individuals using genetic data from genetically related individuals
WO2008115497A2 (en) System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromsome copy number

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: GENE SECURITY NETWORK, INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:RABINOWITZ, MATTHEW;BANJEVIC, MILENA;DEMKO, ZACHARY PAUL;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20091019 TO 20100109;REEL/FRAME:046169/0893

Owner name: NATERA, INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: CHANGE OF NAME;ASSIGNOR:GENE SECURITY NETWORK INC.;REEL/FRAME:046407/0715

Effective date: 20111229

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: PUBLICATIONS -- ISSUE FEE PAYMENT VERIFIED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: AWAITING TC RESP., ISSUE FEE NOT PAID

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE AFTER FINAL ACTION FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE AFTER FINAL ACTION FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: ADVISORY ACTION MAILED

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION